add sqlite 3.3.8 to in tree libs

git-svn-id: http://svn.freeswitch.org/svn/freeswitch/trunk@3735 d0543943-73ff-0310-b7d9-9358b9ac24b2

libs/sqlite/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,708 @@
+#!/usr/make
+#
+# Makefile for SQLITE
+#
+# This makefile is suppose to be configured automatically using the
+# autoconf.  But if that does not work for you, you can configure
+# the makefile manually.  Just set the parameters below to values that
+# work well for your system.
+#
+# If the configure script does not work out-of-the-box, you might
+# be able to get it to work by giving it some hints.  See the comment
+# at the beginning of configure.in for additional information.
+#
+
+# The toplevel directory of the source tree.  This is the directory
+# that contains this "Makefile.in" and the "configure.in" script.
+#
+TOP = @srcdir@
+
+# C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
+# will run on the platform that is doing the build.
+#
+BCC = @BUILD_CC@ @BUILD_CFLAGS@
+
+# C Compile and options for use in building executables that 
+# will run on the target platform.  (BCC and TCC are usually the
+# same unless your are cross-compiling.)
+#
+TCC = @TARGET_CC@ @TARGET_CFLAGS@ -I. -I${TOP}/src
+
+# Define -DNDEBUG to compile without debugging (i.e., for production usage)
+# Omitting the define will cause extra debugging code to be inserted and
+# includes extra comments when "EXPLAIN stmt" is used.
+#
+TCC += @TARGET_DEBUG@ @XTHREADCONNECT@
+
+# Compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
+#
+TCC += @TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC@
+
+# The library that programs using TCL must link against.
+#
+LIBTCL = @TCL_LIB_SPEC@ @TCL_LIBS@
+
+# Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
+#
+READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=@TARGET_HAVE_READLINE@ @TARGET_READLINE_INC@
+
+# The library that programs using readline() must link against.
+#
+LIBREADLINE = @TARGET_READLINE_LIBS@
+
+# Should the database engine be compiled threadsafe
+#
+TCC += -DTHREADSAFE=@THREADSAFE@
+
+# The pthreads library if needed
+#
+LIBPTHREAD=@TARGET_THREAD_LIB@
+
+# Do threads override each others locks by default (1), or do we test (-1)
+#
+TCC += -DSQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK=@THREADSOVERRIDELOCKS@
+
+# The fdatasync library
+TLIBS = @TARGET_LIBS@
+
+# Flags controlling use of the in memory btree implementation
+#
+# TEMP_STORE is 0 to force temporary tables to be in a file, 1 to
+# default to file, 2 to default to memory, and 3 to force temporary
+# tables to always be in memory.
+#
+TEMP_STORE = -DTEMP_STORE=@TEMP_STORE@
+
+# Version numbers and release number for the SQLite being compiled.
+#
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+VERSION_NUMBER = @VERSION_NUMBER@
+RELEASE = @RELEASE@
+
+# Filename extensions
+#
+BEXE = @BUILD_EXEEXT@
+TEXE = @TARGET_EXEEXT@
+
+# The following variable is "1" if the configure script was able to locate
+# the tclConfig.sh file.  It is an empty string otherwise.  When this
+# variable is "1", the TCL extension library (libtclsqlite3.so) is built
+# and installed.
+#
+HAVE_TCL = @HAVE_TCL@
+
+# The suffix used on shared libraries.  Ex:  ".dll", ".so", ".dylib"
+#
+SHLIB_SUFFIX = @TCL_SHLIB_SUFFIX@
+
+# The directory into which to store package information for
+
+# Some standard variables and programs
+#
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+libdir = @libdir@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+LIBTOOL = ./libtool
+ALLOWRELEASE = @ALLOWRELEASE@
+
+# libtool compile/link/install
+LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(TCC)
+LTLINK = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(TCC)
+LTINSTALL = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install $(INSTALL)
+
+# nawk compatible awk.
+NAWK = @AWK@
+
+# You should not have to change anything below this line
+###############################################################################
+OPTS = 
+OPTS += -DSQLITE_OMIT_CURSOR          # Cursors do not work at this time
+TCC += -DSQLITE_OMIT_CURSOR
+
+# Object files for the SQLite library.
+#
+LIBOBJ = alter.lo analyze.lo attach.lo auth.lo btree.lo build.lo \
+         callback.lo complete.lo date.lo \
+         delete.lo expr.lo func.lo hash.lo insert.lo loadext.lo \
+         main.lo opcodes.lo os.lo os_unix.lo os_win.lo os_os2.lo \
+         pager.lo parse.lo pragma.lo prepare.lo printf.lo random.lo \
+         select.lo table.lo tokenize.lo trigger.lo update.lo \
+         util.lo vacuum.lo \
+         vdbe.lo vdbeapi.lo vdbeaux.lo vdbefifo.lo vdbemem.lo \
+         where.lo utf.lo legacy.lo vtab.lo
+
+# All of the source code files.
+#
+SRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/alter.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/analyze.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/attach.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/auth.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/build.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/callback.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/complete.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/date.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/delete.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/expr.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/insert.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/legacy.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/loadext.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/main.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/parse.y \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/prepare.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/random.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/select.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/shell.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/table.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/trigger.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/update.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/vtab.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+# Source code for extensions
+#
+SRC += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_porter.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer1.c
+
+
+# Source code to the test files.
+#
+TESTSRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/date.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test1.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test3.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test4.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test5.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test6.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test7.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test8.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_autoext.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_async.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_md5.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_schema.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_server.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_tclvar.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+# Header files used by all library source files.
+#
+HDR = \
+   sqlite3.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+   opcodes.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os_common.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+   parse.h
+
+# Header files used by extensions
+#
+HDR += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h
+
+# Header files used by the VDBE submodule
+#
+VDBEHDR = \
+   $(HDR) \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h
+
+# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
+# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
+#
+all:	sqlite3.h libsqlite3.la sqlite3$(TEXE) $(HAVE_TCL:1=libtclsqlite3.la)
+
+Makefile: $(TOP)/Makefile.in
+	./config.status
+
+# Generate the file "last_change" which contains the date of change
+# of the most recently modified source code file
+#
+last_change:	$(SRC)
+	cat $(SRC) | grep '$$Id: ' | sort -k 5 | tail -1 \
+          | $(NAWK) '{print $$5,$$6}' >last_change
+
+libsqlite3.la:	$(LIBOBJ)
+	$(LTLINK) -o libsqlite3.la $(LIBOBJ) $(LIBPTHREAD) \
+		${ALLOWRELEASE} -rpath $(libdir) -version-info "8:6:8"
+
+libtclsqlite3.la:	tclsqlite.lo libsqlite3.la
+	$(LTLINK) -o libtclsqlite3.la tclsqlite.lo \
+		$(LIBOBJ) @TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@ $(LIBPTHREAD) \
+                -rpath $(libdir)/sqlite \
+		-version-info "8:6:8"
+
+sqlite3$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la sqlite3.h
+	$(LTLINK) $(READLINE_FLAGS) $(LIBPTHREAD) \
+		-o $@ $(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la \
+		$(LIBREADLINE) $(TLIBS)
+
+# This target creates a directory named "tsrc" and fills it with
+# copies of all of the C source code and header files needed to
+# build on the target system.  Some of the C source code and header
+# files are automatically generated.  This target takes care of
+# all that automatic generation.
+#
+target_source:	$(SRC) parse.c opcodes.c keywordhash.h $(VDBEHDR) 
+	rm -rf tsrc
+	mkdir -p tsrc
+	cp $(SRC) $(VDBEHDR) tsrc
+	rm tsrc/sqlite.h.in tsrc/parse.y
+	cp parse.c opcodes.c keywordhash.h tsrc
+
+# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
+#
+lemon$(BEXE):	$(TOP)/tool/lemon.c $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c
+	$(BCC) -o lemon $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c
+	cp $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c .
+
+
+# Rules to build individual files
+#
+alter.lo:	$(TOP)/src/alter.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/alter.c
+
+analyze.lo:	$(TOP)/src/analyze.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/analyze.c
+
+attach.lo:	$(TOP)/src/attach.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/attach.c
+
+auth.lo:	$(TOP)/src/auth.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/auth.c
+
+btree.lo:	$(TOP)/src/btree.c $(HDR) $(TOP)/src/pager.h
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/btree.c
+
+build.lo:	$(TOP)/src/build.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/build.c
+
+callback.lo:	$(TOP)/src/callback.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/callback.c
+
+complete.lo:	$(TOP)/src/complete.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/complete.c
+
+date.lo:	$(TOP)/src/date.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/date.c
+
+delete.lo:	$(TOP)/src/delete.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/delete.c
+
+expr.lo:	$(TOP)/src/expr.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/expr.c
+
+func.lo:	$(TOP)/src/func.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/func.c
+
+hash.lo:	$(TOP)/src/hash.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/hash.c
+
+insert.lo:	$(TOP)/src/insert.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/insert.c
+
+legacy.lo:	$(TOP)/src/legacy.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/legacy.c
+
+loadext.lo:	$(TOP)/src/loadext.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/loadext.c
+
+main.lo:	$(TOP)/src/main.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/main.c
+
+pager.lo:	$(TOP)/src/pager.c $(HDR) $(TOP)/src/pager.h
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/pager.c
+
+opcodes.lo:	opcodes.c
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.c:	opcodes.h $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk
+	sort -n -b -k 3 opcodes.h | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk >opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.h:	parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk
+	cat parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk >opcodes.h
+
+os.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os.c
+
+os_unix.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_unix.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c
+
+os_win.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_win.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_win.c
+
+os_os2.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_os2.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c
+
+parse.lo:	parse.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c parse.c
+
+parse.h:	parse.c
+
+parse.c:	$(TOP)/src/parse.y lemon$(BEXE) $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk
+	cp $(TOP)/src/parse.y .
+	./lemon $(OPTS) parse.y
+	mv parse.h parse.h.temp
+	awk -f $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk parse.h.temp >parse.h
+
+pragma.lo:	$(TOP)/src/pragma.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/pragma.c
+
+prepare.lo:	$(TOP)/src/prepare.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/prepare.c
+
+printf.lo:	$(TOP)/src/printf.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/printf.c
+
+random.lo:	$(TOP)/src/random.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/random.c
+
+select.lo:	$(TOP)/src/select.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/select.c
+
+sqlite3.h:	$(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in 
+	sed -e s/--VERS--/$(RELEASE)/ $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in | \
+	sed -e s/--VERSION-NUMBER--/$(VERSION_NUMBER)/ >sqlite3.h
+
+table.lo:	$(TOP)/src/table.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/table.c
+
+tclsqlite.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tokenize.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tokenize.c keywordhash.h $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c
+
+keywordhash.h:	$(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+	$(BCC) -o mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) $(OPTS) $(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+	./mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) >keywordhash.h
+
+trigger.lo:	$(TOP)/src/trigger.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/trigger.c
+
+update.lo:	$(TOP)/src/update.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/update.c
+
+utf.lo:	$(TOP)/src/utf.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/utf.c
+
+util.lo:	$(TOP)/src/util.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/util.c
+
+vacuum.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vacuum.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c
+
+vdbe.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c
+
+vdbeapi.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c
+
+vdbeaux.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c
+
+vdbefifo.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c
+
+vdbemem.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c
+
+vtab.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vtab.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vtab.c
+
+where.lo:	$(TOP)/src/where.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+tclsqlite-shell.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -DTCLSH=1 -o $@ -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tclsqlite-stubs.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -DTCL_USE_STUBS=1 -o $@ -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tclsqlite3:	tclsqlite-shell.lo libsqlite3.la
+	$(LTLINK) -o tclsqlite3 tclsqlite-shell.lo \
+		 libsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL)
+
+testfixture$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.la $(TESTSRC)
+	$(LTLINK) -DTCLSH=1 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_CRASH_TEST=1 \
+                -DSQLITE_NO_SYNC=1 $(TEMP_STORE) \
+		-o testfixture $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL)
+
+
+fulltest:	testfixture$(TEXE) sqlite3$(TEXE)
+	./testfixture $(TOP)/test/all.test
+
+test:	testfixture$(TEXE) sqlite3$(TEXE)
+	./testfixture $(TOP)/test/quick.test
+
+sqlite3_analyzer$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libtclsqlite3.la \
+				$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl
+	sed \
+	  -e '/^#/d' \
+	  -e 's,\\,\\\\,g' \
+	  -e 's,",\\",g' \
+	  -e 's,^,",' \
+	  -e 's,$$,\\n",' \
+	  $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl >spaceanal_tcl.h
+	$(LTLINK) -DTCLSH=2 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 $(TEMP_STORE)\
+                -o sqlite3_analyzer$(EXE) $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libtclsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL)
+
+# Rules used to build documentation
+#
+arch.html:	$(TOP)/www/arch.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/arch.tcl >arch.html
+
+arch2.gif:	$(TOP)/www/arch2.gif
+	cp $(TOP)/www/arch2.gif .
+
+autoinc.html:	$(TOP)/www/autoinc.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/autoinc.tcl >autoinc.html
+
+c_interface.html:	$(TOP)/www/c_interface.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/c_interface.tcl >c_interface.html
+
+capi3.html:	$(TOP)/www/capi3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/capi3.tcl >capi3.html
+
+capi3ref.html:	$(TOP)/www/capi3ref.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/capi3ref.tcl >capi3ref.html
+
+changes.html:	$(TOP)/www/changes.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/changes.tcl >changes.html
+
+compile.html:	$(TOP)/www/compile.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/compile.tcl >compile.html
+
+copyright.html:	$(TOP)/www/copyright.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/copyright.tcl >copyright.html
+
+copyright-release.html:	$(TOP)/www/copyright-release.html
+	cp $(TOP)/www/copyright-release.html .
+
+copyright-release.pdf:	$(TOP)/www/copyright-release.pdf
+	cp $(TOP)/www/copyright-release.pdf .
+
+common.tcl:	$(TOP)/www/common.tcl
+	cp $(TOP)/www/common.tcl .
+
+conflict.html:	$(TOP)/www/conflict.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/conflict.tcl >conflict.html
+
+datatypes.html:	$(TOP)/www/datatypes.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/datatypes.tcl >datatypes.html
+
+datatype3.html:	$(TOP)/www/datatype3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/datatype3.tcl >datatype3.html
+
+docs.html:	$(TOP)/www/docs.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/docs.tcl >docs.html
+
+download.html:	$(TOP)/www/download.tcl
+	mkdir -p doc
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/download.tcl >download.html
+
+faq.html:	$(TOP)/www/faq.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/faq.tcl >faq.html
+
+fileformat.html:	$(TOP)/www/fileformat.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/fileformat.tcl >fileformat.html
+
+formatchng.html:	$(TOP)/www/formatchng.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/formatchng.tcl >formatchng.html
+
+index.html:	$(TOP)/www/index.tcl last_change
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/index.tcl >index.html
+
+lang.html:	$(TOP)/www/lang.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/lang.tcl >lang.html
+
+pragma.html:	$(TOP)/www/pragma.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/pragma.tcl >pragma.html
+
+lockingv3.html:	$(TOP)/www/lockingv3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/lockingv3.tcl >lockingv3.html
+
+oldnews.html:	$(TOP)/www/oldnews.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/oldnews.tcl >oldnews.html
+
+omitted.html:	$(TOP)/www/omitted.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/omitted.tcl >omitted.html
+
+opcode.html:	$(TOP)/www/opcode.tcl $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/opcode.tcl $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c >opcode.html
+
+mingw.html:	$(TOP)/www/mingw.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/mingw.tcl >mingw.html
+
+nulls.html:	$(TOP)/www/nulls.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/nulls.tcl >nulls.html
+
+quickstart.html:	$(TOP)/www/quickstart.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/quickstart.tcl >quickstart.html
+
+speed.html:	$(TOP)/www/speed.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/speed.tcl >speed.html
+
+sqlite.gif:	$(TOP)/art/SQLite.gif
+	cp $(TOP)/art/SQLite.gif sqlite.gif
+
+sqlite.html:	$(TOP)/www/sqlite.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/sqlite.tcl >sqlite.html
+
+support.html:	$(TOP)/www/support.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/support.tcl >support.html
+
+tclsqlite.html:	$(TOP)/www/tclsqlite.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/tclsqlite.tcl >tclsqlite.html
+
+vdbe.html:	$(TOP)/www/vdbe.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/vdbe.tcl >vdbe.html
+
+version3.html:	$(TOP)/www/version3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/version3.tcl >version3.html
+
+
+# Files to be published on the website.
+#
+DOC = \
+  arch.html \
+  arch2.gif \
+  autoinc.html \
+  c_interface.html \
+  capi3.html \
+  capi3ref.html \
+  changes.html \
+  compile.html \
+  copyright.html \
+  copyright-release.html \
+  copyright-release.pdf \
+  conflict.html \
+  datatypes.html \
+  datatype3.html \
+  docs.html \
+  download.html \
+  faq.html \
+  fileformat.html \
+  formatchng.html \
+  index.html \
+  lang.html \
+  lockingv3.html \
+  mingw.html \
+  nulls.html \
+  oldnews.html \
+  omitted.html \
+  opcode.html \
+  pragma.html \
+  quickstart.html \
+  speed.html \
+  sqlite.gif \
+  sqlite.html \
+  support.html \
+  tclsqlite.html \
+  vdbe.html \
+  version3.html 
+
+doc:	common.tcl $(DOC)
+	mkdir -p doc
+	mv $(DOC) doc
+
+install:	sqlite3 libsqlite3.la sqlite3.h ${HAVE_TCL:1=tcl_install}
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
+	$(LTINSTALL) libsqlite3.la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(exec_prefix)/bin
+	$(LTINSTALL) sqlite3 $(DESTDIR)$(exec_prefix)/bin
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/include
+	$(INSTALL) -m 0644 sqlite3.h $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/include
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig; 
+	$(INSTALL) -m 0644 sqlite3.pc $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig; 
+
+tcl_install:	libtclsqlite3.la
+	tclsh $(TOP)/tclinstaller.tcl $(VERSION)
+
+clean:	
+	rm -f *.lo *.la *.o sqlite3$(TEXE) libsqlite3.la
+	rm -f sqlite3.h opcodes.*
+	rm -rf .libs .deps 
+	rm -f lemon$(BEXE) lempar.c parse.* sqlite*.tar.gz
+	rm -f mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) keywordhash.h
+	rm -f $(PUBLISH)
+	rm -f *.da *.bb *.bbg gmon.out
+	rm -f testfixture$(TEXE) test.db
+	rm -rf doc
+	rm -f common.tcl
+	rm -f sqlite3.dll sqlite3.lib sqlite3.def
+
+distclean:	clean
+	rm -f config.log config.status libtool Makefile config.h
+
+#
+# Windows section
+#
+dll: sqlite3.dll
+
+REAL_LIBOBJ = $(LIBOBJ:%.lo=.libs/%.o)
+
+$(REAL_LIBOBJ): $(LIBOBJ)
+
+sqlite3.def: $(REAL_LIBOBJ)
+	echo 'EXPORTS' >sqlite3.def
+	nm $(REAL_LIBOBJ) | grep ' T ' | grep ' _sqlite3_' \
+		| sed 's/^.* _//' >>sqlite3.def
+
+sqlite3.dll: $(REAL_LIBOBJ) sqlite3.def
+	$(TCC) -shared -o sqlite3.dll sqlite3.def \
+		-Wl,"--strip-all" $(REAL_LIBOBJ)

libs/sqlite/Makefile.linux-gcc

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+#!/usr/make
+#
+# Makefile for SQLITE
+#
+# This is a template makefile for SQLite.  Most people prefer to
+# use the autoconf generated "configure" script to generate the
+# makefile automatically.  But that does not work for everybody
+# and in every situation.  If you are having problems with the
+# "configure" script, you might want to try this makefile as an
+# alternative.  Create a copy of this file, edit the parameters
+# below and type "make".
+#
+
+#### The toplevel directory of the source tree.  This is the directory
+#    that contains this "Makefile.in" and the "configure.in" script.
+#
+TOP = ../sqlite
+
+#### C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
+#    will run on the platform that is doing the build.
+#
+BCC = gcc -g -O2
+#BCC = /opt/ancic/bin/c89 -0
+
+#### If the target operating system supports the "usleep()" system
+#    call, then define the HAVE_USLEEP macro for all C modules.
+#
+#USLEEP = 
+USLEEP = -DHAVE_USLEEP=1
+
+#### If you want the SQLite library to be safe for use within a 
+#    multi-threaded program, then define the following macro
+#    appropriately:
+#
+#THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=1
+THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=0
+
+#### Specify any extra linker options needed to make the library
+#    thread safe
+#
+#THREADLIB = -lpthread
+THREADLIB = 
+
+#### Specify any extra libraries needed to access required functions.
+#
+#TLIBS = -lrt    # fdatasync on Solaris 8
+TLIBS = 
+
+#### Leave SQLITE_DEBUG undefined for maximum speed.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG=1
+#    to check for memory leaks.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG=2 to print a log of all
+#    malloc()s and free()s in order to track down memory leaks.
+#    
+#    SQLite uses some expensive assert() statements in the inner loop.
+#    You can make the library go almost twice as fast if you compile
+#    with -DNDEBUG=1
+#
+#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=2
+#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
+#OPTS = 
+OPTS = -DNDEBUG=1
+OPTS += -DHAVE_FDATASYNC=1
+
+#### The suffix to add to executable files.  ".exe" for windows.
+#    Nothing for unix.
+#
+#EXE = .exe
+EXE =
+
+#### C Compile and options for use in building executables that 
+#    will run on the target platform.  This is usually the same
+#    as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.
+#
+TCC = gcc -O6
+#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall
+#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage
+#TCC = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-gcc -O6
+#TCC = /opt/ansic/bin/c89 -O +z -Wl,-a,archive
+
+#### Tools used to build a static library.
+#
+AR = ar cr
+#AR = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ar cr
+RANLIB = ranlib
+#RANLIB = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ranlib
+
+MKSHLIB = gcc -shared
+SO = so
+SHPREFIX = lib
+# SO = dll
+# SHPREFIX =
+
+#### Extra compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
+#
+#TCL_FLAGS =
+#TCL_FLAGS = -DSTATIC_BUILD=1
+TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux
+#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4win -DSTATIC_BUILD=1
+#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux
+
+#### Linker options needed to link against the TCL library.
+#
+#LIBTCL = -ltcl -lm -ldl
+LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux/libtcl8.4g.a -lm -ldl
+#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4win/libtcl84s.a -lmsvcrt
+#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux/libtcl8.3.a -ldld -lm -lc
+
+#### Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
+#
+READLINE_FLAGS =
+#READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=1 -I/usr/include/readline
+
+#### Linker options needed by programs using readline() must link against.
+#
+LIBREADLINE =
+#LIBREADLINE = -static -lreadline -ltermcap
+
+#### Should the database engine assume text is coded as UTF-8 or iso8859?
+#
+# ENCODING  = UTF8
+ENCODING = ISO8859
+
+
+#### Which "awk" program provides nawk compatibilty
+#
+# NAWK = nawk
+NAWK = awk
+
+# You should not have to change anything below this line
+###############################################################################
+include $(TOP)/main.mk

libs/sqlite/README

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+This directory contains source code to 
+
+    SQLite: An Embeddable SQL Database Engine
+
+To compile the project, first create a directory in which to place
+the build products.  It is recommended, but not required, that the
+build directory be separate from the source directory.  Cd into the
+build directory and then from the build directory run the configure
+script found at the root of the source tree.  Then run "make".
+
+For example:
+
+    tar xzf sqlite.tar.gz    ;#  Unpack the source tree into "sqlite"
+    mkdir bld                ;#  Build will occur in a sibling directory
+    cd bld                   ;#  Change to the build directory
+    ../sqlite/configure      ;#  Run the configure script
+    make                     ;#  Run the makefile.
+    make install             ;#  (Optional) Install the build products
+
+The configure script uses autoconf 2.50 and libtool.  If the configure
+script does not work out for you, there is a generic makefile named
+"Makefile.linux-gcc" in the top directory of the source tree that you
+can copy and edit to suite your needs.  Comments on the generic makefile
+show what changes are needed.
+
+The linux binaries on the website are created using the generic makefile,
+not the configure script.  The configure script is unmaintained.  (You
+can volunteer to take over maintenance of the configure script, if you want!)
+The windows binaries on the website are created using MinGW32 configured
+as a cross-compiler running under Linux.  For details, see the ./publish.sh
+script at the top-level of the source tree.
+
+Contacts:
+
+   http://www.sqlite.org/

libs/sqlite/VERSION

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+3.3.8

libs/sqlite/addopcodes.awk

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#!/usr/bin/awk
+#
+# This script appends additional token codes to the end of the
+# parse.h file that lemon generates.  These extra token codes are
+# not used by the parser.  But they are used by the tokenizer and/or
+# the code generator.
+#
+#
+BEGIN {
+  max = 0
+}
+/^#define TK_/ {
+  print $0
+  if( max<$3 ) max = $3
+}
+END {
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_TEXT",         max+1
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_BLOB",         max+2
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_NUMERIC",      max+3
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_INT",          max+4
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_REAL",         max+5
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "END_OF_FILE",     max+6
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "ILLEGAL",         max+7
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "SPACE",           max+8
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "UNCLOSED_STRING", max+9
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "COMMENT",         max+10
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "FUNCTION",        max+11
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "COLUMN",          max+12
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "AGG_FUNCTION",    max+13
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "AGG_COLUMN",      max+14
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "CONST_FUNC",      max+15
+}

libs/sqlite/configure.ac

@@ -0,0 +1,689 @@
+#
+# The build process allows for using a cross-compiler.  But the default
+# action is to target the same platform that we are running on.  The
+# configure script needs to discover the following properties of the 
+# build and target systems:
+#
+#    srcdir
+#
+#        The is the name of the directory that contains the
+#        "configure" shell script.  All source files are
+#        located relative to this directory.
+#
+#    bindir
+#
+#        The name of the directory where executables should be
+#        written by the "install" target of the makefile.
+#
+#    program_prefix
+#
+#        Add this prefix to the names of all executables that run
+#        on the target machine.  Default: ""
+#
+#    ENABLE_SHARED
+#
+#        True if shared libraries should be generated.
+#
+#    BUILD_CC
+#
+#        The name of a command that is used to convert C
+#        source files into executables that run on the build
+#        platform.
+#
+#    BUILD_CFLAGS
+#
+#        Switches that the build compiler needs in order to construct
+#        command-line programs.
+#
+#    BUILD_LIBS
+#
+#        Libraries that the build compiler needs in order to construct
+#        command-line programs.
+#
+#    BUILD_EXEEXT
+#
+#        The filename extension for executables on the build
+#        platform.  "" for Unix and ".exe" for Windows.
+#
+#    TARGET_CC
+#
+#        The name of a command that runs on the build platform
+#        and converts C source files into *.o files for the
+#        target platform.  In other words, the cross-compiler.
+#
+#    TARGET_CFLAGS
+#
+#        Switches that the target compiler needs to turn C source files
+#        into *.o files.  Do not include TARGET_TCL_INC in this list.
+#        Makefiles might add additional switches such as "-I.".
+#
+#    TCL_*
+#
+#        Lots of values are read in from the tclConfig.sh script,
+#        if that script is available.  This values are used for
+#        constructing and installing the TCL extension.
+#
+#    TARGET_READLINE_LIBS
+#
+#        This is the library directives passed to the target linker
+#        that cause the executable to link against the readline library.
+#        This might be a switch like "-lreadline" or pathnames of library
+#        file like "../../src/libreadline.a".
+#
+#    TARGET_READLINE_INC
+#
+#        This variables define the directory that contain header
+#        files for the readline library.  If the compiler is able 
+#        to find <readline.h> on its own, then this can be blank.
+#
+#    TARGET_LINK
+#
+#        The name of the linker that combines *.o files generated
+#        by TARGET_CC into executables for the target platform.
+#
+#    TARGET_LIBS
+#
+#        Additional libraries or other switch that the target linker needs
+#        to build an executable on the target.  Do not include
+#        on this list any libraries in TARGET_TCL_LIBS and
+#        TARGET_READLINE_LIBS, etc.
+#
+#    TARGET_EXEEXT
+#
+#        The filename extension for executables on the
+#        target platform.  "" for Unix and ".exe" for windows.
+#
+# The generated configure script will make an attempt to guess
+# at all of the above parameters.  You can override any of
+# the guesses by setting the environment variable named
+# "config_AAAA" where "AAAA" is the name of the parameter
+# described above.  (Exception: srcdir cannot be set this way.)
+# If you have a file that sets one or more of these environment
+# variables, you can invoke configure as follows:
+#
+#           configure --with-hints=FILE
+#
+# where FILE is the name of the file that sets the environment
+# variables.  FILE should be an absolute pathname.
+#
+# This configure.in file is easy to reuse on other projects.  Just
+# change the argument to AC_INIT().  And disable any features that
+# you don't need (for example BLT) by erasing or commenting out
+# the corresponding code.
+#
+AC_INIT(src/sqlite.h.in)
+
+dnl Put the RCS revision string after AC_INIT so that it will also
+dnl show in in configure.
+# The following RCS revision string applies to configure.in
+# $Revision: 1.26 $
+
+#########
+# Programs needed
+#
+AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_PROG_AWK
+
+#########
+# Set up an appropriate program prefix
+#
+if test "$program_prefix" = "NONE"; then
+  program_prefix=""
+fi
+AC_SUBST(program_prefix)
+
+VERSION=[`cat $srcdir/VERSION | sed 's/^\([0-9]*\.*[0-9]*\).*/\1/'`]
+echo "Version set to $VERSION"
+AC_SUBST(VERSION)
+RELEASE=`cat $srcdir/VERSION`
+echo "Release set to $RELEASE"
+AC_SUBST(RELEASE)
+VERSION_NUMBER=[`cat $srcdir/VERSION  \
+                           | sed 's/[^0-9]/ /g' \
+                | awk '{printf "%d%03d%03d",$1,$2,$3}'`]
+echo "Version number set to $VERSION_NUMBER"
+AC_SUBST(VERSION_NUMBER)
+
+#########
+# Check to see if the --with-hints=FILE option is used.  If there is none,
+# then check for a files named "$host.hints" and ../$hosts.hints where
+# $host is the hostname of the build system.  If still no hints are
+# found, try looking in $system.hints and ../$system.hints where
+# $system is the result of uname -s.
+#
+AC_ARG_WITH(hints,
+  AC_HELP_STRING([--with-hints=FILE],[Read configuration options from FILE]),
+  hints=$withval)
+if test "$hints" = ""; then
+  host=`hostname | sed 's/\..*//'`
+  if test -r $host.hints; then
+    hints=$host.hints
+  else
+     if test -r ../$host.hints; then
+       hints=../$host.hints
+     fi
+  fi
+fi
+if test "$hints" = ""; then
+  sys=`uname -s`
+  if test -r $sys.hints; then
+    hints=$sys.hints
+  else
+     if test -r ../$sys.hints; then
+       hints=../$sys.hints
+     fi
+  fi
+fi
+if test "$hints" != ""; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(reading hints from $hints)
+  . $hints
+fi
+
+#########
+# Locate a compiler for the build machine.  This compiler should
+# generate command-line programs that run on the build machine.
+#
+default_build_cflags="-g"
+if test "$config_BUILD_CC" = ""; then
+  AC_PROG_CC
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = "yes"; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([unable to find a compiler for building build tools])
+  fi
+  BUILD_CC=$CC
+  default_build_cflags=$CFLAGS
+else
+  BUILD_CC=$config_BUILD_CC
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([host compiler])
+  CC=$BUILD_CC
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($BUILD_CC)
+fi
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([switches for the host compiler])
+if test "$config_BUILD_CFLAGS" != ""; then
+  CFLAGS=$config_BUILD_CFLAGS
+  BUILD_CFLAGS=$config_BUILD_CFLAGS
+else
+  BUILD_CFLAGS=$default_build_cflags
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($BUILD_CFLAGS)
+if test "$config_BUILD_LIBS" != ""; then
+  BUILD_LIBS=$config_BUILD_LIBS
+fi
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_CC)
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_CFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_LIBS)
+
+##########
+# Locate a compiler that converts C code into *.o files that run on
+# the target machine.
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([target compiler])
+if test "$config_TARGET_CC" != ""; then
+  TARGET_CC=$config_TARGET_CC
+else
+  TARGET_CC=$BUILD_CC
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($TARGET_CC)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([switches on the target compiler])
+if test "$config_TARGET_CFLAGS" != ""; then
+  TARGET_CFLAGS=$config_TARGET_CFLAGS
+else
+  TARGET_CFLAGS=$BUILD_CFLAGS
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($TARGET_CFLAGS)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([target linker])
+if test "$config_TARGET_LINK" = ""; then
+  TARGET_LINK=$TARGET_CC
+else
+  TARGET_LINK=$config_TARGET_LINK
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($TARGET_LINK)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([switches on the target compiler])
+if test "$config_TARGET_TFLAGS" != ""; then
+  TARGET_TFLAGS=$config_TARGET_TFLAGS
+else
+  TARGET_TFLAGS=$BUILD_CFLAGS
+fi
+if test "$config_TARGET_RANLIB" != ""; then
+  TARGET_RANLIB=$config_TARGET_RANLIB
+else
+  AC_PROG_RANLIB
+  TARGET_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+fi
+if test "$config_TARGET_AR" != ""; then
+  TARGET_AR=$config_TARGET_AR
+else
+  TARGET_AR='ar cr'
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($TARGET_TFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_CC)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_CFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_LINK)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_LFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_RANLIB)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_AR)
+
+# Set the $cross variable if we are cross-compiling.  Make
+# it 0 if we are not.
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if host and target compilers are the same])
+if test "$BUILD_CC" = "$TARGET_CC"; then
+  cross=0
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+else
+  cross=1
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+
+##########
+# Do we want to support multithreaded use of sqlite
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(threadsafe, 
+AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threadsafe],[Support threadsafe operation]),,enable_threadsafe=no)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support threadsafe operation])
+if test "$enable_threadsafe" = "no"; then
+  THREADSAFE=0
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+  THREADSAFE=1
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(THREADSAFE)
+
+if test "$THREADSAFE" = "1"; then
+  LIBS=""
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_create)
+  TARGET_THREAD_LIB="$LIBS"
+  LIBS=""
+else
+  TARGET_THREAD_LIB=""
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_THREAD_LIB)
+
+##########
+# Do we want to allow a connection created in one thread to be used
+# in another thread.  This does not work on many Linux systems (ex: RedHat 9)
+# due to bugs in the threading implementations.  This is thus off by default.
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(cross-thread-connections, 
+AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-cross-thread-connections],[Allow connection sharing across threads]),,enable_xthreadconnect=no)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to allow connections to be shared across threads])
+if test "$enable_xthreadconnect" = "no"; then
+  XTHREADCONNECT=''
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+  XTHREADCONNECT='-DSQLITE_ALLOW_XTHREAD_CONNECT=1'
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(XTHREADCONNECT)
+
+##########
+# Do we want to set threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable to be 1 (true) by
+# default. Normally, a test at runtime is performed to determine the
+# appropriate value of this variable. Use this option only if you're sure that
+# threads can safely override each others locks in all runtime situations.
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads-override-locks, 
+AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads-override-locks],[Threads can override each others locks]),,enable_threads_override_locks=no)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether threads can override each others locks])
+if test "$enable_threads_override_locks" = "no"; then
+  THREADSOVERRIDELOCKS='-1'
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+  THREADSOVERRIDELOCKS='1'
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(THREADSOVERRIDELOCKS)
+
+##########
+# Do we want to support release
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(releasemode, 
+AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-releasemode],[Support libtool link to release mode]),,enable_releasemode=no)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support shared library linked as release mode or not])
+if test "$enable_releasemode" = "no"; then
+  ALLOWRELEASE=""
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+  ALLOWRELEASE="-release `cat VERSION`"
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(ALLOWRELEASE)
+
+##########
+# Do we want temporary databases in memory
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(tempstore, 
+AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-tempstore],[Use an in-ram database for temporary tables (never,no,yes,always)]),,enable_tempstore=no)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use an in-ram database for temporary tables])
+case "$enable_tempstore" in
+  never ) 
+    TEMP_STORE=0
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([never])
+  ;;
+  no ) 
+    TEMP_STORE=1
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+  ;;
+  always ) 
+     TEMP_STORE=3
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([always])
+  ;;
+  yes ) 
+     TEMP_STORE=3
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([always])
+  ;;
+  * ) 
+    TEMP_STORE=1
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+  ;;
+esac
+
+AC_SUBST(TEMP_STORE)
+
+###########
+# Lots of things are different if we are compiling for Windows using
+# the CYGWIN environment.  So check for that special case and handle
+# things accordingly.
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if executables have the .exe suffix])
+if test "$config_BUILD_EXEEXT" = ".exe"; then
+  CYGWIN=yes
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(unknown)
+fi
+if test "$CYGWIN" != "yes"; then
+  AC_CYGWIN
+fi
+if test "$CYGWIN" = "yes"; then
+  BUILD_EXEEXT=.exe
+else
+  BUILD_EXEEXT=$EXEEXT
+fi
+if test "$cross" = "0"; then
+  TARGET_EXEEXT=$BUILD_EXEEXT
+else
+  TARGET_EXEEXT=$config_TARGET_EXEEXT
+fi
+if test "$TARGET_EXEEXT" = ".exe"; then
+  if test $OS2_SHELL ; then
+    OS_UNIX=0
+    OS_WIN=0
+    OS_OS2=1
+    TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DOS_OS2=1"
+    if test "$ac_compiler_gnu" == "yes" ; then
+      TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -Zomf -Zexe -Zmap"
+      BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -Zomf -Zexe"
+    fi
+  else
+    OS_UNIX=0
+    OS_WIN=1
+    OS_OS2=0
+    tclsubdir=win
+    TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DOS_WIN=1"
+  fi
+else
+  OS_UNIX=1
+  OS_WIN=0
+  OS_OS2=0
+  tclsubdir=unix
+  TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DOS_UNIX=1"
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_EXEEXT)
+AC_SUBST(OS_UNIX)
+AC_SUBST(OS_WIN)
+AC_SUBST(OS_OS2)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_EXEEXT)
+
+##########
+# Extract generic linker options from the environment.
+#
+if test "$config_TARGET_LIBS" != ""; then
+  TARGET_LIBS=$config_TARGET_LIBS
+else
+  TARGET_LIBS=""
+fi
+
+##########
+# Figure out all the parameters needed to compile against Tcl.
+#
+# This code is derived from the SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG and SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
+# macros in the in the tcl.m4 file of the standard TCL distribution.
+# Those macros could not be used directly since we have to make some
+# minor changes to accomodate systems that do not have TCL installed.
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(tcl, AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-tcl],[do not build TCL extension]),
+      [use_tcl=$enableval],[use_tcl=yes])
+if test "${use_tcl}" = "yes" ; then
+  AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tcl=DIR],[directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)]), with_tclconfig=${withval})
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[
+    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
+    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
+      if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+        ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd ${with_tclconfig}; pwd)`
+      else
+        AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh])
+      fi
+    fi
+    # then check for a private Tcl installation
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+      for i in \
+            ../tcl \
+            `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            ../../tcl \
+            `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            ../../../tcl \
+            `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null`
+      do
+        if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+          ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+    fi
+
+    # check in a few common install locations
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+      for i in \
+            `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null`
+      do
+        if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+           ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+           break
+        fi
+      done
+    fi
+
+    # check in a few other private locations
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+      for i in \
+         ${srcdir}/../tcl \
+         `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+         `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+         `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null`
+      do
+        if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+          ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+    fi
+  ])
+
+  if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+    use_tcl=no
+    AC_MSG_WARN(Can't find Tcl configuration definitions)
+    AC_MSG_WARN(*** Without Tcl the regression tests cannot be executed ***)
+    AC_MSG_WARN(*** Consider using --with-tcl=... to define location of Tcl ***)
+  else
+    TCL_BIN_DIR=${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(found $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh)
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh])
+    if test -f "$TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+      AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
+      . $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh
+    else
+      AC_MSG_RESULT([file not found])
+    fi
+    
+    #
+    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    #
+    
+   if test -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile ; then
+      TCL_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
+      TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
+      TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
+    fi
+    
+    #
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    #
+    
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC)
+    
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)
+    
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+  fi
+fi
+if test "${use_tcl}" = "no" ; then
+  HAVE_TCL=""
+else
+  HAVE_TCL=1
+fi
+AC_SUBST(HAVE_TCL)
+
+##########
+# Figure out what C libraries are required to compile programs
+# that use "readline()" library.
+#
+if test "$config_TARGET_READLINE_LIBS" != ""; then
+  TARGET_READLINE_LIBS="$config_TARGET_READLINE_LIBS"
+else
+  CC=$TARGET_CC
+  LIBS=""
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(tgetent, [readline ncurses curses termcap])
+  AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [readline])
+  TARGET_READLINE_LIBS="$LIBS"
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_READLINE_LIBS)
+
+##########
+# Figure out what C libraries are required to compile programs
+# that use "fdatasync()" function.
+#
+CC=$TARGET_CC
+LIBS=$TARGET_LIBS
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(fdatasync, [rt])
+TARGET_LIBS="$LIBS"
+
+##########
+# Figure out where to get the READLINE header files.
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([readline header files])
+found=no
+if test "$config_TARGET_READLINE_INC" != ""; then
+  TARGET_READLINE_INC=$config_TARGET_READLINE_INC
+  found=yes
+fi
+if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($TARGET_READLINE_INC)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(not specified: still searching...)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADER(readline.h, [found=yes])
+fi
+if test "$found" = "no"; then
+  for dir in /usr /usr/local /usr/local/readline /usr/contrib /mingw; do
+    AC_CHECK_FILE($dir/include/readline.h, found=yes)
+    if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+      TARGET_READLINE_INC="-I$dir/include"
+      break
+    fi
+    AC_CHECK_FILE($dir/include/readline/readline.h, found=yes)
+    if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+      TARGET_READLINE_INC="-I$dir/include/readline"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+fi
+if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+  if test "$TARGET_READLINE_LIBS" = ""; then
+    TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=0
+  else
+    TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=1
+  fi
+else
+  TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=0
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_READLINE_INC)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_HAVE_READLINE)
+
+#########
+# check for debug enabled
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug],[enable debugging & verbose explain]),
+      [use_debug=$enableval],[use_debug=no])
+if test "${use_debug}" = "yes" ; then
+  TARGET_DEBUG="-DSQLITE_DEBUG=1"
+else
+  TARGET_DEBUG="-DNDEBUG"
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_DEBUG)
+
+#########
+# Figure out whether or not we have a "usleep()" function.
+#
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(usleep, [TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DHAVE_USLEEP=1"])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Redefine fdatasync as fsync on systems that lack fdatasync
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(fdatasync, [TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DHAVE_FDATASYNC=1"])
+
+#########
+# Put out accumulated miscellaneous LIBRARIES
+#
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_LIBS)
+
+#########
+# Generate the output files.
+#
+AC_OUTPUT([
+Makefile
+sqlite3.pc
+])

libs/sqlite/contrib/sqlitecon.tcl

@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
+# A Tk console widget for SQLite.  Invoke sqlitecon::create with a window name,
+# a prompt string, a title to set a new top-level window, and the SQLite
+# database handle.  For example:
+#
+#     sqlitecon::create .sqlcon {sql:- } {SQL Console} db
+#
+# A toplevel window is created that allows you to type in SQL commands to
+# be processed on the spot.
+#
+# A limited set of dot-commands are supported:
+#
+#     .table
+#     .schema ?TABLE?
+#     .mode list|column|multicolumn|line
+#     .exit
+#
+# In addition, a new SQL function named "edit()" is created.  This function
+# takes a single text argument and returns a text result.  Whenever the
+# the function is called, it pops up a new toplevel window containing a
+# text editor screen initialized to the argument.  When the "OK" button
+# is pressed, whatever revised text is in the text editor is returned as
+# the result of the edit() function.  This allows text fields of SQL tables
+# to be edited quickly and easily as follows:
+#
+#    UPDATE table1 SET dscr = edit(dscr) WHERE rowid=15;
+#
+
+
+# Create a namespace to work in
+#
+namespace eval ::sqlitecon {
+  # do nothing
+}
+
+# Create a console widget named $w.  The prompt string is $prompt.
+# The title at the top of the window is $title.  The database connection
+# object is $db
+#
+proc sqlitecon::create {w prompt title db} {
+  upvar #0 $w.t v
+  if {[winfo exists $w]} {destroy $w}
+  if {[info exists v]} {unset v}
+  toplevel $w
+  wm title $w $title
+  wm iconname $w $title
+  frame $w.mb -bd 2 -relief raised
+  pack $w.mb -side top -fill x
+  menubutton $w.mb.file -text File -menu $w.mb.file.m
+  menubutton $w.mb.edit -text Edit -menu $w.mb.edit.m
+  pack $w.mb.file $w.mb.edit -side left -padx 8 -pady 1
+  set m [menu $w.mb.file.m -tearoff 0]
+  $m add command -label {Close} -command "destroy $w"
+  sqlitecon::create_child $w $prompt $w.mb.edit.m
+  set v(db) $db
+  $db function edit ::sqlitecon::_edit
+}
+
+# This routine creates a console as a child window within a larger
+# window.  It also creates an edit menu named "$editmenu" if $editmenu!="".
+# The calling function is responsible for posting the edit menu.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::create_child {w prompt editmenu} {
+  upvar #0 $w.t v
+  if {$editmenu!=""} {
+    set m [menu $editmenu -tearoff 0]
+    $m add command -label Cut -command "sqlitecon::Cut $w.t"
+    $m add command -label Copy -command "sqlitecon::Copy $w.t"
+    $m add command -label Paste -command "sqlitecon::Paste $w.t"
+    $m add command -label {Clear Screen} -command "sqlitecon::Clear $w.t"
+    $m add separator
+    $m add command -label {Save As...} -command "sqlitecon::SaveFile $w.t"
+    catch {$editmenu config -postcommand "sqlitecon::EnableEditMenu $w"}
+  }
+  scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command "$w.t yview"
+  pack $w.sb -side right -fill y
+  text $w.t -font fixed -yscrollcommand "$w.sb set"
+  pack $w.t -side right -fill both -expand 1
+  bindtags $w.t Sqlitecon
+  set v(editmenu) $editmenu
+  set v(history) 0
+  set v(historycnt) 0
+  set v(current) -1
+  set v(prompt) $prompt
+  set v(prior) {}
+  set v(plength) [string length $v(prompt)]
+  set v(x) 0
+  set v(y) 0
+  set v(mode) column
+  set v(header) on
+  $w.t mark set insert end
+  $w.t tag config ok -foreground blue
+  $w.t tag config err -foreground red
+  $w.t insert end $v(prompt)
+  $w.t mark set out 1.0
+  after idle "focus $w.t"
+}
+
+bind Sqlitecon <1> {sqlitecon::Button1 %W %x %y}
+bind Sqlitecon <B1-Motion> {sqlitecon::B1Motion %W %x %y}
+bind Sqlitecon <B1-Leave> {sqlitecon::B1Leave %W %x %y}
+bind Sqlitecon <B1-Enter> {sqlitecon::cancelMotor %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <ButtonRelease-1> {sqlitecon::cancelMotor %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <KeyPress> {sqlitecon::Insert %W %A}
+bind Sqlitecon <Left> {sqlitecon::Left %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-b> {sqlitecon::Left %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Right> {sqlitecon::Right %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-f> {sqlitecon::Right %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <BackSpace> {sqlitecon::Backspace %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-h> {sqlitecon::Backspace %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Delete> {sqlitecon::Delete %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-d> {sqlitecon::Delete %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Home> {sqlitecon::Home %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-a> {sqlitecon::Home %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <End> {sqlitecon::End %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-e> {sqlitecon::End %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Return> {sqlitecon::Enter %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <KP_Enter> {sqlitecon::Enter %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Up> {sqlitecon::Prior %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-p> {sqlitecon::Prior %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Down> {sqlitecon::Next %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-n> {sqlitecon::Next %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-k> {sqlitecon::EraseEOL %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <<Cut>> {sqlitecon::Cut %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <<Copy>> {sqlitecon::Copy %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <<Paste>> {sqlitecon::Paste %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <<Clear>> {sqlitecon::Clear %W}
+
+# Insert a single character at the insertion cursor
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Insert {w a} {
+  $w insert insert $a
+  $w yview insert
+}
+
+# Move the cursor one character to the left
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Left {w} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  if {$col>$v(plength)} {
+    $w mark set insert "insert -1c"
+  }
+}
+
+# Erase the character to the left of the cursor
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Backspace {w} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  if {$col>$v(plength)} {
+    $w delete {insert -1c}
+  }
+}
+
+# Erase to the end of the line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::EraseEOL {w} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  if {$col>=$v(plength)} {
+    $w delete insert {insert lineend}
+  }
+}
+
+# Move the cursor one character to the right
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Right {w} {
+  $w mark set insert "insert +1c"
+}
+
+# Erase the character to the right of the cursor
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Delete w {
+  $w delete insert
+}
+
+# Move the cursor to the beginning of the current line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Home w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  $w mark set insert $row.$v(plength)
+}
+
+# Move the cursor to the end of the current line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::End w {
+  $w mark set insert {insert lineend}
+}
+
+# Add a line to the history
+#
+proc sqlitecon::addHistory {w line} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  if {$v(historycnt)>0} {
+    set last [lindex $v(history) [expr $v(historycnt)-1]]
+    if {[string compare $last $line]} {
+      lappend v(history) $line
+      incr v(historycnt)
+    }
+  } else {
+    set v(history) [list $line]
+    set v(historycnt) 1
+  }
+  set v(current) $v(historycnt)
+}
+
+# Called when "Enter" is pressed.  Do something with the line
+# of text that was entered.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Enter w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  set start $row.$v(plength)
+  set line [$w get $start "$start lineend"]
+  $w insert end \n
+  $w mark set out end
+  if {$v(prior)==""} {
+    set cmd $line
+  } else {
+    set cmd $v(prior)\n$line
+  }
+  if {[string index $cmd 0]=="." || [$v(db) complete $cmd]} {
+    regsub -all {\n} [string trim $cmd] { } cmd2
+    addHistory $w $cmd2
+    set rc [catch {DoCommand $w $cmd} res]
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} return
+    if {$rc} {
+      $w insert end $res\n err
+    } elseif {[string length $res]>0} {
+      $w insert end $res\n ok
+    }
+    set v(prior) {}
+    $w insert end $v(prompt)
+  } else {
+    set v(prior) $cmd
+    regsub -all {[^ ]} $v(prompt) . x
+    $w insert end $x
+  }
+  $w mark set insert end
+  $w mark set out {insert linestart}
+  $w yview insert
+}
+
+# Execute a single SQL command.  Pay special attention to control
+# directives that begin with "."
+#
+# The return value is the text output from the command, properly
+# formatted.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::DoCommand {w cmd} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set mode $v(mode)
+  set header $v(header)
+  if {[regexp {^(\.[a-z]+)} $cmd all word]} {
+    if {$word==".mode"} {
+      regexp {^.[a-z]+ +([a-z]+)} $cmd all v(mode)
+      return {}
+    } elseif {$word==".exit"} {
+      destroy [winfo toplevel $w]
+      return {}
+    } elseif {$word==".header"} {
+      regexp {^.[a-z]+ +([a-z]+)} $cmd all v(header)
+      return {}
+    } elseif {$word==".tables"} {
+      set mode multicolumn
+      set cmd {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table'
+               UNION ALL
+               SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master WHERE type='table'}
+      $v(db) eval {PRAGMA database_list} {
+         if {$name!="temp" && $name!="main"} {
+            append cmd "UNION ALL SELECT name FROM $name.sqlite_master\
+                        WHERE type='table'"
+         }
+      }
+      append cmd  { ORDER BY 1}
+    } elseif {$word==".fullschema"} {
+      set pattern %
+      regexp {^.[a-z]+ +([^ ]+)} $cmd all pattern
+      set mode list
+      set header 0
+      set cmd "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name LIKE '$pattern'
+               AND sql NOT NULL UNION ALL SELECT sql FROM sqlite_temp_master
+               WHERE tbl_name LIKE '$pattern' AND sql NOT NULL"
+      $v(db) eval {PRAGMA database_list} {
+         if {$name!="temp" && $name!="main"} {
+            append cmd " UNION ALL SELECT sql FROM $name.sqlite_master\
+                        WHERE tbl_name LIKE '$pattern' AND sql NOT NULL"
+         }
+      }
+    } elseif {$word==".schema"} {
+      set pattern %
+      regexp {^.[a-z]+ +([^ ]+)} $cmd all pattern
+      set mode list
+      set header 0
+      set cmd "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE name LIKE '$pattern'
+               AND sql NOT NULL UNION ALL SELECT sql FROM sqlite_temp_master
+               WHERE name LIKE '$pattern' AND sql NOT NULL"
+      $v(db) eval {PRAGMA database_list} {
+         if {$name!="temp" && $name!="main"} {
+            append cmd " UNION ALL SELECT sql FROM $name.sqlite_master\
+                        WHERE name LIKE '$pattern' AND sql NOT NULL"
+         }
+      }
+    } else {
+      return \
+        ".exit\n.mode line|list|column\n.schema ?TABLENAME?\n.tables"
+    }
+  }
+  set res {}
+  if {$mode=="list"} {
+    $v(db) eval $cmd x {
+      set sep {}
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        append res $sep$x($col)
+        set sep |
+      }
+      append res \n
+    }
+    if {[info exists x(*)] && $header} {
+      set sep {}
+      set hdr {}
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        append hdr $sep$col
+        set sep |
+      }
+      set res $hdr\n$res
+    }
+  } elseif {[string range $mode 0 2]=="col"} {
+    set y {}
+    $v(db) eval $cmd x {
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        if {![info exists cw($col)] || $cw($col)<[string length $x($col)]} {
+           set cw($col) [string length $x($col)]
+        }
+        lappend y $x($col)
+      }
+    }
+    if {[info exists x(*)] && $header} {
+      set hdr {}
+      set ln {}
+      set dash ---------------------------------------------------------------
+      append dash ------------------------------------------------------------
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        if {![info exists cw($col)] || $cw($col)<[string length $col]} {
+           set cw($col) [string length $col]
+        }
+        lappend hdr $col
+        lappend ln [string range $dash 1 $cw($col)]
+      }
+      set y [concat $hdr $ln $y]
+    }
+    if {[info exists x(*)]} {
+      set format {}
+      set arglist {}
+      set arglist2 {}
+      set i 0
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        lappend arglist x$i
+        append arglist2 " \$x$i"
+        incr i
+        append format "  %-$cw($col)s"
+      }
+      set format [string trimleft $format]\n
+      if {[llength $arglist]>0} {
+        foreach $arglist $y "append res \[format [list $format] $arglist2\]"
+      }
+    }
+  } elseif {$mode=="multicolumn"} {
+    set y [$v(db) eval $cmd]
+    set max 0
+    foreach e $y {
+      if {$max<[string length $e]} {set max [string length $e]}
+    }
+    set ncol [expr {int(80/($max+2))}]
+    if {$ncol<1} {set ncol 1}
+    set nelem [llength $y]
+    set nrow [expr {($nelem+$ncol-1)/$ncol}]
+    set format "%-${max}s"
+    for {set i 0} {$i<$nrow} {incr i} {
+      set j $i
+      while 1 {
+        append res [format $format [lindex $y $j]]
+        incr j $nrow
+        if {$j>=$nelem} break
+        append res {  }
+      }
+      append res \n
+    }
+  } else {
+    $v(db) eval $cmd x {
+      foreach col $x(*) {append res "$col = $x($col)\n"}
+      append res \n
+    }
+  }
+  return [string trimright $res]
+}
+
+# Change the line to the previous line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Prior w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  if {$v(current)<=0} return
+  incr v(current) -1
+  set line [lindex $v(history) $v(current)]
+  sqlitecon::SetLine $w $line
+}
+
+# Change the line to the next line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Next w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  if {$v(current)>=$v(historycnt)} return
+  incr v(current) 1
+  set line [lindex $v(history) $v(current)]
+  sqlitecon::SetLine $w $line
+}
+
+# Change the contents of the entry line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::SetLine {w line} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  set start $row.$v(plength)
+  $w delete $start end
+  $w insert end $line
+  $w mark set insert end
+  $w yview insert
+}
+
+# Called when the mouse button is pressed at position $x,$y on
+# the console widget.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Button1 {w x y} {
+  global tkPriv
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set v(mouseMoved) 0
+  set v(pressX) $x
+  set p [sqlitecon::nearestBoundry $w $x $y]
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d ix iy
+  scan $p %d.%d px py
+  if {$px==$ix} {
+    $w mark set insert $p
+  }
+  $w mark set anchor $p
+  focus $w
+}
+
+# Find the boundry between characters that is nearest
+# to $x,$y
+#
+proc sqlitecon::nearestBoundry {w x y} {
+  set p [$w index @$x,$y]
+  set bb [$w bbox $p]
+  if {![string compare $bb ""]} {return $p}
+  if {($x-[lindex $bb 0])<([lindex $bb 2]/2)} {return $p}
+  $w index "$p + 1 char"
+}
+
+# This routine extends the selection to the point specified by $x,$y
+#
+proc sqlitecon::SelectTo {w x y} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set cur [sqlitecon::nearestBoundry $w $x $y]
+  if {[catch {$w index anchor}]} {
+    $w mark set anchor $cur
+  }
+  set anchor [$w index anchor]
+  if {[$w compare $cur != $anchor] || (abs($v(pressX) - $x) >= 3)} {
+    if {$v(mouseMoved)==0} {
+      $w tag remove sel 0.0 end
+    }
+    set v(mouseMoved) 1
+  }
+  if {[$w compare $cur < anchor]} {
+    set first $cur
+    set last anchor
+  } else {
+    set first anchor
+    set last $cur
+  }
+  if {$v(mouseMoved)} {
+    $w tag remove sel 0.0 $first
+    $w tag add sel $first $last
+    $w tag remove sel $last end
+    update idletasks
+  }
+}
+
+# Called whenever the mouse moves while button-1 is held down.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::B1Motion {w x y} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set v(y) $y
+  set v(x) $x
+  sqlitecon::SelectTo $w $x $y
+}
+
+# Called whenever the mouse leaves the boundries of the widget
+# while button 1 is held down.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::B1Leave {w x y} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set v(y) $y
+  set v(x) $x
+  sqlitecon::motor $w
+}
+
+# This routine is called to automatically scroll the window when
+# the mouse drags offscreen.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::motor w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  if {![winfo exists $w]} return
+  if {$v(y)>=[winfo height $w]} {
+    $w yview scroll 1 units
+  } elseif {$v(y)<0} {
+    $w yview scroll -1 units
+  } else {
+    return
+  }
+  sqlitecon::SelectTo $w $v(x) $v(y)
+  set v(timer) [after 50 sqlitecon::motor $w]
+}
+
+# This routine cancels the scrolling motor if it is active
+#
+proc sqlitecon::cancelMotor w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  catch {after cancel $v(timer)}
+  catch {unset v(timer)}
+}
+
+# Do a Copy operation on the stuff currently selected.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Copy w {
+  if {![catch {set text [$w get sel.first sel.last]}]} {
+     clipboard clear -displayof $w
+     clipboard append -displayof $w $text
+  }
+}
+
+# Return 1 if the selection exists and is contained
+# entirely on the input line.  Return 2 if the selection
+# exists but is not entirely on the input line.  Return 0
+# if the selection does not exist.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::canCut w {
+  set r [catch {
+    scan [$w index sel.first] %d.%d s1x s1y
+    scan [$w index sel.last] %d.%d s2x s2y
+    scan [$w index insert] %d.%d ix iy
+  }]
+  if {$r==1} {return 0}
+  if {$s1x==$ix && $s2x==$ix} {return 1}
+  return 2
+}
+
+# Do a Cut operation if possible.  Cuts are only allowed
+# if the current selection is entirely contained on the
+# current input line.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Cut w {
+  if {[sqlitecon::canCut $w]==1} {
+    sqlitecon::Copy $w
+    $w delete sel.first sel.last
+  }
+}
+
+# Do a paste opeation.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Paste w {
+  if {[sqlitecon::canCut $w]==1} {
+    $w delete sel.first sel.last
+  }
+  if {[catch {selection get -displayof $w -selection CLIPBOARD} topaste]
+    && [catch {selection get -displayof $w -selection PRIMARY} topaste]} {
+    return
+  }
+  if {[info exists ::$w]} {
+    set prior 0
+    foreach line [split $topaste \n] {
+      if {$prior} {
+        sqlitecon::Enter $w
+        update
+      }
+      set prior 1
+      $w insert insert $line
+    }
+  } else {
+    $w insert insert $topaste
+  }
+}
+
+# Enable or disable entries in the Edit menu
+#
+proc sqlitecon::EnableEditMenu w {
+  upvar #0 $w.t v
+  set m $v(editmenu)
+  if {$m=="" || ![winfo exists $m]} return
+  switch [sqlitecon::canCut $w.t] {
+    0 {
+      $m entryconf Copy -state disabled
+      $m entryconf Cut -state disabled
+    }
+    1 {
+      $m entryconf Copy -state normal
+      $m entryconf Cut -state normal
+    }
+    2 {
+      $m entryconf Copy -state normal
+      $m entryconf Cut -state disabled
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+# Prompt the user for the name of a writable file.  Then write the
+# entire contents of the console screen to that file.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::SaveFile w {
+  set types {
+    {{Text Files}  {.txt}}
+    {{All Files}    *}
+  }
+  set f [tk_getSaveFile -filetypes $types -title "Write Screen To..."]
+  if {$f!=""} {
+    if {[catch {open $f w} fd]} {
+      tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error -message $fd
+    } else {
+      puts $fd [string trimright [$w get 1.0 end] \n]
+      close $fd
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+# Erase everything from the console above the insertion line.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Clear w {
+  $w delete 1.0 {insert linestart}
+}
+
+# An in-line editor for SQL
+#
+proc sqlitecon::_edit {origtxt {title {}}} {
+  for {set i 0} {[winfo exists .ed$i]} {incr i} continue
+  set w .ed$i
+  toplevel $w
+  wm protocol $w WM_DELETE_WINDOW "$w.b.can invoke"
+  wm title $w {Inline SQL Editor}
+  frame $w.b
+  pack $w.b -side bottom -fill x
+  button $w.b.can -text Cancel -width 6 -command [list set ::$w 0]
+  button $w.b.ok -text OK -width 6 -command [list set ::$w 1]
+  button $w.b.cut -text Cut -width 6 -command [list ::sqlitecon::Cut $w.t]
+  button $w.b.copy -text Copy -width 6 -command [list ::sqlitecon::Copy $w.t]
+  button $w.b.paste -text Paste -width 6 -command [list ::sqlitecon::Paste $w.t]
+  set ::$w {}
+  pack $w.b.cut $w.b.copy $w.b.paste $w.b.can $w.b.ok\
+     -side left -padx 5 -pady 5 -expand 1
+  if {$title!=""} {
+    label $w.title -text $title
+    pack $w.title -side top -padx 5 -pady 5
+  }
+  text $w.t -bg white -fg black -yscrollcommand [list $w.sb set]
+  pack $w.t -side left -fill both -expand 1
+  scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command [list $w.t yview]
+  pack $w.sb -side left -fill y
+  $w.t insert end $origtxt
+
+  vwait ::$w
+
+  if {[set ::$w]} {
+    set txt [string trimright [$w.t get 1.0 end]]
+  } else {
+    set txt $origtxt
+  }
+  destroy $w
+  return $txt
+}

libs/sqlite/doc/lemon.html

@@ -0,0 +1,892 @@
+<html>
+<head>
+<title>The Lemon Parser Generator</title>
+</head>
+<body bgcolor=white>
+<h1 align=center>The Lemon Parser Generator</h1>
+
+<p>Lemon is an LALR(1) parser generator for C or C++.  
+It does the same job as ``bison'' and ``yacc''.
+But lemon is not another bison or yacc clone.  It
+uses a different grammar syntax which is designed to
+reduce the number of coding errors.  Lemon also uses a more
+sophisticated parsing engine that is faster than yacc and
+bison and which is both reentrant and thread-safe.
+Furthermore, Lemon implements features that can be used
+to eliminate resource leaks, making is suitable for use
+in long-running programs such as graphical user interfaces
+or embedded controllers.</p>
+
+<p>This document is an introduction to the Lemon
+parser generator.</p>
+
+<h2>Theory of Operation</h2>
+
+<p>The main goal of Lemon is to translate a context free grammar (CFG)
+for a particular language into C code that implements a parser for
+that language.
+The program has two inputs:
+<ul>
+<li>The grammar specification.
+<li>A parser template file.
+</ul>
+Typically, only the grammar specification is supplied by the programmer.
+Lemon comes with a default parser template which works fine for most
+applications.  But the user is free to substitute a different parser
+template if desired.</p>
+
+<p>Depending on command-line options, Lemon will generate between
+one and three files of outputs.
+<ul>
+<li>C code to implement the parser.
+<li>A header file defining an integer ID for each terminal symbol.
+<li>An information file that describes the states of the generated parser
+    automaton.
+</ul>
+By default, all three of these output files are generated.
+The header file is suppressed if the ``-m'' command-line option is
+used and the report file is omitted when ``-q'' is selected.</p>
+
+<p>The grammar specification file uses a ``.y'' suffix, by convention.
+In the examples used in this document, we'll assume the name of the
+grammar file is ``gram.y''.  A typical use of Lemon would be the
+following command:
+<pre>
+   lemon gram.y
+</pre>
+This command will generate three output files named ``gram.c'',
+``gram.h'' and ``gram.out''.
+The first is C code to implement the parser.  The second
+is the header file that defines numerical values for all
+terminal symbols, and the last is the report that explains
+the states used by the parser automaton.</p>
+
+<h3>Command Line Options</h3>
+
+<p>The behavior of Lemon can be modified using command-line options.
+You can obtain a list of the available command-line options together
+with a brief explanation of what each does by typing
+<pre>
+   lemon -?
+</pre>
+As of this writing, the following command-line options are supported:
+<ul>
+<li><tt>-b</tt>
+<li><tt>-c</tt>
+<li><tt>-g</tt>
+<li><tt>-m</tt>
+<li><tt>-q</tt>
+<li><tt>-s</tt>
+<li><tt>-x</tt>
+</ul>
+The ``-b'' option reduces the amount of text in the report file by
+printing only the basis of each parser state, rather than the full
+configuration.
+The ``-c'' option suppresses action table compression.  Using -c
+will make the parser a little larger and slower but it will detect
+syntax errors sooner.
+The ``-g'' option causes no output files to be generated at all.
+Instead, the input grammar file is printed on standard output but
+with all comments, actions and other extraneous text deleted.  This
+is a useful way to get a quick summary of a grammar.
+The ``-m'' option causes the output C source file to be compatible
+with the ``makeheaders'' program.
+Makeheaders is a program that automatically generates header files
+from C source code.  When the ``-m'' option is used, the header
+file is not output since the makeheaders program will take care
+of generated all header files automatically.
+The ``-q'' option suppresses the report file.
+Using ``-s'' causes a brief summary of parser statistics to be
+printed.  Like this:
+<pre>
+   Parser statistics: 74 terminals, 70 nonterminals, 179 rules
+                      340 states, 2026 parser table entries, 0 conflicts
+</pre>
+Finally, the ``-x'' option causes Lemon to print its version number
+and then stops without attempting to read the grammar or generate a parser.</p>
+
+<h3>The Parser Interface</h3>
+
+<p>Lemon doesn't generate a complete, working program.  It only generates
+a few subroutines that implement a parser.  This section describes
+the interface to those subroutines.  It is up to the programmer to
+call these subroutines in an appropriate way in order to produce a
+complete system.</p>
+
+<p>Before a program begins using a Lemon-generated parser, the program
+must first create the parser.
+A new parser is created as follows:
+<pre>
+   void *pParser = ParseAlloc( malloc );
+</pre>
+The ParseAlloc() routine allocates and initializes a new parser and
+returns a pointer to it.
+The actual data structure used to represent a parser is opaque --
+its internal structure is not visible or usable by the calling routine.
+For this reason, the ParseAlloc() routine returns a pointer to void
+rather than a pointer to some particular structure.
+The sole argument to the ParseAlloc() routine is a pointer to the
+subroutine used to allocate memory.  Typically this means ``malloc()''.</p>
+
+<p>After a program is finished using a parser, it can reclaim all
+memory allocated by that parser by calling
+<pre>
+   ParseFree(pParser, free);
+</pre>
+The first argument is the same pointer returned by ParseAlloc().  The
+second argument is a pointer to the function used to release bulk
+memory back to the system.</p>
+
+<p>After a parser has been allocated using ParseAlloc(), the programmer
+must supply the parser with a sequence of tokens (terminal symbols) to
+be parsed.  This is accomplished by calling the following function
+once for each token:
+<pre>
+   Parse(pParser, hTokenID, sTokenData, pArg);
+</pre>
+The first argument to the Parse() routine is the pointer returned by
+ParseAlloc().
+The second argument is a small positive integer that tells the parse the
+type of the next token in the data stream.
+There is one token type for each terminal symbol in the grammar.
+The gram.h file generated by Lemon contains #define statements that
+map symbolic terminal symbol names into appropriate integer values.
+(A value of 0 for the second argument is a special flag to the
+parser to indicate that the end of input has been reached.)
+The third argument is the value of the given token.  By default,
+the type of the third argument is integer, but the grammar will
+usually redefine this type to be some kind of structure.
+Typically the second argument will be a broad category of tokens
+such as ``identifier'' or ``number'' and the third argument will
+be the name of the identifier or the value of the number.</p>
+
+<p>The Parse() function may have either three or four arguments,
+depending on the grammar.  If the grammar specification file request
+it, the Parse() function will have a fourth parameter that can be
+of any type chosen by the programmer.  The parser doesn't do anything
+with this argument except to pass it through to action routines.
+This is a convenient mechanism for passing state information down
+to the action routines without having to use global variables.</p>
+
+<p>A typical use of a Lemon parser might look something like the
+following:
+<pre>
+   01 ParseTree *ParseFile(const char *zFilename){
+   02    Tokenizer *pTokenizer;
+   03    void *pParser;
+   04    Token sToken;
+   05    int hTokenId;
+   06    ParserState sState;
+   07
+   08    pTokenizer = TokenizerCreate(zFilename);
+   09    pParser = ParseAlloc( malloc );
+   10    InitParserState(&sState);
+   11    while( GetNextToken(pTokenizer, &hTokenId, &sToken) ){
+   12       Parse(pParser, hTokenId, sToken, &sState);
+   13    }
+   14    Parse(pParser, 0, sToken, &sState);
+   15    ParseFree(pParser, free );
+   16    TokenizerFree(pTokenizer);
+   17    return sState.treeRoot;
+   18 }
+</pre>
+This example shows a user-written routine that parses a file of
+text and returns a pointer to the parse tree.
+(We've omitted all error-handling from this example to keep it
+simple.)
+We assume the existence of some kind of tokenizer which is created
+using TokenizerCreate() on line 8 and deleted by TokenizerFree()
+on line 16.  The GetNextToken() function on line 11 retrieves the
+next token from the input file and puts its type in the 
+integer variable hTokenId.  The sToken variable is assumed to be
+some kind of structure that contains details about each token,
+such as its complete text, what line it occurs on, etc. </p>
+
+<p>This example also assumes the existence of structure of type
+ParserState that holds state information about a particular parse.
+An instance of such a structure is created on line 6 and initialized
+on line 10.  A pointer to this structure is passed into the Parse()
+routine as the optional 4th argument.
+The action routine specified by the grammar for the parser can use
+the ParserState structure to hold whatever information is useful and
+appropriate.  In the example, we note that the treeRoot field of
+the ParserState structure is left pointing to the root of the parse
+tree.</p>
+
+<p>The core of this example as it relates to Lemon is as follows:
+<pre>
+   ParseFile(){
+      pParser = ParseAlloc( malloc );
+      while( GetNextToken(pTokenizer,&hTokenId, &sToken) ){
+         Parse(pParser, hTokenId, sToken);
+      }
+      Parse(pParser, 0, sToken);
+      ParseFree(pParser, free );
+   }
+</pre>
+Basically, what a program has to do to use a Lemon-generated parser
+is first create the parser, then send it lots of tokens obtained by
+tokenizing an input source.  When the end of input is reached, the
+Parse() routine should be called one last time with a token type
+of 0.  This step is necessary to inform the parser that the end of
+input has been reached.  Finally, we reclaim memory used by the
+parser by calling ParseFree().</p>
+
+<p>There is one other interface routine that should be mentioned
+before we move on.
+The ParseTrace() function can be used to generate debugging output
+from the parser.  A prototype for this routine is as follows:
+<pre>
+   ParseTrace(FILE *stream, char *zPrefix);
+</pre>
+After this routine is called, a short (one-line) message is written
+to the designated output stream every time the parser changes states
+or calls an action routine.  Each such message is prefaced using
+the text given by zPrefix.  This debugging output can be turned off
+by calling ParseTrace() again with a first argument of NULL (0).</p>
+
+<h3>Differences With YACC and BISON</h3>
+
+<p>Programmers who have previously used the yacc or bison parser
+generator will notice several important differences between yacc and/or
+bison and Lemon.
+<ul>
+<li>In yacc and bison, the parser calls the tokenizer.  In Lemon,
+    the tokenizer calls the parser.
+<li>Lemon uses no global variables.  Yacc and bison use global variables
+    to pass information between the tokenizer and parser.
+<li>Lemon allows multiple parsers to be running simultaneously.  Yacc
+    and bison do not.
+</ul>
+These differences may cause some initial confusion for programmers
+with prior yacc and bison experience.
+But after years of experience using Lemon, I firmly
+believe that the Lemon way of doing things is better.</p>
+
+<h2>Input File Syntax</h2>
+
+<p>The main purpose of the grammar specification file for Lemon is
+to define the grammar for the parser.  But the input file also
+specifies additional information Lemon requires to do its job.
+Most of the work in using Lemon is in writing an appropriate
+grammar file.</p>
+
+<p>The grammar file for lemon is, for the most part, free format.
+It does not have sections or divisions like yacc or bison.  Any
+declaration can occur at any point in the file.
+Lemon ignores whitespace (except where it is needed to separate
+tokens) and it honors the same commenting conventions as C and C++.</p>
+
+<h3>Terminals and Nonterminals</h3>
+
+<p>A terminal symbol (token) is any string of alphanumeric
+and underscore characters
+that begins with an upper case letter.
+A terminal can contain lower class letters after the first character,
+but the usual convention is to make terminals all upper case.
+A nonterminal, on the other hand, is any string of alphanumeric
+and underscore characters than begins with a lower case letter.
+Again, the usual convention is to make nonterminals use all lower
+case letters.</p>
+
+<p>In Lemon, terminal and nonterminal symbols do not need to 
+be declared or identified in a separate section of the grammar file.
+Lemon is able to generate a list of all terminals and nonterminals
+by examining the grammar rules, and it can always distinguish a
+terminal from a nonterminal by checking the case of the first
+character of the name.</p>
+
+<p>Yacc and bison allow terminal symbols to have either alphanumeric
+names or to be individual characters included in single quotes, like
+this: ')' or '$'.  Lemon does not allow this alternative form for
+terminal symbols.  With Lemon, all symbols, terminals and nonterminals,
+must have alphanumeric names.</p>
+
+<h3>Grammar Rules</h3>
+
+<p>The main component of a Lemon grammar file is a sequence of grammar
+rules.
+Each grammar rule consists of a nonterminal symbol followed by
+the special symbol ``::='' and then a list of terminals and/or nonterminals.
+The rule is terminated by a period.
+The list of terminals and nonterminals on the right-hand side of the
+rule can be empty.
+Rules can occur in any order, except that the left-hand side of the
+first rule is assumed to be the start symbol for the grammar (unless
+specified otherwise using the <tt>%start</tt> directive described below.)
+A typical sequence of grammar rules might look something like this:
+<pre>
+  expr ::= expr PLUS expr.
+  expr ::= expr TIMES expr.
+  expr ::= LPAREN expr RPAREN.
+  expr ::= VALUE.
+</pre>
+</p>
+
+<p>There is one non-terminal in this example, ``expr'', and five
+terminal symbols or tokens: ``PLUS'', ``TIMES'', ``LPAREN'',
+``RPAREN'' and ``VALUE''.</p>
+
+<p>Like yacc and bison, Lemon allows the grammar to specify a block
+of C code that will be executed whenever a grammar rule is reduced
+by the parser.
+In Lemon, this action is specified by putting the C code (contained
+within curly braces <tt>{...}</tt>) immediately after the
+period that closes the rule.
+For example:
+<pre>
+  expr ::= expr PLUS expr.   { printf("Doing an addition...\n"); }
+</pre>
+</p>
+
+<p>In order to be useful, grammar actions must normally be linked to
+their associated grammar rules.
+In yacc and bison, this is accomplished by embedding a ``$$'' in the
+action to stand for the value of the left-hand side of the rule and
+symbols ``$1'', ``$2'', and so forth to stand for the value of
+the terminal or nonterminal at position 1, 2 and so forth on the
+right-hand side of the rule.
+This idea is very powerful, but it is also very error-prone.  The
+single most common source of errors in a yacc or bison grammar is
+to miscount the number of symbols on the right-hand side of a grammar
+rule and say ``$7'' when you really mean ``$8''.</p>
+
+<p>Lemon avoids the need to count grammar symbols by assigning symbolic
+names to each symbol in a grammar rule and then using those symbolic
+names in the action.
+In yacc or bison, one would write this:
+<pre>
+  expr -> expr PLUS expr  { $$ = $1 + $3; };
+</pre>
+But in Lemon, the same rule becomes the following:
+<pre>
+  expr(A) ::= expr(B) PLUS expr(C).  { A = B+C; }
+</pre>
+In the Lemon rule, any symbol in parentheses after a grammar rule
+symbol becomes a place holder for that symbol in the grammar rule.
+This place holder can then be used in the associated C action to
+stand for the value of that symbol.<p>
+
+<p>The Lemon notation for linking a grammar rule with its reduce
+action is superior to yacc/bison on several counts.
+First, as mentioned above, the Lemon method avoids the need to
+count grammar symbols.
+Secondly, if a terminal or nonterminal in a Lemon grammar rule
+includes a linking symbol in parentheses but that linking symbol
+is not actually used in the reduce action, then an error message
+is generated.
+For example, the rule
+<pre>
+  expr(A) ::= expr(B) PLUS expr(C).  { A = B; }
+</pre>
+will generate an error because the linking symbol ``C'' is used
+in the grammar rule but not in the reduce action.</p>
+
+<p>The Lemon notation for linking grammar rules to reduce actions
+also facilitates the use of destructors for reclaiming memory
+allocated by the values of terminals and nonterminals on the
+right-hand side of a rule.</p>
+
+<h3>Precedence Rules</h3>
+
+<p>Lemon resolves parsing ambiguities in exactly the same way as
+yacc and bison.  A shift-reduce conflict is resolved in favor
+of the shift, and a reduce-reduce conflict is resolved by reducing
+whichever rule comes first in the grammar file.</p>
+
+<p>Just like in
+yacc and bison, Lemon allows a measure of control 
+over the resolution of paring conflicts using precedence rules.
+A precedence value can be assigned to any terminal symbol
+using the %left, %right or %nonassoc directives.  Terminal symbols
+mentioned in earlier directives have a lower precedence that
+terminal symbols mentioned in later directives.  For example:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %left AND.
+   %left OR.
+   %nonassoc EQ NE GT GE LT LE.
+   %left PLUS MINUS.
+   %left TIMES DIVIDE MOD.
+   %right EXP NOT.
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>In the preceding sequence of directives, the AND operator is
+defined to have the lowest precedence.  The OR operator is one
+precedence level higher.  And so forth.  Hence, the grammar would
+attempt to group the ambiguous expression
+<pre>
+     a AND b OR c
+</pre>
+like this
+<pre>
+     a AND (b OR c).
+</pre>
+The associativity (left, right or nonassoc) is used to determine
+the grouping when the precedence is the same.  AND is left-associative
+in our example, so
+<pre>
+     a AND b AND c
+</pre>
+is parsed like this
+<pre>
+     (a AND b) AND c.
+</pre>
+The EXP operator is right-associative, though, so
+<pre>
+     a EXP b EXP c
+</pre>
+is parsed like this
+<pre>
+     a EXP (b EXP c).
+</pre>
+The nonassoc precedence is used for non-associative operators.
+So
+<pre>
+     a EQ b EQ c
+</pre>
+is an error.</p>
+
+<p>The precedence of non-terminals is transferred to rules as follows:
+The precedence of a grammar rule is equal to the precedence of the
+left-most terminal symbol in the rule for which a precedence is
+defined.  This is normally what you want, but in those cases where
+you want to precedence of a grammar rule to be something different,
+you can specify an alternative precedence symbol by putting the
+symbol in square braces after the period at the end of the rule and
+before any C-code.  For example:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   expr = MINUS expr.  [NOT]
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>This rule has a precedence equal to that of the NOT symbol, not the
+MINUS symbol as would have been the case by default.</p>
+
+<p>With the knowledge of how precedence is assigned to terminal
+symbols and individual
+grammar rules, we can now explain precisely how parsing conflicts
+are resolved in Lemon.  Shift-reduce conflicts are resolved
+as follows:
+<ul>
+<li> If either the token to be shifted or the rule to be reduced
+     lacks precedence information, then resolve in favor of the
+     shift, but report a parsing conflict.
+<li> If the precedence of the token to be shifted is greater than
+     the precedence of the rule to reduce, then resolve in favor
+     of the shift.  No parsing conflict is reported.
+<li> If the precedence of the token it be shifted is less than the
+     precedence of the rule to reduce, then resolve in favor of the
+     reduce action.  No parsing conflict is reported.
+<li> If the precedences are the same and the shift token is
+     right-associative, then resolve in favor of the shift.
+     No parsing conflict is reported.
+<li> If the precedences are the same the the shift token is
+     left-associative, then resolve in favor of the reduce.
+     No parsing conflict is reported.
+<li> Otherwise, resolve the conflict by doing the shift and
+     report the parsing conflict.
+</ul>
+Reduce-reduce conflicts are resolved this way:
+<ul>
+<li> If either reduce rule 
+     lacks precedence information, then resolve in favor of the
+     rule that appears first in the grammar and report a parsing
+     conflict.
+<li> If both rules have precedence and the precedence is different
+     then resolve the dispute in favor of the rule with the highest
+     precedence and do not report a conflict.
+<li> Otherwise, resolve the conflict by reducing by the rule that
+     appears first in the grammar and report a parsing conflict.
+</ul>
+
+<h3>Special Directives</h3>
+
+<p>The input grammar to Lemon consists of grammar rules and special
+directives.  We've described all the grammar rules, so now we'll
+talk about the special directives.</p>
+
+<p>Directives in lemon can occur in any order.  You can put them before
+the grammar rules, or after the grammar rules, or in the mist of the
+grammar rules.  It doesn't matter.  The relative order of
+directives used to assign precedence to terminals is important, but
+other than that, the order of directives in Lemon is arbitrary.</p>
+
+<p>Lemon supports the following special directives:
+<ul>
+<li><tt>%code</tt>
+<li><tt>%default_destructor</tt>
+<li><tt>%default_type</tt>
+<li><tt>%destructor</tt>
+<li><tt>%extra_argument</tt>
+<li><tt>%include</tt>
+<li><tt>%left</tt>
+<li><tt>%name</tt>
+<li><tt>%nonassoc</tt>
+<li><tt>%parse_accept</tt>
+<li><tt>%parse_failure </tt>
+<li><tt>%right</tt>
+<li><tt>%stack_overflow</tt>
+<li><tt>%stack_size</tt>
+<li><tt>%start_symbol</tt>
+<li><tt>%syntax_error</tt>
+<li><tt>%token_destructor</tt>
+<li><tt>%token_prefix</tt>
+<li><tt>%token_type</tt>
+<li><tt>%type</tt>
+</ul>
+Each of these directives will be described separately in the
+following sections:</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%code</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %code directive is used to specify addition C/C++ code that
+is added to the end of the main output file.  This is similar to
+the %include directive except that %include is inserted at the
+beginning of the main output file.</p>
+
+<p>%code is typically used to include some action routines or perhaps
+a tokenizer as part of the output file.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%default_destructor</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %default_destructor directive specifies a destructor to 
+use for non-terminals that do not have their own destructor
+specified by a separate %destructor directive.  See the documentation
+on the %destructor directive below for additional information.</p>
+
+<p>In some grammers, many different non-terminal symbols have the
+same datatype and hence the same destructor.  This directive is
+a convenience way to specify the same destructor for all those
+non-terminals using a single statement.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%default_type</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %default_type directive specifies the datatype of non-terminal
+symbols that do no have their own datatype defined using a separate
+%type directive.  See the documentation on %type below for addition
+information.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%destructor</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %destructor directive is used to specify a destructor for
+a non-terminal symbol.
+(See also the %token_destructor directive which is used to
+specify a destructor for terminal symbols.)</p>
+
+<p>A non-terminal's destructor is called to dispose of the
+non-terminal's value whenever the non-terminal is popped from
+the stack.  This includes all of the following circumstances:
+<ul>
+<li> When a rule reduces and the value of a non-terminal on
+     the right-hand side is not linked to C code.
+<li> When the stack is popped during error processing.
+<li> When the ParseFree() function runs.
+</ul>
+The destructor can do whatever it wants with the value of
+the non-terminal, but its design is to deallocate memory
+or other resources held by that non-terminal.</p>
+
+<p>Consider an example:
+<pre>
+   %type nt {void*}
+   %destructor nt { free($$); }
+   nt(A) ::= ID NUM.   { A = malloc( 100 ); }
+</pre>
+This example is a bit contrived but it serves to illustrate how
+destructors work.  The example shows a non-terminal named
+``nt'' that holds values of type ``void*''.  When the rule for
+an ``nt'' reduces, it sets the value of the non-terminal to
+space obtained from malloc().  Later, when the nt non-terminal
+is popped from the stack, the destructor will fire and call
+free() on this malloced space, thus avoiding a memory leak.
+(Note that the symbol ``$$'' in the destructor code is replaced
+by the value of the non-terminal.)</p>
+
+<p>It is important to note that the value of a non-terminal is passed
+to the destructor whenever the non-terminal is removed from the
+stack, unless the non-terminal is used in a C-code action.  If
+the non-terminal is used by C-code, then it is assumed that the
+C-code will take care of destroying it if it should really
+be destroyed.  More commonly, the value is used to build some
+larger structure and we don't want to destroy it, which is why
+the destructor is not called in this circumstance.</p>
+
+<p>By appropriate use of destructors, it is possible to
+build a parser using Lemon that can be used within a long-running
+program, such as a GUI, that will not leak memory or other resources.
+To do the same using yacc or bison is much more difficult.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%extra_argument</tt> directive</h4>
+
+The %extra_argument directive instructs Lemon to add a 4th parameter
+to the parameter list of the Parse() function it generates.  Lemon
+doesn't do anything itself with this extra argument, but it does
+make the argument available to C-code action routines, destructors,
+and so forth.  For example, if the grammar file contains:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+    %extra_argument { MyStruct *pAbc }
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>Then the Parse() function generated will have an 4th parameter
+of type ``MyStruct*'' and all action routines will have access to
+a variable named ``pAbc'' that is the value of the 4th parameter
+in the most recent call to Parse().</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%include</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %include directive specifies C code that is included at the
+top of the generated parser.  You can include any text you want --
+the Lemon parser generator copies it blindly.  If you have multiple
+%include directives in your grammar file the value of the last
+%include directive overwrites all the others.</p.
+
+<p>The %include directive is very handy for getting some extra #include
+preprocessor statements at the beginning of the generated parser.
+For example:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %include {#include &lt;unistd.h&gt;}
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>This might be needed, for example, if some of the C actions in the
+grammar call functions that are prototyed in unistd.h.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%left</tt> directive</h4>
+
+The %left directive is used (along with the %right and
+%nonassoc directives) to declare precedences of terminal
+symbols.  Every terminal symbol whose name appears after
+a %left directive but before the next period (``.'') is
+given the same left-associative precedence value.  Subsequent
+%left directives have higher precedence.  For example:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %left AND.
+   %left OR.
+   %nonassoc EQ NE GT GE LT LE.
+   %left PLUS MINUS.
+   %left TIMES DIVIDE MOD.
+   %right EXP NOT.
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>Note the period that terminates each %left, %right or %nonassoc
+directive.</p>
+
+<p>LALR(1) grammars can get into a situation where they require
+a large amount of stack space if you make heavy use or right-associative
+operators.  For this reason, it is recommended that you use %left
+rather than %right whenever possible.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%name</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>By default, the functions generated by Lemon all begin with the
+five-character string ``Parse''.  You can change this string to something
+different using the %name directive.  For instance:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %name Abcde
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>Putting this directive in the grammar file will cause Lemon to generate
+functions named
+<ul>
+<li> AbcdeAlloc(),
+<li> AbcdeFree(),
+<li> AbcdeTrace(), and
+<li> Abcde().
+</ul>
+The %name directive allows you to generator two or more different
+parsers and link them all into the same executable.
+</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%nonassoc</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>This directive is used to assign non-associative precedence to
+one or more terminal symbols.  See the section on precedence rules
+or on the %left directive for additional information.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%parse_accept</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %parse_accept directive specifies a block of C code that is
+executed whenever the parser accepts its input string.  To ``accept''
+an input string means that the parser was able to process all tokens
+without error.</p>
+
+<p>For example:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %parse_accept {
+      printf("parsing complete!\n");
+   }
+</pre></p>
+
+
+<h4>The <tt>%parse_failure</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %parse_failure directive specifies a block of C code that
+is executed whenever the parser fails complete.  This code is not
+executed until the parser has tried and failed to resolve an input
+error using is usual error recovery strategy.  The routine is
+only invoked when parsing is unable to continue.</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %parse_failure {
+     fprintf(stderr,"Giving up.  Parser is hopelessly lost...\n");
+   }
+</pre></p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%right</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>This directive is used to assign right-associative precedence to
+one or more terminal symbols.  See the section on precedence rules
+or on the %left directive for additional information.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%stack_overflow</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %stack_overflow directive specifies a block of C code that
+is executed if the parser's internal stack ever overflows.  Typically
+this just prints an error message.  After a stack overflow, the parser
+will be unable to continue and must be reset.</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %stack_overflow {
+     fprintf(stderr,"Giving up.  Parser stack overflow\n");
+   }
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>You can help prevent parser stack overflows by avoiding the use
+of right recursion and right-precedence operators in your grammar.
+Use left recursion and and left-precedence operators instead, to
+encourage rules to reduce sooner and keep the stack size down.
+For example, do rules like this:
+<pre>
+   list ::= list element.      // left-recursion.  Good!
+   list ::= .
+</pre>
+Not like this:
+<pre>
+   list ::= element list.      // right-recursion.  Bad!
+   list ::= .
+</pre>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%stack_size</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>If stack overflow is a problem and you can't resolve the trouble
+by using left-recursion, then you might want to increase the size
+of the parser's stack using this directive.  Put an positive integer
+after the %stack_size directive and Lemon will generate a parse
+with a stack of the requested size.  The default value is 100.</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %stack_size 2000
+</pre></p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%start_symbol</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>By default, the start-symbol for the grammar that Lemon generates
+is the first non-terminal that appears in the grammar file.  But you
+can choose a different start-symbol using the %start_symbol directive.</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %start_symbol  prog
+</pre></p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%token_destructor</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %destructor directive assigns a destructor to a non-terminal
+symbol.  (See the description of the %destructor directive above.)
+This directive does the same thing for all terminal symbols.</p>
+
+<p>Unlike non-terminal symbols which may each have a different data type
+for their values, terminals all use the same data type (defined by
+the %token_type directive) and so they use a common destructor.  Other
+than that, the token destructor works just like the non-terminal
+destructors.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%token_prefix</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>Lemon generates #defines that assign small integer constants
+to each terminal symbol in the grammar.  If desired, Lemon will
+add a prefix specified by this directive
+to each of the #defines it generates.
+So if the default output of Lemon looked like this:
+<pre>
+    #define AND              1
+    #define MINUS            2
+    #define OR               3
+    #define PLUS             4
+</pre>
+You can insert a statement into the grammar like this:
+<pre>
+    %token_prefix    TOKEN_
+</pre>
+to cause Lemon to produce these symbols instead:
+<pre>
+    #define TOKEN_AND        1
+    #define TOKEN_MINUS      2
+    #define TOKEN_OR         3
+    #define TOKEN_PLUS       4
+</pre>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%token_type</tt> and <tt>%type</tt> directives</h4>
+
+<p>These directives are used to specify the data types for values
+on the parser's stack associated with terminal and non-terminal
+symbols.  The values of all terminal symbols must be of the same
+type.  This turns out to be the same data type as the 3rd parameter
+to the Parse() function generated by Lemon.  Typically, you will
+make the value of a terminal symbol by a pointer to some kind of
+token structure.  Like this:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %token_type    {Token*}
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>If the data type of terminals is not specified, the default value
+is ``int''.</p>
+
+<p>Non-terminal symbols can each have their own data types.  Typically
+the data type  of a non-terminal is a pointer to the root of a parse-tree
+structure that contains all information about that non-terminal.
+For example:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %type   expr  {Expr*}
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>Each entry on the parser's stack is actually a union containing
+instances of all data types for every non-terminal and terminal symbol.
+Lemon will automatically use the correct element of this union depending
+on what the corresponding non-terminal or terminal symbol is.  But
+the grammar designer should keep in mind that the size of the union
+will be the size of its largest element.  So if you have a single
+non-terminal whose data type requires 1K of storage, then your 100
+entry parser stack will require 100K of heap space.  If you are willing
+and able to pay that price, fine.  You just need to know.</p>
+
+<h3>Error Processing</h3>
+
+<p>After extensive experimentation over several years, it has been
+discovered that the error recovery strategy used by yacc is about
+as good as it gets.  And so that is what Lemon uses.</p>
+
+<p>When a Lemon-generated parser encounters a syntax error, it
+first invokes the code specified by the %syntax_error directive, if
+any.  It then enters its error recovery strategy.  The error recovery
+strategy is to begin popping the parsers stack until it enters a
+state where it is permitted to shift a special non-terminal symbol
+named ``error''.  It then shifts this non-terminal and continues
+parsing.  But the %syntax_error routine will not be called again
+until at least three new tokens have been successfully shifted.</p>
+
+<p>If the parser pops its stack until the stack is empty, and it still
+is unable to shift the error symbol, then the %parse_failed routine
+is invoked and the parser resets itself to its start state, ready
+to begin parsing a new file.  This is what will happen at the very
+first syntax error, of course, if there are no instances of the 
+``error'' non-terminal in your grammar.</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>

libs/sqlite/doc/report1.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+An SQLite (version 1.0) database was used in a large military application
+where the database contained 105 tables and indices.  The following is
+a breakdown on the sizes of keys and data within these tables and indices:
+
+Entries:      967089
+Size:         45896104
+Avg Size:     48
+Key Size:     11112265
+Avg Key Size: 12
+Max Key Size: 99
+
+    0..8            263    0%
+    9..12          5560    0%
+   13..16         71394    7%
+   17..24        180717   26%
+   25..32        215442   48%
+   33..40        151118   64%
+   41..48         77479   72%
+   49..56         13983   74%
+   57..64         14481   75%
+   65..80         41342   79%
+   81..96        127098   92%
+   97..112        38054   96%
+  113..128        14197   98%
+  129..144         8208   99%
+  145..160         3326   99%
+  161..176         1242   99%
+  177..192          604   99%
+  193..208          222   99%
+  209..224          213   99%
+  225..240          132   99%
+  241..256           58   99%
+  257..288          515   99%
+  289..320           64   99%
+  321..352           39   99%
+  353..384           44   99%
+  385..416           25   99%
+  417..448           24   99%
+  449..480           26   99%
+  481..512           27   99%
+  513..1024         470   99%
+ 1025..2048         396   99%
+ 2049..4096         187   99%
+ 4097..8192          78   99%
+ 8193..16384         35   99%
+16385..32768         17   99%
+32769..65536          6   99%
+65537..65541          3  100%
+
+If the indices are omitted, the statistics for the 49 tables
+become the following:
+
+Entries:      451103
+Size:         30930282
+Avg Size:     69
+Key Size:     1804412
+Avg Key Size: 4
+Max Key Size: 4
+
+    0..24            89    0%
+   25..32          9417    2%
+   33..40        119162   28%
+   41..48         68710   43%
+   49..56          9539   45%
+   57..64         12435   48%
+   65..80         38650   57%
+   81..96        126877   85%
+   97..112        38030   93%
+  113..128        14183   96%
+  129..144         7668   98%
+  145..160         3302   99%
+  161..176         1238   99%
+  177..192          597   99%
+  193..208          217   99%
+  209..224          211   99%
+  225..240          130   99%
+  241..256           57   99%
+  257..288          100   99%
+  289..320           62   99%
+  321..352           34   99%
+  353..384           43   99%
+  385..416           24   99%
+  417..448           24   99%
+  449..480           25   99%
+  481..512           27   99%
+  513..1024         153   99%
+ 1025..2048          92   99%
+ 2049..4096           7  100%
+
+The 56 indices have these statistics:
+
+Entries:      512422
+Size:         14879828
+Avg Size:     30
+Key Size:     9253204
+Avg Key Size: 19
+Max Key Size: 99
+
+    0..8            246    0%
+    9..12          5486    1%
+   13..16         70717   14%
+   17..24        178246   49%
+   25..32        205722   89%
+   33..40         31951   96%
+   41..48          8768   97%
+   49..56          4444   98%
+   57..64          2046   99%
+   65..80          2691   99%
+   81..96           202   99%
+   97..112           11   99%
+  113..144          527   99%
+  145..160           20   99%
+  161..288          406   99%
+  289..1024         316   99%
+ 1025..2048         304   99%
+ 2049..4096         180   99%
+ 4097..8192          78   99%
+ 8193..16384         35   99%
+16385..32768         17   99%
+32769..65536          6   99%
+65537..65541          3  100%

libs/sqlite/ext/README.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Version loadable extensions to SQLite are found in subfolders
+of this folder.

libs/sqlite/ext/fts1/README.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+This folder contains source code to the first full-text search
+extension for SQLite.

libs/sqlite/ext/fts1/fts1.h

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */

libs/sqlite/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
+** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
+** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+*/
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS1 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS1 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1)
+
+
+#include "fts1_hash.h"
+
+static void *malloc_and_zero(int n){
+  void *p = malloc(n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants 
+** FTS1_HASH_BINARY or FTS1_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts1HashInit(fts1Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=FTS1_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS1_HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+  pNew->xMalloc = malloc_and_zero;
+  pNew->xFree = free;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts1HashClear(fts1Hash *pH){
+  fts1HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    fts1HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    pH->xFree(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS1_HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  int h = 0;
+  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
+  while( nKey > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
+    nKey--;
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS1_HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "hashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of hashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS1_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strHash;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==FTS1_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binHash;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS1_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strCompare;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==FTS1_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binCompare;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void insertElement(
+  fts1Hash *pH,            /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _fts1ht *pEntry,  /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  fts1HashElem *pNew       /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  fts1HashElem *pHead;     /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+*/
+static void rehash(fts1Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _fts1ht *new_ht;          /* The new hash table */
+  fts1HashElem *elem, *next_elem;  /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);   /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+  new_ht = (struct _fts1ht *)pH->xMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts1ht) );
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
+  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static fts1HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
+  const fts1Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  fts1HashElem *elem;            /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _fts1ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void removeElementGivenHash(
+  fts1Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  fts1HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h                 /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _fts1ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+    pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  pH->xFree( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count<=0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    fts1HashClear(pH);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+void *sqlite3Fts1HashFind(const fts1Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h;                 /* A hash on key */
+  fts1HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+void *sqlite3Fts1HashInsert(
+  fts1Hash *pH,        /* The hash table to insert into */
+  const void *pKey,    /* The key */
+  int nKey,            /* Number of bytes in the key */
+  void *data           /* The data */
+){
+  int hraw;                 /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                    /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  fts1HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  fts1HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  new_elem = (fts1HashElem*)pH->xMalloc( sizeof(fts1HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = pH->xMalloc( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      pH->xFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+  }else{
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+  }
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+    rehash(pH,8);
+    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+      pH->count = 0;
+      pH->xFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
+    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1) */

libs/sqlite/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite.  We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
+** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS1_HASH_H_
+#define _FTS1_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct fts1Hash fts1Hash;
+typedef struct fts1HashElem fts1HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct fts1Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  fts1HashElem *first;    /* The first element of the array */
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);  /* malloc() function to use */
+  void (*xFree)(void *);  /* free() function to use */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  struct _fts1ht {        /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    fts1HashElem *chain;     /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct fts1HashElem {
+  fts1HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;                /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;      /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+**   FTS1_HASH_STRING        pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is respected in comparisons.
+**
+**   FTS1_HASH_BINARY        pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts1HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+#define FTS1_HASH_STRING    1
+#define FTS1_HASH_BINARY    2
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts1HashInit(fts1Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
+void *sqlite3Fts1HashInsert(fts1Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+void *sqlite3Fts1HashFind(const fts1Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+void sqlite3Fts1HashClear(fts1Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Shorthand for the functions above
+*/
+#define fts1HashInit   sqlite3Fts1HashInit
+#define fts1HashInsert sqlite3Fts1HashInsert
+#define fts1HashFind   sqlite3Fts1HashFind
+#define fts1HashClear  sqlite3Fts1HashClear
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   fts1Hash h;
+**   fts1HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=fts1HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts1HashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = fts1HashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define fts1HashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define fts1HashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define fts1HashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define fts1HashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define fts1HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define fts1HashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _FTS1_HASH_H_ */

libs/sqlite/ext/fts1/fts1_porter.c

@@ -0,0 +1,645 @@
+/*
+** 2006 September 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
+** a Porter stemmer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS1 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS1 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1)
+
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#if !defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <malloc.h>
+#else
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "fts1_tokenizer.h"
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;      /* Base class */
+} porter_tokenizer;
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *zInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nInput;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in zInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *zToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nAllocated;              /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule;
+
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int porterCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  porter_tokenizer *t;
+  int i;
+
+for(i=0; i<argc; i++) printf("argv[%d] = %s\n", i, argv[i]);
+  t = (porter_tokenizer *) calloc(sizeof(porter_tokenizer), 1);
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int porterOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *zInput, int nInput,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) malloc(sizeof(porter_tokenizer_cursor));
+  c->zInput = zInput;
+  if( zInput==0 ){
+    c->nInput = 0;
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nInput = nInput;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->zToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** porterOpen() above.
+*/
+static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  free(c->zToken);
+  free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+/*
+** Vowel or consonant
+*/
+static const char cType[] = {
+   0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
+   1, 1, 1, 2, 1
+};
+
+/*
+** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
+** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
+** to Porter ruls.  
+**
+** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
+** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
+** in which case it is a vowel.
+**
+** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order.  So the 'y' rule
+** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
+** consonent.
+*/
+static int isVowel(const char*);
+static int isConsonant(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return j;
+  return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
+}
+static int isVowel(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
+  return isConsonant(z + 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
+** C be sequence of one or more consonants.  Then every word can be
+** represented as:
+**
+**           [C] (VC){m} [V]
+**
+** In prose:  A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
+** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel.  "m" is the
+** number of vowel consonant pairs.  This routine computes the value
+** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
+**
+** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more.  In other words,
+** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
+** by a consonant.
+**
+** In this routine z[] is in reverse order.  So we are really looking
+** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
+*/
+static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
+** exactly 1
+*/
+static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
+** or m>0
+*/
+static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
+*/
+static int hasVowel(const char *z){
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
+**
+** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
+** the first two characters of z[].
+*/
+static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
+  return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1] && isConsonant(z+1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
+** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
+** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
+**
+** The word is reversed here.  So we are really checking the
+** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
+*/
+static int star_oh(const char *z){
+  return
+    z[0]!=0 && isConsonant(z) &&
+    z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
+    z[1]!=0 && isVowel(z+1) &&
+    z[2]!=0 && isConsonant(z+2);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
+** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the 
+** ending to zTo.
+**
+** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order.  zTo
+** is in normal order. 
+**
+** Return TRUE if zFrom matches.  Return FALSE if zFrom does not
+** match.  Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
+** no substitution occurs.
+*/
+static int stem(
+  char **pz,             /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
+  const char *zFrom,     /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
+  const char *zTo,       /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
+  int (*xCond)(const char*)   /* Condition that must be true */
+){
+  char *z = *pz;
+  while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
+  if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
+  if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
+  while( *zTo ){
+    *(--z) = *(zTo++);
+  }
+  *pz = z;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
+** inappropriate.  The input word is copied into the output with
+** US-ASCII case folding.  If the input word is too long (more
+** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
+** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
+** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
+*/
+static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, mx, j;
+  int hasDigit = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
+    int c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
+    }else{
+      if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
+      zOut[i] = c;
+    }
+  }
+  mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
+  if( nIn>mx*2 ){
+    for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){
+      zOut[j] = zOut[i];
+    }
+    i = j;
+  }
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  *pnOut = i;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1].  Store the output in zOut.
+** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes.  Write the actual
+** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
+**
+** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
+** are converted to lower case.  Upper-case UTF characters are
+** unchanged.
+**
+** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
+** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word.  If the
+** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
+** 3 bytes from the end.  For long words without digits, 10 bytes
+** are taken from each end.  US-ASCII case folding still applies.
+** 
+** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not 
+** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just 
+** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
+** case folding.
+**
+** Stemming never increases the length of the word.  So there is
+** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
+*/
+static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, j, c;
+  char zReverse[28];
+  char *z, *z2;
+  if( nIn<3 || nIn>=sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
+    /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
+    ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
+    copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
+    c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
+    }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c;
+    }else{
+      /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
+      ** to the copy stemmer */
+      copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
+  z = &zReverse[j+1];
+
+
+  /* Step 1a */
+  if( z[0]=='s' ){
+    if(
+     !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
+     !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0)  &&
+     !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
+    ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1b */  
+  z2 = z;
+  if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
+    /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+  }else if( 
+     (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
+      && z!=z2
+  ){
+     if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
+       /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+     }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
+       z++;
+     }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
+       *(--z) = 'e';
+     }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1c */
+  if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
+    z[0] = 'i';
+  }
+
+  /* Step 2 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'g':
+     stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 3 */
+  switch( z[0] ){
+   case 'e':
+     stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0)   ||
+     stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 4 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e')  && m_gt_1(z+4)  ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'n':
+     if( z[0]=='t' ){
+       if( z[2]=='a' ){
+         if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+           z += 3;
+         }
+       }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
+         stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) ||
+         stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) ||
+         stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
+       }
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     if( z[0]=='u' ){
+       if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+         z += 2;
+       }
+     }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
+       stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ||
+     stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
+     break;
+   case 'u':
+     if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'v':
+   case 'z':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5a */
+  if( z[0]=='e' ){
+    if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5b */
+  if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
+    z++;
+  }
+
+  /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order.  Flip it back
+  ** around into forward order and return.
+  */
+  *pnOut = i = strlen(z);
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  while( *z ){
+    zOut[--i] = *(z++);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Characters that can be part of a token.  We assume any character
+** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
+** part of a token.  In other words, delimiters all must have
+** values of 0x7f or lower.
+*/
+const char isIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+#define idChar(C)  (((ch=C)&0x80)!=0 || (ch>0x2f && isIdChar[ch-0x30]))
+#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !isIdChar[ch-0x30]))
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
+*/
+static int porterNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
+  const char **pzToken,               /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  const char *z = c->zInput;
+
+  while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
+    int iStartOffset, ch;
+
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nAllocated ){
+        c->nAllocated = n+20;
+        c->zToken = realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
+      }
+      porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
+      *pzToken = c->zToken;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  porterCreate,
+  porterDestroy,
+  porterOpen,
+  porterClose,
+  porterNext,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new porter tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts1PorterTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1) */

libs/sqlite/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+** 2006 July 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search.  There
+** are three basic components:
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
+** interface functions.  This is essentially the class structure for
+** tokenizers.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
+** including customization information defined at creation time.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
+** tokens from a particular input.
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS1_TOKENIZER_H_
+#define _FTS1_TOKENIZER_H_
+
+/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
+** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
+** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
+*/
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the tokenizer interface.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
+  int iVersion;                  /* currently 0 */
+
+  /*
+  ** Create and destroy a tokenizer.  argc/argv are passed down from
+  ** the fulltext virtual table creation to allow customization.
+  */
+  int (*xCreate)(int argc, const char *const*argv,
+                 sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer);
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
+
+  /*
+  ** Tokenize a particular input.  Call xOpen() to prepare to
+  ** tokenize, xNext() repeatedly until it returns SQLITE_DONE, then
+  ** xClose() to free any internal state.  The pInput passed to
+  ** xOpen() must exist until the cursor is closed.  The ppToken
+  ** result from xNext() is only valid until the next call to xNext()
+  ** or until xClose() is called.
+  */
+  /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
+  ** nul-terminated.  This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
+  ** should be converted to zInput.
+  */
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,
+               const char *pInput, int nBytes,
+               sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor);
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
+  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
+               const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes,
+               int *piStartOffset, int *piEndOffset, int *piPosition);
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule;  /* The module for this tokenizer */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;       /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** Get the module for a tokenizer which generates tokens based on a
+** set of non-token characters.  The default is to break tokens at any
+** non-alnum character, though the set of delimiters can also be
+** specified by the first argv argument to xCreate().
+*/
+/* TODO(shess) This doesn't belong here.  Need some sort of
+** registration process.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts1SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+void sqlite3Fts1PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+
+#endif /* _FTS1_TOKENIZER_H_ */

libs/sqlite/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer1.c

@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS1 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS1 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1)
+
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#if !defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <malloc.h>
+#else
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "fts1_tokenizer.h"
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  char delim[128];             /* flag ASCII delimiters */
+} simple_tokenizer;
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *pInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nBytes;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in pInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *pToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nTokenAllocated;         /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule;
+
+static int isDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
+  return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int simpleCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  simple_tokenizer *t;
+
+  t = (simple_tokenizer *) calloc(sizeof(simple_tokenizer), 1);
+  /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
+  ** else we need to reindex.  One solution would be a meta-table to
+  ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
+  ** information on the initial create.
+  */
+  if( argc>1 ){
+    int i, n = strlen(argv[1]);
+    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+      unsigned char ch = argv[1][i];
+      /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */
+      if( ch>=0x80 ){
+        free(t);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      t->delim[ch] = 1;
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
+      t->delim[i] = !isalnum(i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int simpleOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *pInput, int nBytes,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) malloc(sizeof(simple_tokenizer_cursor));
+  c->pInput = pInput;
+  if( pInput==0 ){
+    c->nBytes = 0;
+  }else if( nBytes<0 ){
+    c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nBytes = nBytes;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->pToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** simpleOpen() above.
+*/
+static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  free(c->pToken);
+  free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+*/
+static int simpleNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
+  unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
+
+  while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
+    int iStartOffset;
+
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && isDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !isDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
+        c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
+        c->pToken = realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+        /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
+        ** case-insensitivity.
+        */
+        unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
+        c->pToken[i] = ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch;
+      }
+      *ppToken = c->pToken;
+      *pnBytes = n;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  simpleCreate,
+  simpleDestroy,
+  simpleOpen,
+  simpleClose,
+  simpleNext,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new simple tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts1SimpleTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1) */

libs/sqlite/install-sh

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
+#
+# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
+# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+# written prior permission.  M.I.T. makes no representations about the
+# suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
+# without express or implied warranty.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.  It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
+# shared with many OS's install programs.
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+transformbasename=""
+transform_arg=""
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+dir_arg=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+    case $1 in
+	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-d) dir_arg=true
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
+	    then
+		src=$1
+	    else
+		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
+		:
+		dst=$1
+	    fi
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+    esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+	echo "install:	no input file specified"
+	exit 1
+else
+	true
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
+	dst=$src
+	src=""
+	
+	if [ -d $dst ]; then
+		instcmd=:
+		chmodcmd=""
+	else
+		instcmd=mkdir
+	fi
+else
+
+# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
+# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+
+	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
+	then
+		true
+	else
+		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
+		exit 1
+	fi
+	
+	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+	then
+		echo "install:	no destination specified"
+		exit 1
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+	if [ -d $dst ]
+	then
+		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+fi
+
+## this sed command emulates the dirname command
+dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+
+# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
+defaultIFS='	
+'
+IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+
+oIFS="${IFS}"
+# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+IFS='%'
+set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS="${oIFS}"
+
+pathcomp=''
+
+while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
+	shift
+
+	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
+        then
+		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+done
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
+then
+	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
+else
+
+# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+
+	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
+			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
+	fi
+
+# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+
+	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+
+	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+
+	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
+
+fi &&
+
+
+exit 0

libs/sqlite/main.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,618 @@
+###############################################################################
+# The following macros should be defined before this script is
+# invoked:
+#
+# TOP              The toplevel directory of the source tree.  This is the
+#                  directory that contains this "Makefile.in" and the
+#                  "configure.in" script.
+#
+# BCC              C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
+#                  will run on the platform that is doing the build.
+#
+# USLEEP           If the target operating system supports the "usleep()" system
+#                  call, then define the HAVE_USLEEP macro for all C modules.
+#
+# THREADSAFE       If you want the SQLite library to be safe for use within a 
+#                  multi-threaded program, then define the following macro
+#                  appropriately:
+#
+# THREADLIB        Specify any extra linker options needed to make the library
+#                  thread safe
+#
+# OPTS             Extra compiler command-line options.
+#
+# EXE              The suffix to add to executable files.  ".exe" for windows
+#                  and "" for Unix.
+#
+# TCC              C Compiler and options for use in building executables that 
+#                  will run on the target platform.  This is usually the same
+#                  as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.
+#
+# AR               Tools used to build a static library.
+# RANLIB
+#
+# TCL_FLAGS        Extra compiler options needed for programs that use the
+#                  TCL library.
+#
+# LIBTCL           Linker options needed to link against the TCL library.
+#
+# READLINE_FLAGS   Compiler options needed for programs that use the
+#                  readline() library.
+#
+# LIBREADLINE      Linker options needed by programs using readline() must
+#                  link against.
+#
+# NAWK             Nawk compatible awk program.  Older (obsolete?) solaris
+#                  systems need this to avoid using the original AT&T AWK.
+#
+# Once the macros above are defined, the rest of this make script will
+# build the SQLite library and testing tools.
+################################################################################
+
+# This is how we compile
+#
+TCCX = $(TCC) $(OPTS) $(THREADSAFE) $(USLEEP) -I. -I$(TOP)/src
+
+# Object files for the SQLite library.
+#
+LIBOBJ+= alter.o analyze.o attach.o auth.o btree.o build.o \
+         callback.o complete.o date.o delete.o \
+         expr.o func.o hash.o insert.o loadext.o \
+         main.o opcodes.o os.o os_os2.o os_unix.o os_win.o \
+         pager.o parse.o pragma.o prepare.o printf.o random.o \
+         select.o table.o tclsqlite.o tokenize.o trigger.o \
+         update.o util.o vacuum.o \
+         vdbe.o vdbeapi.o vdbeaux.o vdbefifo.o vdbemem.o \
+         where.o utf.o legacy.o vtab.o
+
+# All of the source code files.
+#
+SRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/alter.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/analyze.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/attach.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/auth.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/build.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/callback.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/complete.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/date.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/delete.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/expr.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/insert.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/legacy.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/loadext.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/main.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/parse.y \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/prepare.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/random.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/select.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/shell.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/table.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/trigger.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/update.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/vtab.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+# Source code for extensions
+#
+SRC += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_porter.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer1.c
+
+
+# Source code to the test files.
+#
+TESTSRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/date.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/main.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test1.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test3.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test4.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test5.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test6.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test7.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test8.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_autoext.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_async.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_md5.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_schema.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_server.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_tclvar.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+# Header files used by all library source files.
+#
+HDR = \
+   sqlite3.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+   opcodes.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os_common.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+   parse.h
+
+# Header files used by extensions
+#
+HDR += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h
+
+
+# Header files used by the VDBE submodule
+#
+VDBEHDR = \
+   $(HDR) \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h
+
+# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
+# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
+#
+all:	sqlite3.h libsqlite3.a sqlite3$(EXE)
+
+# Generate the file "last_change" which contains the date of change
+# of the most recently modified source code file
+#
+last_change:	$(SRC)
+	cat $(SRC) | grep '$$Id: ' | sort -k 5 | tail -1 \
+          | $(NAWK) '{print $$5,$$6}' >last_change
+
+libsqlite3.a:	$(LIBOBJ)
+	$(AR) libsqlite3.a $(LIBOBJ)
+	$(RANLIB) libsqlite3.a
+
+sqlite3$(EXE):	$(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h
+	$(TCCX) $(READLINE_FLAGS) -o sqlite3$(EXE) $(TOP)/src/shell.c \
+		libsqlite3.a $(LIBREADLINE) $(TLIBS) $(THREADLIB)
+
+objects: $(LIBOBJ_ORIG)
+
+# This target creates a directory named "tsrc" and fills it with
+# copies of all of the C source code and header files needed to
+# build on the target system.  Some of the C source code and header
+# files are automatically generated.  This target takes care of
+# all that automatic generation.
+#
+target_source:	$(SRC) $(VDBEHDR) opcodes.c keywordhash.h
+	rm -rf tsrc
+	mkdir tsrc
+	cp $(SRC) $(VDBEHDR) tsrc
+	rm tsrc/sqlite.h.in tsrc/parse.y
+	cp parse.c opcodes.c keywordhash.h tsrc
+
+# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
+#
+lemon:	$(TOP)/tool/lemon.c $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c
+	$(BCC) -o lemon $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c
+	cp $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c .
+
+# Rules to build individual files
+#
+alter.o:	$(TOP)/src/alter.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/alter.c
+
+analyze.o:	$(TOP)/src/analyze.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/analyze.c
+
+attach.o:	$(TOP)/src/attach.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/attach.c
+
+auth.o:	$(TOP)/src/auth.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/auth.c
+
+btree.o:	$(TOP)/src/btree.c $(HDR) $(TOP)/src/pager.h
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/btree.c
+
+build.o:	$(TOP)/src/build.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/build.c
+
+callback.o:	$(TOP)/src/callback.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/callback.c
+
+complete.o:	$(TOP)/src/complete.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/complete.c
+
+date.o:	$(TOP)/src/date.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/date.c
+
+delete.o:	$(TOP)/src/delete.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/delete.c
+
+expr.o:	$(TOP)/src/expr.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/expr.c
+
+func.o:	$(TOP)/src/func.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/func.c
+
+hash.o:	$(TOP)/src/hash.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/hash.c
+
+insert.o:	$(TOP)/src/insert.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/insert.c
+
+legacy.o:	$(TOP)/src/legacy.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/legacy.c
+
+loadext.o:	$(TOP)/src/loadext.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/loadext.c
+
+main.o:	$(TOP)/src/main.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/main.c
+
+pager.o:	$(TOP)/src/pager.c $(HDR) $(TOP)/src/pager.h
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/pager.c
+
+opcodes.o:	opcodes.c
+	$(TCCX) -c opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.c:	opcodes.h $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk
+	sort -n -b -k 3 opcodes.h | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk >opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.h:	parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk
+	cat parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk >opcodes.h
+
+os.o:	$(TOP)/src/os.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/os.c
+
+os_os2.o:	$(TOP)/src/os_os2.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c
+
+os_unix.o:	$(TOP)/src/os_unix.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c
+
+os_win.o:	$(TOP)/src/os_win.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/os_win.c
+
+parse.o:	parse.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c parse.c
+
+parse.h:	parse.c
+
+parse.c:	$(TOP)/src/parse.y lemon $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk
+	cp $(TOP)/src/parse.y .
+	./lemon $(OPTS) parse.y
+	mv parse.h parse.h.temp
+	awk -f $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk parse.h.temp >parse.h
+
+pragma.o:	$(TOP)/src/pragma.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -c $(TOP)/src/pragma.c
+
+prepare.o:	$(TOP)/src/prepare.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -c $(TOP)/src/prepare.c
+
+printf.o:	$(TOP)/src/printf.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -c $(TOP)/src/printf.c
+
+random.o:	$(TOP)/src/random.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/random.c
+
+select.o:	$(TOP)/src/select.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/select.c
+
+sqlite3.h:	$(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in 
+	sed -e s/--VERS--/`cat ${TOP}/VERSION`/ \
+	    -e s/--VERSION-NUMBER--/`cat ${TOP}/VERSION | sed 's/[^0-9]/ /g' | $(NAWK) '{printf "%d%03d%03d",$$1,$$2,$$3}'`/ \
+                 $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in >sqlite3.h
+
+table.o:	$(TOP)/src/table.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/table.c
+
+tclsqlite.o:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tokenize.o:	$(TOP)/src/tokenize.c keywordhash.h $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c
+
+keywordhash.h:	$(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+	$(BCC) -o mkkeywordhash $(OPTS) $(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+	./mkkeywordhash >keywordhash.h
+
+trigger.o:	$(TOP)/src/trigger.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/trigger.c
+
+update.o:	$(TOP)/src/update.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/update.c
+
+utf.o:	$(TOP)/src/utf.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/utf.c
+
+util.o:	$(TOP)/src/util.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/util.c
+
+vacuum.o:	$(TOP)/src/vacuum.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c
+
+vdbe.o:	$(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c
+
+vdbeapi.o:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c
+
+vdbeaux.o:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c
+
+vdbefifo.o:	$(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c
+
+vdbemem.o:	$(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c
+
+vtab.o:	$(TOP)/src/vtab.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/vtab.c
+
+where.o:	$(TOP)/src/where.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+# Rules for building test programs and for running tests
+#
+tclsqlite3:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 -o tclsqlite3 \
+		$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
+
+testfixture$(EXE):	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a $(TESTSRC)
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_CRASH_TEST=1 \
+		-DSQLITE_SERVER=1 -o testfixture$(EXE) \
+		$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libsqlite3.a $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
+
+fulltest:	testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE)
+	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/all.test
+
+test:	testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE)
+	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/quick.test
+
+sqlite3_analyzer$(EXE):	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a $(TESTSRC) \
+			$(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl
+	sed \
+	  -e '/^#/d' \
+	  -e 's,\\,\\\\,g' \
+	  -e 's,",\\",g' \
+	  -e 's,^,",' \
+	  -e 's,$$,\\n",' \
+	  $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl >spaceanal_tcl.h
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=2 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 -o \
+ 		sqlite3_analyzer$(EXE) $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libsqlite3.a $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
+
+TEST_EXTENSION = $(SHPREFIX)testloadext.$(SO)
+$(TEST_EXTENSION): $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c
+	$(MKSHLIB) $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c -o $(TEST_EXTENSION)
+
+extensiontest: testfixture$(EXE) $(TEST_EXTENSION)
+	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/loadext.test
+
+# Rules used to build documentation
+#
+arch.html:	$(TOP)/www/arch.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/arch.tcl >arch.html
+
+autoinc.html:	$(TOP)/www/autoinc.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/autoinc.tcl >autoinc.html
+
+c_interface.html:	$(TOP)/www/c_interface.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/c_interface.tcl >c_interface.html
+
+capi3.html:	$(TOP)/www/capi3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/capi3.tcl >capi3.html
+
+capi3ref.html:	$(TOP)/www/capi3ref.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/capi3ref.tcl >capi3ref.html
+
+changes.html:	$(TOP)/www/changes.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/changes.tcl >changes.html
+
+compile.html:	$(TOP)/www/compile.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/compile.tcl >compile.html
+
+copyright.html:	$(TOP)/www/copyright.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/copyright.tcl >copyright.html
+
+copyright-release.html:	$(TOP)/www/copyright-release.html
+	cp $(TOP)/www/copyright-release.html .
+
+copyright-release.pdf:	$(TOP)/www/copyright-release.pdf
+	cp $(TOP)/www/copyright-release.pdf .
+
+common.tcl:	$(TOP)/www/common.tcl
+	cp $(TOP)/www/common.tcl .
+
+conflict.html:	$(TOP)/www/conflict.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/conflict.tcl >conflict.html
+
+datatypes.html:	$(TOP)/www/datatypes.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/datatypes.tcl >datatypes.html
+
+datatype3.html:	$(TOP)/www/datatype3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/datatype3.tcl >datatype3.html
+
+different.html:	$(TOP)/www/different.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/different.tcl >different.html
+
+docs.html:	$(TOP)/www/docs.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/docs.tcl >docs.html
+
+download.html:	$(TOP)/www/download.tcl
+	mkdir -p doc
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/download.tcl >download.html
+
+faq.html:	$(TOP)/www/faq.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/faq.tcl >faq.html
+
+fileformat.html:	$(TOP)/www/fileformat.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/fileformat.tcl >fileformat.html
+
+formatchng.html:	$(TOP)/www/formatchng.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/formatchng.tcl >formatchng.html
+
+index.html:	$(TOP)/www/index.tcl last_change
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/index.tcl >index.html
+
+lang.html:	$(TOP)/www/lang.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/lang.tcl doc >lang.html
+
+pragma.html:	$(TOP)/www/pragma.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/pragma.tcl >pragma.html
+
+lockingv3.html:	$(TOP)/www/lockingv3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/lockingv3.tcl >lockingv3.html
+
+sharedcache.html: $(TOP)/www/sharedcache.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/sharedcache.tcl >sharedcache.html
+
+mingw.html:	$(TOP)/www/mingw.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/mingw.tcl >mingw.html
+
+nulls.html:	$(TOP)/www/nulls.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/nulls.tcl >nulls.html
+
+oldnews.html:	$(TOP)/www/oldnews.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/oldnews.tcl >oldnews.html
+
+omitted.html:	$(TOP)/www/omitted.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/omitted.tcl >omitted.html
+
+opcode.html:	$(TOP)/www/opcode.tcl $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/opcode.tcl $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c >opcode.html
+
+optimizer.html:	$(TOP)/www/optimizer.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/optimizer.tcl >optimizer.html
+
+optoverview.html:	$(TOP)/www/optoverview.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/optoverview.tcl >optoverview.html
+
+quickstart.html:	$(TOP)/www/quickstart.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/quickstart.tcl >quickstart.html
+
+speed.html:	$(TOP)/www/speed.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/speed.tcl >speed.html
+
+sqlite.html:	$(TOP)/www/sqlite.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/sqlite.tcl >sqlite.html
+
+support.html:	$(TOP)/www/support.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/support.tcl >support.html
+
+tclsqlite.html:	$(TOP)/www/tclsqlite.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/tclsqlite.tcl >tclsqlite.html
+
+vdbe.html:	$(TOP)/www/vdbe.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/vdbe.tcl >vdbe.html
+
+version3.html:	$(TOP)/www/version3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/version3.tcl >version3.html
+
+whentouse.html:	$(TOP)/www/whentouse.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/whentouse.tcl >whentouse.html
+
+
+# Files to be published on the website.
+#
+DOC = \
+  arch.html \
+  autoinc.html \
+  c_interface.html \
+  capi3.html \
+  capi3ref.html \
+  changes.html \
+  compile.html \
+  copyright.html \
+  copyright-release.html \
+  copyright-release.pdf \
+  conflict.html \
+  datatypes.html \
+  datatype3.html \
+  different.html \
+  docs.html \
+  download.html \
+  faq.html \
+  fileformat.html \
+  formatchng.html \
+  index.html \
+  lang.html \
+  lockingv3.html \
+  mingw.html \
+  nulls.html \
+  oldnews.html \
+  omitted.html \
+  opcode.html \
+  optimizer.html \
+  optoverview.html \
+  pragma.html \
+  quickstart.html \
+  sharedcache.html \
+  speed.html \
+  sqlite.html \
+  support.html \
+  tclsqlite.html \
+  vdbe.html \
+  version3.html \
+  whentouse.html
+
+doc:	common.tcl $(DOC)
+	mkdir -p doc
+	mv $(DOC) doc
+	cp $(TOP)/www/*.gif $(TOP)/art/*.gif doc
+
+# Standard install and cleanup targets
+#
+install:	sqlite3 libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h
+	mv sqlite3 /usr/bin
+	mv libsqlite3.a /usr/lib
+	mv sqlite3.h /usr/include
+
+clean:	
+	rm -f *.o sqlite3 libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h opcodes.*
+	rm -f lemon lempar.c parse.* sqlite*.tar.gz mkkeywordhash keywordhash.h
+	rm -f $(PUBLISH)
+	rm -f *.da *.bb *.bbg gmon.out
+	rm -rf tsrc
+	rm -f testloadext.dll libtestloadext.so

libs/sqlite/mkdll.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# This script is used to compile SQLite into a DLL.
+#
+# Two separate DLLs are generated.  "sqlite3.dll" is the core
+# library.  "tclsqlite3.dll" contains the TCL bindings and is the
+# library that is loaded into TCL in order to run SQLite.
+#
+make target_source
+cd tsrc
+PATH=$PATH:/opt/mingw/bin
+TCLDIR=/home/drh/tcltk/846/win/846win
+TCLSTUBLIB=$TCLDIR/libtcl84stub.a
+OPTS='-DUSE_TCL_STUBS=1 -DNDEBUG=1 -DTHREADSAFE=1 -DBUILD_sqlite=1'
+CC="i386-mingw32msvc-gcc -O2 $OPTS -I. -I$TCLDIR"
+NM="i386-mingw32msvc-nm"
+rm shell.c
+for i in *.c; do
+  CMD="$CC -c $i"
+  echo $CMD
+  $CMD
+done
+echo 'EXPORTS' >tclsqlite3.def
+$NM *.o | grep ' T ' >temp1
+grep '_Init$' temp1 >temp2
+grep '_SafeInit$' temp1 >>temp2
+grep ' T _sqlite3_' temp1 >>temp2
+echo 'EXPORTS' >tclsqlite3.def
+sed 's/^.* T _//' temp2 | sort | uniq >>tclsqlite3.def
+i386-mingw32msvc-dllwrap \
+     --def tclsqlite3.def -v --export-all \
+     --driver-name i386-mingw32msvc-gcc \
+     --dlltool-name i386-mingw32msvc-dlltool \
+     --as i386-mingw32msvc-as \
+     --target i386-mingw32 \
+     -dllname tclsqlite3.dll -lmsvcrt *.o $TCLSTUBLIB
+#i386-mingw32msvc-strip tclsqlite3.dll
+rm tclsqlite.o
+$NM *.o | grep ' T ' >temp1
+echo 'EXPORTS' >sqlite3.def
+grep ' _sqlite3_' temp1 | sed 's/^.* _//' >>sqlite3.def
+i386-mingw32msvc-dllwrap \
+     --def sqlite3.def -v --export-all \
+     --driver-name i386-mingw32msvc-gcc \
+     --dlltool-name i386-mingw32msvc-dlltool \
+     --as i386-mingw32msvc-as \
+     --target i386-mingw32 \
+     -dllname sqlite3.dll -lmsvcrt *.o
+#i386-mingw32msvc-strip sqlite3.dll
+cd ..

libs/sqlite/mkopcodec.awk

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#!/usr/bin/awk -f
+#
+# This AWK script scans the opcodes.h file (which is itself generated by
+# another awk script) and uses the information gleaned to create the
+# opcodes.c source file.
+#
+# Opcodes.c contains strings which are the symbolic names for the various
+# opcodes used by the VDBE.  These strings are used when disassembling a
+# VDBE program during tracing or as a result of the EXPLAIN keyword.
+#
+BEGIN {
+  print "/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */"
+  print "/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */"
+  printf "#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN)"
+  printf    " || !defined(NDEBUG)"
+  printf    " || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)"
+  print     " || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)"
+  print "const char *const sqlite3OpcodeNames[] = { \"?\","
+}
+/define OP_/ {
+  sub("OP_","",$2)
+  i++
+  printf " /* %3d */ \"%s\",\n", $3, $2
+}
+END {
+  print "};"
+  print "#endif"
+}

libs/sqlite/mkopcodeh.awk

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+#!/usr/bin/awk -f
+#
+# Generate the file opcodes.h.
+#
+# This AWK script scans a concatenation of the parse.h output file from the
+# parser and the vdbe.c source file in order to generate the opcodes numbers
+# for all opcodes.  
+#
+# The lines of the vdbe.c that we are interested in are of the form:
+#
+#       case OP_aaaa:      /* same as TK_bbbbb */
+#
+# The TK_ comment is optional.  If it is present, then the value assigned to
+# the OP_ is the same as the TK_ value.  If missing, the OP_ value is assigned
+# a small integer that is different from every other OP_ value.
+#
+# We go to the trouble of making some OP_ values the same as TK_ values
+# as an optimization.  During parsing, things like expression operators
+# are coded with TK_ values such as TK_ADD, TK_DIVIDE, and so forth.  Later
+# during code generation, we need to generate corresponding opcodes like
+# OP_Add and OP_Divide.  By making TK_ADD==OP_Add and TK_DIVIDE==OP_Divide,
+# code to translate from one to the other is avoided.  This makes the
+# code generator run (infinitesimally) faster and more importantly it makes
+# the library footprint smaller.
+#
+# This script also scans for lines of the form:
+#
+#       case OP_aaaa:       /* no-push */
+#
+# When the no-push comment is found on an opcode, it means that that
+# opcode does not leave a result on the stack.  By identifying which
+# opcodes leave results on the stack it is possible to determine a
+# much smaller upper bound on the size of the stack.  This allows
+# a smaller stack to be allocated, which is important to embedded
+# systems with limited memory space.  This script generates a series
+# of "NOPUSH_MASK" defines that contain bitmaps of opcodes that leave
+# results on the stack.  The NOPUSH_MASK defines are used in vdbeaux.c
+# to help determine the maximum stack size.
+#
+
+
+# Remember the TK_ values from the parse.h file
+/^#define TK_/ {
+  tk[$2] = $3
+}
+
+# Scan for "case OP_aaaa:" lines in the vdbe.c file
+/^case OP_/ {
+  name = $2
+  sub(/:/,"",name)
+  sub("\r","",name)
+  op[name] = -1
+  for(i=3; i<NF; i++){
+    if($i=="same" && $(i+1)=="as"){
+      sym = $(i+2)
+      sub(/,/,"",sym)
+      op[name] = tk[sym]
+      used[op[name]] = 1
+      sameas[op[name]] = sym
+    }
+    if($i=="no-push"){
+      nopush[name] = 1
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+# Assign numbers to all opcodes and output the result.
+END {
+  cnt = 0
+  max = 0
+  print "/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */"
+  print "/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */"
+  for(name in op){
+    if( op[name]<0 ){
+      cnt++
+      while( used[cnt] ) cnt++
+      op[name] = cnt
+    }
+    used[op[name]] = 1;
+    if( op[name]>max ) max = op[name]
+    printf "#define %-25s %15d", name, op[name]
+    if( sameas[op[name]] ) {
+      printf "   /* same as %-12s*/", sameas[op[name]]
+    } 
+    printf "\n"
+
+  }
+  seenUnused = 0;
+  for(i=1; i<max; i++){
+    if( !used[i] ){
+      if( !seenUnused ){
+        printf "\n/* The following opcode values are never used */\n"
+        seenUnused = 1
+      }
+      printf "#define %-25s %15d\n", sprintf( "OP_NotUsed_%-3d", i ), i
+    }
+  }
+
+  # Generate the 10 16-bit bitmasks used by function opcodeUsesStack()
+  # in vdbeaux.c. See comments in that function for details.
+  # 
+  nopush[0] = 0              # 0..15
+  nopush[1] = 0              # 16..31
+  nopush[2] = 0              # 32..47
+  nopush[3] = 0              # 48..63
+  nopush[4] = 0              # 64..79
+  nopush[5] = 0              # 80..95
+  nopush[6] = 0              # 96..111
+  nopush[7] = 0              # 112..127
+  nopush[8] = 0              # 128..143
+  nopush[9] = 0              # 144..159
+  for(name in op){
+    if( nopush[name] ){
+      n = op[name]
+      j = n%16
+      i = ((n - j)/16)
+      nopush[i] = nopush[i] + (2^j)
+    }
+  }
+  printf "\n"
+  print "/* Opcodes that are guaranteed to never push a value onto the stack"
+  print "** contain a 1 their corresponding position of the following mask"
+  print "** set.  See the opcodeNoPush() function in vdbeaux.c  */"
+  for(i=0; i<10; i++){
+    printf "#define NOPUSH_MASK_%d 0x%04x\n", i, nopush[i]
+  }
+}

libs/sqlite/mkso.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# This script is used to compile SQLite into a shared library on Linux.
+#
+# Two separate shared libraries are generated.  "sqlite3.so" is the core
+# library.  "tclsqlite3.so" contains the TCL bindings and is the
+# library that is loaded into TCL in order to run SQLite.
+#
+make target_source
+cd tsrc
+rm shell.c
+TCLDIR=/home/drh/tcltk/846/linux/846linux
+TCLSTUBLIB=$TCLDIR/libtclstub8.4g.a
+OPTS='-DUSE_TCL_STUBS=1 -DNDEBUG=1 -DHAVE_DLOPEN=1'
+for i in *.c; do
+  if test $i != 'keywordhash.c'; then
+    CMD="cc -fPIC $OPTS -O2 -I. -I$TCLDIR -c $i"
+    echo $CMD
+    $CMD
+  fi
+done
+echo gcc -shared *.o $TCLSTUBLIB -o tclsqlite3.so
+gcc -shared *.o $TCLSTUBLIB -o tclsqlite3.so
+strip tclsqlite3.so
+rm tclsqlite.c tclsqlite.o
+echo gcc -shared *.o -o sqlite3.so
+gcc -shared *.o -o sqlite3.so
+strip sqlite3.so
+cd ..

libs/sqlite/publish.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# This script is used to compile SQLite and all its documentation and
+# ship everything up to the SQLite website.  This script will only work
+# on the system "zadok" at the Hwaci offices.  But others might find
+# the script useful as an example.
+#
+
+# Set srcdir to the name of the directory that contains the publish.sh
+# script.
+#
+srcdir=`echo "$0" | sed 's%\(^.*\)/[^/][^/]*$%\1%'`
+
+# Get the makefile.
+#
+cp $srcdir/Makefile.linux-gcc ./Makefile
+chmod +x $srcdir/install-sh
+
+# Get the current version number - needed to help build filenames
+#
+VERS=`cat $srcdir/VERSION`
+VERSW=`sed 's/\./_/g' $srcdir/VERSION`
+
+# Start by building an sqlite shell for linux.
+#
+make clean
+make sqlite3
+strip sqlite3
+mv sqlite3 sqlite3-$VERS.bin
+gzip sqlite3-$VERS.bin
+mv sqlite3-$VERS.bin.gz doc
+
+# Build a source archive useful for windows.
+#
+make target_source
+cd tsrc
+zip ../doc/sqlite-source-$VERSW.zip *
+cd ..
+
+# Build the sqlite.so and tclsqlite.so shared libraries
+# under Linux
+#
+. $srcdir/mkso.sh
+cd tsrc
+mv tclsqlite3.so tclsqlite-$VERS.so
+gzip tclsqlite-$VERS.so
+mv tclsqlite-$VERS.so.gz ../doc
+mv sqlite3.so sqlite-$VERS.so
+gzip sqlite-$VERS.so
+mv sqlite-$VERS.so.gz ../doc
+cd ..
+
+# Build the tclsqlite3.dll and sqlite3.dll shared libraries.
+#
+. $srcdir/mkdll.sh
+cd tsrc
+echo zip ../doc/tclsqlite-$VERSW.zip tclsqlite3.dll
+zip ../doc/tclsqlite-$VERSW.zip tclsqlite3.dll
+echo zip ../doc/sqlitedll-$VERSW.zip sqlite3.dll sqlite3.def
+zip ../doc/sqlitedll-$VERSW.zip sqlite3.dll sqlite3.def
+cd ..
+
+# Build the sqlite.exe executable for windows.
+#
+make target_source
+cd tsrc
+rm tclsqlite.c
+OPTS='-DSTATIC_BUILD=1 -DNDEBUG=1'
+i386-mingw32msvc-gcc -O2 $OPTS -I. -I$TCLDIR *.c -o sqlite3.exe
+zip ../doc/sqlite-$VERSW.zip sqlite3.exe
+cd ..
+
+# Construct a tarball of the source tree
+#
+ORIGIN=`pwd`
+cd $srcdir
+cd ..
+mv sqlite sqlite-$VERS
+EXCLUDE=`find sqlite-$VERS -print | grep CVS | sed 's,^, --exclude ,'`
+tar czf $ORIGIN/doc/sqlite-$VERS.tar.gz $EXCLUDE sqlite-$VERS
+mv sqlite-$VERS sqlite
+cd $ORIGIN
+
+#
+# Build RPMS (binary) and Source RPM
+#
+
+# Make sure we are properly setup to build RPMs
+#
+echo "%HOME %{expand:%%(cd; pwd)}" > $HOME/.rpmmacros
+echo "%_topdir %{HOME}/rpm" >> $HOME/.rpmmacros
+mkdir $HOME/rpm
+mkdir $HOME/rpm/BUILD
+mkdir $HOME/rpm/SOURCES
+mkdir $HOME/rpm/RPMS
+mkdir $HOME/rpm/SRPMS
+mkdir $HOME/rpm/SPECS
+
+# create the spec file from the template
+sed s/SQLITE_VERSION/$VERS/g $srcdir/spec.template > $HOME/rpm/SPECS/sqlite.spec
+
+# copy the source tarball to the rpm directory
+cp doc/sqlite-$VERS.tar.gz $HOME/rpm/SOURCES/.
+
+# build all the rpms
+rpm -ba $HOME/rpm/SPECS/sqlite.spec >& rpm-$vers.log
+
+# copy the RPMs into the build directory.
+mv $HOME/rpm/RPMS/i386/sqlite*-$vers*.rpm doc
+mv $HOME/rpm/SRPMS/sqlite-$vers*.rpm doc
+
+# Build the website
+#
+#cp $srcdir/../historical/* doc
+make doc
+cd doc
+chmod 644 *.gz

libs/sqlite/spec.template

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+%define name sqlite
+%define version SQLITE_VERSION
+%define release 1
+
+Name: %{name}
+Summary: SQLite is a C library that implements an embeddable SQL database engine
+Version: %{version}
+Release: %{release}
+Source: %{name}-%{version}.tar.gz
+Group: System/Libraries
+URL: http://www.hwaci.com/sw/sqlite/
+License: Public Domain
+BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-root
+
+%description
+SQLite is a C library that implements an embeddable SQL database engine.
+Programs that link with the SQLite library can have SQL database access
+without running a separate RDBMS process. The distribution comes with a
+standalone command-line access program (sqlite) that can be used to
+administer an SQLite database and which serves as an example of how to
+use the SQLite library.
+
+%package -n %{name}-devel
+Summary: Header files and libraries for developing apps which will use sqlite
+Group: Development/C
+Requires: %{name} = %{version}-%{release}
+
+%description -n %{name}-devel
+The sqlite-devel package contains the header files and libraries needed
+to develop programs that use the sqlite database library.
+
+%prep
+%setup -q -n %{name}
+
+%build
+CFLAGS="%optflags -DNDEBUG=1" CXXFLAGS="%optflags -DNDEBUG=1" ./configure --prefix=%{_prefix}
+
+make
+make doc
+
+%install
+install -d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix}
+install -d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix}/bin
+install -d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix}/include
+install -d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix}/lib
+make install prefix=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix}
+
+%clean
+rm -fr $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+
+%files
+%defattr(-, root, root)
+%{_libdir}/*.so*
+%{_bindir}/*
+
+%files -n %{name}-devel
+%defattr(-, root, root)
+%{_libdir}/pkgconfig/sqlite3.pc
+%{_libdir}/*.a
+%{_libdir}/*.la
+%{_includedir}/*
+%doc doc/*

libs/sqlite/sqlite.pc.in

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Package Information for pkg-config
+
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+
+Name: SQLite
+Description: SQL database engine
+Version: @VERSION@
+Libs: -L${libdir} -lsqlite
+Cflags: -I${includedir}

libs/sqlite/sqlite3.1

@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+.\"                                      Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*-
+.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps
+.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection
+.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1)
+.TH SQLITE3 1 "Mon Apr 15 23:49:17 2002"
+.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
+.\"
+.\" Some roff macros, for reference:
+.\" .nh        disable hyphenation
+.\" .hy        enable hyphenation
+.\" .ad l      left justify
+.\" .ad b      justify to both left and right margins
+.\" .nf        disable filling
+.\" .fi        enable filling
+.\" .br        insert line break
+.\" .sp <n>    insert n+1 empty lines
+.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7)
+.SH NAME
+.B sqlite3 
+\- A command line interface for SQLite version 3
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B sqlite3
+.RI [ options ]
+.RI [ databasefile ]
+.RI [ SQL ]
+
+.SH SUMMARY
+.PP
+.B sqlite3
+is a terminal-based front-end to the SQLite library that can evaluate
+queries interactively and display the results in multiple formats.
+.B sqlite3
+can also be used within shell scripts and other applications to provide
+batch processing features.
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+To start a
+.B sqlite3
+interactive session, invoke the
+.B sqlite3
+command and optionally provide the name of a database file.  If the
+database file does not exist, it will be created.  If the database file
+does exist, it will be opened.
+
+For example, to create a new database file named "mydata.db", create
+a table named "memos" and insert a couple of records into that table:
+.sp
+$ 
+.B sqlite3 mydata.db
+.br
+SQLite version 3.1.3
+.br
+Enter ".help" for instructions
+.br
+sqlite>
+.B create table memos(text, priority INTEGER);
+.br
+sqlite>
+.B insert into memos values('deliver project description', 10);
+.br
+sqlite>
+.B insert into memos values('lunch with Christine', 100);
+.br
+sqlite>
+.B select * from memos;
+.br
+deliver project description|10
+.br
+lunch with Christine|100
+.br
+sqlite>
+.sp
+
+If no database name is supplied, the ATTACH sql command can be used
+to attach to existing or create new database files.  ATTACH can also
+be used to attach to multiple databases within the same interactive
+session.  This is useful for migrating data between databases,
+possibly changing the schema along the way.
+
+Optionally, a SQL statement or set of SQL statements can be supplied as
+a single argument.  Multiple statements should be separated by
+semi-colons.
+
+For example:
+.sp
+$ 
+.B sqlite3 -line mydata.db 'select * from memos where priority > 20;'
+.br
+    text = lunch with Christine
+.br
+priority = 100
+.br
+.sp
+
+.SS SQLITE META-COMMANDS
+.PP
+The interactive interpreter offers a set of meta-commands that can be
+used to control the output format, examine the currently attached
+database files, or perform administrative operations upon the
+attached databases (such as rebuilding indices).   Meta-commands are
+always prefixed with a dot (.).
+
+A list of available meta-commands can be viewed at any time by issuing
+the '.help' command.  For example:
+.sp
+sqlite>
+.B .help
+.nf
+.cc |
+.databases             List names and files of attached databases
+.dump ?TABLE? ...      Dump the database in an SQL text format
+.echo ON|OFF           Turn command echo on or off
+.exit                  Exit this program
+.explain ON|OFF        Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.
+.header(s) ON|OFF      Turn display of headers on or off
+.help                  Show this message
+.import FILE TABLE     Import data from FILE into TABLE
+.indices TABLE         Show names of all indices on TABLE
+.mode MODE ?TABLE?     Set output mode where MODE is one of:
+                         csv      Comma-separated values
+                         column   Left-aligned columns.  (See .width)
+                         html     HTML <table> code
+                         insert   SQL insert statements for TABLE
+                         line     One value per line
+                         list     Values delimited by .separator string
+                         tabs     Tab-separated values
+                         tcl      TCL list elements
+.nullvalue STRING      Print STRING in place of NULL values
+.output FILENAME       Send output to FILENAME
+.output stdout         Send output to the screen
+.prompt MAIN CONTINUE  Replace the standard prompts
+.quit                  Exit this program
+.read FILENAME         Execute SQL in FILENAME
+.schema ?TABLE?        Show the CREATE statements
+.separator STRING      Change separator used by output mode and .import
+.show                  Show the current values for various settings
+.tables ?PATTERN?      List names of tables matching a LIKE pattern
+.timeout MS            Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds
+.width NUM NUM ...     Set column widths for "column" mode
+sqlite>
+|cc .
+.sp
+.fi
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+.B sqlite3
+has the following options:
+.TP
+.BI \-init\ file
+Read and execute commands from
+.I file
+, which can contain a mix of SQL statements and meta-commands.
+.TP
+.B \-echo
+Print commands before execution.
+.TP
+.B \-[no]header
+Turn headers on or off.
+.TP
+.B \-column
+Query results will be displayed in a table like form, using
+whitespace characters to separate the columns and align the
+output.
+.TP
+.B \-html
+Query results will be output as simple HTML tables.
+.TP
+.B \-line
+Query results will be displayed with one value per line, rows
+separated by a blank line.  Designed to be easily parsed by
+scripts or other programs
+.TP
+.B \-list
+Query results will be displayed with the separator (|, by default)
+character between each field value.  The default.
+.TP
+.BI \-separator\  separator
+Set output field separator.  Default is '|'.
+.TP
+.BI \-nullvalue\  string
+Set string used to represent NULL values.  Default is ''
+(empty string).
+.TP
+.B \-version
+Show SQLite version.
+.TP
+.B \-help
+Show help on options and exit.
+
+
+.SH INIT FILE
+.B sqlite3
+reads an initialization file to set the configuration of the
+interactive environment.  Throughout initialization, any previously
+specified setting can be overridden.  The sequence of initialization is
+as follows:
+
+o The default configuration is established as follows:
+
+.sp
+.nf
+.cc |
+mode            = LIST
+separator       = "|"
+main prompt     = "sqlite> "
+continue prompt = "   ...> "
+|cc .
+.sp
+.fi
+
+o If the file 
+.B ~/.sqliterc
+exists, it is processed first.
+can be found in the user's home directory, it is
+read and processed.  It should generally only contain meta-commands.
+
+o If the -init option is present, the specified file is processed.
+
+o All other command line options are processed.
+
+.SH SEE ALSO
+http://www.sqlite.org/
+.br
+The sqlite-doc package
+.SH AUTHOR
+This manual page was originally written by Andreas Rottmann
+<rotty@debian.org>, for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used
+by others).   It was subsequently revised by Bill Bumgarner <bbum@mac.com>.

libs/sqlite/sqlite3.pc.in

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Package Information for pkg-config
+
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+
+Name: SQLite
+Description: SQL database engine
+Version: @VERSION@
+Libs: -L${libdir} -lsqlite3
+Cflags: -I${includedir}

libs/sqlite/src/alter.c

@@ -0,0 +1,575 @@
+/*
+** 2005 February 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
+** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
+**
+** $Id: alter.c,v 1.22 2006/09/08 12:27:37 drh Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
+** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the 
+** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
+** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in 
+** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
+** argument and the result returned. Examples:
+**
+** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
+**     -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
+**
+** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
+**     -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
+*/
+static void renameTableFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+
+  int token;
+  Token tname;
+  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
+  int len = 0;
+  char *zRet;
+
+  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE 
+  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
+  ** followed by a left parenthesis - TK_LP.
+  */
+  if( zSql ){
+    do {
+      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
+      tname.z = zCsr;
+      tname.n = len;
+
+      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
+      ** and it's length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
+      */
+      do {
+        zCsr += len;
+        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
+      } while( token==TK_SPACE );
+      assert( len>0 );
+    } while( token!=TK_LP );
+
+    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf("%.*s%Q%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, 
+       zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3FreeX);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
+** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER 
+** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE 
+** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result 
+** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
+** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
+*/
+static void renameTriggerFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+
+  int token;
+  Token tname;
+  int dist = 3;
+  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
+  int len = 0;
+  char *zRet;
+
+  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
+  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
+  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
+  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
+  */
+  if( zSql ){
+    do {
+      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
+      tname.z = zCsr;
+      tname.n = len;
+
+      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
+      ** and it's length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
+      */
+      do {
+        zCsr += len;
+        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
+      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
+      assert( len>0 );
+
+      /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
+      ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN 
+      ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
+      ** to be met.
+      **
+      ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
+      ** there is no need to worry about syntax like 
+      ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
+      */
+      dist++;
+      if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
+        dist = 0;
+      }
+    } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );
+
+    /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
+    ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
+    */
+    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf("%.*s%Q%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, 
+       zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3FreeX);
+  }
+}
+#endif   /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+/*
+** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
+*/
+void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const struct {
+     char *zName;
+     signed char nArg;
+     void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **);
+  } aFuncs[] = {
+    { "sqlite_rename_table",    2, renameTableFunc},
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    { "sqlite_rename_trigger",  2, renameTriggerFunc},
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
+    sqlite3CreateFunc(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
+        SQLITE_UTF8, 0, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
+** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If
+** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the 
+** temporary database, NULL is returned.
+*/
+static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Trigger *pTrig;
+  char *zWhere = 0;
+  char *tmp = 0;
+  const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */
+
+  /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is 
+  ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
+  ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE 
+  ** expression being built up in zWhere.
+  */
+  if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
+    for( pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext ){
+      if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
+        if( !zWhere ){
+          zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf("name=%Q", pTrig->name);
+        }else{
+          tmp = zWhere;
+          zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf("%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, pTrig->name);
+          sqliteFree(tmp);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return zWhere;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
+** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
+** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
+** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
+** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an 
+** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
+*/
+static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  char *zWhere;
+  int iDb;                   /* Index of database containing pTab */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  Trigger *pTrig;
+#endif
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) return;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
+  for(pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
+    int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
+    assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, pTrig->name, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema */
+  sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+
+  /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
+  zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf("tbl_name=%Q", zName);
+  if( !zWhere ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp 
+  ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. 
+  */
+  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" 
+** command. 
+*/
+void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* Parser context. */
+  SrcList *pSrc,            /* The table to rename. */
+  Token *pName              /* The new table name. */
+){
+  int iDb;                  /* Database that contains the table */
+  char *zDb;                /* Name of database iDb */
+  Table *pTab;              /* Table being renamed */
+  char *zName = 0;          /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ 
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+  Vdbe *v;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  char *zWhere = 0;         /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
+#endif
+  
+  if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto exit_rename_table;
+  assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
+
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
+  if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+#endif
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+
+  /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+  if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;
+
+  /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
+  ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
+  ** that the table is being renamed to.
+  */
+  if( strlen(pTab->zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. 
+  ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
+  ** schema).
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
+
+  /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
+  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+          "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
+#else
+          "sql = CASE "
+            "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
+            "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
+#endif
+          "tbl_name = %Q, "
+          "name = CASE "
+            "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
+            "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
+              "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name, %d+18,10) "
+            "ELSE name END "
+      "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND "
+          "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", 
+      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+      zName,
+#endif
+      zName, strlen(pTab->zName), pTab->zName
+  );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update 
+  ** it with the new table name.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+        "UPDATE %Q.sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
+        zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
+  ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
+  ** the temp database.
+  */
+  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
+            "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
+            "tbl_name = %Q "
+            "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
+    sqliteFree(zWhere);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
+  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);
+
+exit_rename_table:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
+  sqliteFree(zName);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
+** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
+** column definition.
+**
+** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
+** the new column during parsing.
+*/
+void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
+  Table *pNew;              /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
+  Table *pTab;              /* Table being altered */
+  int iDb;                  /* Database number */
+  const char *zDb;          /* Database name */
+  const char *zTab;         /* Table name */
+  char *zCol;               /* Null-terminated column definition */
+  Column *pCol;             /* The new column */
+  Expr *pDflt;              /* Default value for the new column */
+
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+  pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
+  assert( pNew );
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pNew->pSchema);
+  zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  zTab = pNew->zName;
+  pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
+  pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDb);
+  assert( pTab );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a 
+  ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
+  ** for an SQL NULL default below.
+  */
+  if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){
+    pDflt = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
+  ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
+  ** column must not be NULL.
+  */
+  if( pCol->isPrimKey ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pNew->pIndex ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
+  ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
+  */
+  if( pDflt ){
+    sqlite3_value *pVal;
+    if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){
+      /* malloc() has failed */
+      return;
+    }
+    if( !pVal ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  }
+
+  /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
+  zCol = sqliteStrNDup((char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
+  if( zCol ){
+    char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
+    while( (zEnd>zCol && *zEnd==';') || isspace(*(unsigned char *)zEnd) ){
+      *zEnd-- = '\0';
+    }
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
+          "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d,length(sql)) "
+        "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", 
+      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
+      zTab
+    );
+    sqliteFree(zCol);
+  }
+
+  /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
+  ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL,
+  ** the file format becomes 3.
+  */
+  sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2);
+
+  /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
+  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
+** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument 
+** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
+**
+** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
+** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
+** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
+** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to 
+** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c 
+** after parsing is finished.
+**
+** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
+** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+  Table *pNew;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int iDb;
+  int i;
+  int nAlloc;
+
+  /* Look up the table being altered. */
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
+  if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+
+  assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+  /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
+  ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify.
+  */
+  pNew = (Table *)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Table));
+  if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
+  pNew->nRef = 1;
+  pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
+  assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
+  nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
+  assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
+  pNew->aCol = (Column *)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
+  pNew->zName = sqliteStrDup(pTab->zName);
+  if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+  memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
+  for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){
+    Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
+    pCol->zName = sqliteStrDup(pCol->zName);
+    pCol->zColl = 0;
+    pCol->zType = 0;
+    pCol->pDflt = 0;
+  }
+  pNew->pSchema = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
+  pNew->nRef = 1;
+
+  /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie.  */
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse->db, v, iDb);
+
+exit_begin_add_column:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
+  return;
+}
+#endif  /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */

libs/sqlite/src/analyze.c

@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+/*
+** 2005 July 8
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: analyze.c,v 1.16 2006/01/10 17:58:23 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table on cursor
+** iStatCur.
+**
+** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created.
+** If it does previously exist, all entires associated with table zWhere
+** are removed.  If zWhere==0 then all entries are removed.
+*/
+static void openStatTable(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  int iDb,                /* The database we are looking in */
+  int iStatCur,           /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
+  const char *zWhere      /* Delete entries associated with this table */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Db *pDb;
+  int iRootPage;
+  Table *pStat;
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", pDb->zName))==0 ){
+    /* The sqlite_stat1 tables does not exist.  Create it.  
+    ** Note that a side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave
+    ** the rootpage of the new table on the top of the stack.  This is
+    ** important because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)",
+      pDb->zName
+    );
+    iRootPage = 0;  /* Cause rootpage to be taken from top of stack */
+  }else if( zWhere ){
+    /* The sqlite_stat1 table exists.  Delete all entries associated with
+    ** the table zWhere. */
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+       "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q",
+       pDb->zName, zWhere
+    );
+    iRootPage = pStat->tnum;
+  }else{
+    /* The sqlite_stat1 table already exists.  Delete all rows. */
+    iRootPage = pStat->tnum;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pStat->tnum, iDb);
+  }
+
+  /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table for writing. Unless it was created
+  ** by this vdbe program, lock it for writing at the shared-cache level. 
+  ** If this vdbe did create the sqlite_stat1 table, then it must have 
+  ** already obtained a schema-lock, making the write-lock redundant.
+  */
+  if( iRootPage>0 ){
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, iRootPage, 1, "sqlite_stat1");
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur, iRootPage);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iStatCur, 3);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
+** a single table.
+*/
+static void analyzeOneTable(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
+  int iStatCur,    /* Cursor that writes to the sqlite_stat1 table */
+  int iMem         /* Available memory locations begin here */
+){
+  Index *pIdx;     /* An index to being analyzed */
+  int iIdxCur;     /* Cursor number for index being analyzed */
+  int nCol;        /* Number of columns in the index */
+  Vdbe *v;         /* The virtual machine being built up */
+  int i;           /* Loop counter */
+  int topOfLoop;   /* The top of the loop */
+  int endOfLoop;   /* The end of the loop */
+  int addr;        /* The address of an instruction */
+  int iDb;         /* Index of database containing pTab */
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( pTab==0 || pTab->pIndex==0 ){
+    /* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */
+    return;
+  }
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
+      pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */
+  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+
+  iIdxCur = pParse->nTab;
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+
+    /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed
+    */
+    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pIdx->pSchema) );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pIdx->zName));
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum,
+        (char *)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+    nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
+    if( iMem+nCol*2>=pParse->nMem ){
+      pParse->nMem = iMem+nCol*2+1;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iIdxCur, nCol+1);
+
+    /* Memory cells are used as follows:
+    **
+    **    mem[iMem]:             The total number of rows in the table.
+    **    mem[iMem+1]:           Number of distinct values in column 1
+    **    ...
+    **    mem[iMem+nCol]:        Number of distinct values in column N
+    **    mem[iMem+nCol+1]       Last observed value of column 1
+    **    ...
+    **    mem[iMem+nCol+nCol]:   Last observed value of column N
+    **
+    ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0.  The others
+    ** are initialized to NULL.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iMem+i);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, iMem+nCol+i+1, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Do the analysis.
+    */
+    endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur, endOfLoop);
+    topOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, iMem);
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem+nCol+i+1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ne, 0x100, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, endOfLoop);
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, iMem+i+1);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, topOfLoop + 3*i + 3, addr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem+nCol+i+1, 1);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, topOfLoop);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur, 0);
+
+    /* Store the results.  
+    **
+    ** The result is a single row of the sqlite_stmt1 table.  The first
+    ** two columns are the names of the table and index.  The third column
+    ** is a string composed of a list of integer statistics about the
+    ** index.  The first integer in the list is the total number of entires
+    ** in the index.  There is one additional integer in the list for each
+    ** column of the table.  This additional integer is a guess of how many
+    ** rows of the table the index will select.  If D is the count of distinct
+    ** values and K is the total number of rows, then the integer is computed
+    ** as:
+    **
+    **        I = (K+D-1)/D
+    **
+    ** If K==0 then no entry is made into the sqlite_stat1 table.  
+    ** If K>0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero
+    ** is never possible.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem, 0);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, " ", 0);
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem+i+1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Add, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem+i+1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Divide, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ToInt, 0, 0);
+      if( i==nCol-1 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, nCol*2-1, 0);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 3, 0, "aaa", 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to
+** be laoded into internal hash tables where is can be used.
+*/
+static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database
+*/
+static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;    /* Schema of database iDb */
+  HashElem *k;
+  int iStatCur;
+  int iMem;
+
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  iStatCur = pParse->nTab++;
+  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0);
+  iMem = pParse->nMem;
+  for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+    Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+    analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem);
+  }
+  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
+** a database.
+*/
+static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  int iDb;
+  int iStatCur;
+
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  iStatCur = pParse->nTab++;
+  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName);
+  analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem);
+  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the ANALYZE command.  The parser calls this routine
+** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
+**
+**        ANALYZE                            -- 1
+**        ANALYZE  <database>                -- 2
+**        ANALYZE  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
+**
+** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
+** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
+** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
+*/
+void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+  int i;
+  char *z, *zDb;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Token *pTableName;
+
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( pName1==0 ){
+    /* Form 1:  Analyze everything */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( i==1 ) continue;  /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
+      analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
+    }
+  }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->n==0 ){
+    /* Form 2:  Analyze the database or table named */
+    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
+    if( iDb>=0 ){
+      analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
+    }else{
+      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName1);
+      pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, z, 0);
+      sqliteFree(z);
+      if( pTab ){
+        analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName);
+    if( iDb>=0 ){
+      zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pTableName);
+      pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, z, zDb);
+      sqliteFree(z);
+      if( pTab ){
+        analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
+      }
+    }   
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
+** callback routine.
+*/
+typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
+struct analysisInfo {
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const char *zDatabase;
+};
+
+/*
+** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
+** sqlite_stat1 table.  
+**
+**     argv[0] = name of the index
+**     argv[1] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
+*/
+static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **azNotUsed){
+  analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
+  Index *pIndex;
+  int i, c;
+  unsigned int v;
+  const char *z;
+
+  assert( argc==2 );
+  if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[1]==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
+  if( pIndex==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  z = argv[1];
+  for(i=0; *z && i<=pIndex->nColumn; i++){
+    v = 0;
+    while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
+      v = v*10 + c - '0';
+      z++;
+    }
+    pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v;
+    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 table into the index hash tables.
+*/
+void sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+  analysisInfo sInfo;
+  HashElem *i;
+  char *zSql;
+
+  /* Clear any prior statistics */
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
+    sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
+  }
+
+  /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table existss */
+  sInfo.db = db;
+  sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){
+     return;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf("SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1",
+                        sInfo.zDatabase);
+  sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+  sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
+  sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+  sqliteFree(zSql);
+}
+
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */

libs/sqlite/src/attach.c

@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
+**
+** $Id: attach.c,v 1.53 2006/06/27 16:34:57 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
+** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
+** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
+**
+** i.e. if the parser sees:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
+**
+** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
+** looking for columns of the same name.
+**
+** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
+**
+** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
+*/
+static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr)
+{
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pExpr ){
+    if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
+      rc = sqlite3ExprResolveNames(pName, pExpr);
+    }else{
+      pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
+** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
+**
+**     SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
+**
+** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
+** third argument.
+*/
+static void attachFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  int rc = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  const char *zName;
+  const char *zFile;
+  Db *aNew;
+  char zErr[128];
+  char *zErrDyn = 0;
+
+  zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
+  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
+
+  /* Check for the following errors:
+  **
+  **     * Too many attached databases,
+  **     * Transaction currently open
+  **     * Specified database name already being used.
+  */
+  if( db->nDb>=MAX_ATTACHED+2 ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(
+      sizeof(zErr), zErr, "too many attached databases - max %d", MAX_ATTACHED
+    );
+    goto attach_error;
+  }
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    strcpy(zErr, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
+    goto attach_error;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
+    if( z && zName && sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "database %s is already in use", zName);
+      goto attach_error;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema
+  ** hash tables.
+  */
+  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
+    aNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
+    if( aNew==0 ){
+      return;
+    }
+    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
+  }else{
+    aNew = sqliteRealloc(db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
+    if( aNew==0 ){
+      return;
+    } 
+  }
+  db->aDb = aNew;
+  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++];
+  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
+
+  /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
+  ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
+  ** or may not be initialised.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, MAX_PAGES, &aNew->pBt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(aNew->pBt);
+    if( !aNew->pSchema ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
+      strcpy(zErr, 
+        "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
+      goto attach_error;
+    }
+  }
+  aNew->zName = sqliteStrDup(zName);
+  aNew->safety_level = 3;
+
+#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  {
+    extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, void*, int);
+    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
+    int nKey;
+    char *zKey;
+    int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
+    switch( t ){
+      case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+      case SQLITE_FLOAT:
+        zErrDyn = sqliteStrDup("Invalid key value");
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        break;
+        
+      case SQLITE_TEXT:
+      case SQLITE_BLOB:
+        nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+        zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
+        sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+        break;
+
+      case SQLITE_NULL:
+        /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
+        sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
+        sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
+  ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and 
+  ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
+  ** we found it.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
+    sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
+    assert( iDb>=2 );
+    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
+      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
+      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+    db->nDb = iDb;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ) sqlite3FailedMalloc();
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "out of memory");
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
+    }
+    goto attach_error;
+  }
+  
+  return;
+
+attach_error:
+  /* Return an error if we get here */
+  if( zErrDyn ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
+    sqliteFree(zErrDyn);
+  }else{
+    zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = 0;
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
+** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
+**
+**     DETACH DATABASE x
+**
+**     SELECT sqlite_detach(x)
+*/
+static void detachFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  int i;
+  Db *pDb = 0;
+  char zErr[128];
+
+  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break;
+  }
+
+  if( i>=db->nDb ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+  if( i<2 ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    strcpy(zErr, "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+  pDb->pBt = 0;
+  pDb->pSchema = 0;
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  return;
+
+detach_error:
+  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the
+** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions.
+*/
+static void codeAttach(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
+  int type,            /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
+  const char *zFunc,   /* Either "sqlite_attach" or "sqlite_detach */
+  int nFunc,           /* Number of args to pass to zFunc */
+  Expr *pAuthArg,      /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
+  Expr *pFilename,     /* Name of database file */
+  Expr *pDbname,       /* Name of the database to use internally */
+  Expr *pKey           /* Database key for encryption extension */
+){
+  int rc;
+  NameContext sName;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  FuncDef *pFunc;
+  sqlite3* db = pParse->db;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  assert( sqlite3MallocFailed() || pAuthArg );
+  if( pAuthArg ){
+    char *zAuthArg = sqlite3NameFromToken(&pAuthArg->span);
+    if( !zAuthArg ){
+      goto attach_end;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
+    sqliteFree(zAuthArg);
+    if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto attach_end;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+
+  memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
+  sName.pParse = pParse;
+
+  if( 
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
+  ){
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto attach_end;
+  }
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey);
+
+  assert( v || sqlite3MallocFailed() );
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Function, 0, nFunc);
+    pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunc, strlen(zFunc), nFunc, SQLITE_UTF8,0);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF);
+
+    /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
+    ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
+    ** statements).
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH), 0);
+  }
+  
+attach_end:
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pFilename);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pDbname);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pKey);
+}
+
+/*
+** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement.
+**
+**     DETACH pDbname
+*/
+void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
+  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, "sqlite_detach", 1, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
+}
+
+/*
+** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement.
+**
+**     ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
+*/
+void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
+  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, "sqlite_attach", 3, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the functions sqlite_attach and sqlite_detach.
+*/
+void sqlite3AttachFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const int enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_attach", 3, enc, db, attachFunc, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_detach", 1, enc, db, detachFunc, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a DbFixer structure.  This routine must be called prior
+** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
+**
+** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required.  TRUE
+** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not.
+*/
+int sqlite3FixInit(
+  DbFixer *pFix,      /* The fixer to be initialized */
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
+  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
+  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
+  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
+  pFix->pParse = pParse;
+  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  pFix->zType = zType;
+  pFix->pName = pName;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
+** a specific database to all table references where the database name
+** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement.  The pFix structure
+** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
+**
+** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
+** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
+** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
+** allowed to refer to anything.)  If a reference is explicitly made
+** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
+** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero.  If everything
+** checks out, these routines return 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3FixSrcList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  zDb = pFix->zDb;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){
+      pItem->zDatabase = sqliteStrDup(zDb);
+    }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
+         "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
+         pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
+      return 1;
+    }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
+#endif
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+int sqlite3FixSelect(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  Select *pSelect      /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pSelect ){
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+int sqlite3FixExpr(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pExpr ){
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->pSelect) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->pList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+int sqlite3FixExprList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  ExprList *pList    /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pStep ){
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pStep = pStep->pNext;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif

libs/sqlite/src/auth.c

@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/*
+** 2003 January 11
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
+** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
+** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
+** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
+**
+** $Id: auth.c,v 1.25 2006/06/16 08:01:03 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
+** macro.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+
+/*
+** Set or clear the access authorization function.
+**
+** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
+** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
+** various fields of the database.  The first argument to the auth function
+** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine.  The second argument
+** to the auth function is one of these constants:
+**
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DELETE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_INSERT
+**       SQLITE_PRAGMA
+**       SQLITE_READ
+**       SQLITE_SELECT
+**       SQLITE_TRANSACTION
+**       SQLITE_UPDATE
+**
+** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
+** the table and the column that are being accessed.  The auth function
+** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE.  If
+** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed.  SQLITE_DENY
+** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
+** will return with an error.  SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
+** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
+** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
+**
+** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook.  The default
+** setting of the auth function is NULL.
+*/
+int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  db->xAuth = xAuth;
+  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
+** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
+*/
+static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the "
+    "authorization function - should be SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_IGNORE, "
+    "or SQLITE_DENY", rc);
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
+** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
+** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
+**
+** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN 
+** instruction into a TK_NULL.  If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
+** then generate an error.
+*/
+void sqlite3AuthRead(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
+  Expr *pExpr,          /* The expression to check authorization on */
+  SrcList *pTabList     /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int rc;
+  Table *pTab;          /* The table being read */
+  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
+  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
+  const char *zDBase;   /* Name of database being accessed */
+  TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */
+  int iDb;              /* The index of the database the expression refers to */
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_AS ) return;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pExpr->pSchema);
+  if( iDb<0 ){
+    /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
+    ** temporary table. */
+    return;
+  }
+  for(iSrc=0; pTabList && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc; iSrc++){
+    if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break;
+  }
+  if( iSrc>=0 && pTabList && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc ){
+    pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
+  }else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){
+    /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables
+    ** of a trigger.
+    */
+    assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx );
+    pTab = pStack->pTab;
+  }else{
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pTab==0 ) return;
+  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
+    assert( pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName;
+  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+    assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
+  }else{
+    zCol = "ROWID";
+  }
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  zDBase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, pTab->zName, zCol, zDBase, 
+                 pParse->zAuthContext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+    pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited", 
+         zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol);
+    }
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
+** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY.  If SQLITE_DENY
+** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
+** modified appropriately.
+*/
+int sqlite3AuthCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  int code,
+  const char *zArg1,
+  const char *zArg2,
+  const char *zArg3
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising
+  ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
+** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
+** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  AuthContext *pContext, 
+  const char *zContext
+){
+  pContext->pParse = pParse;
+  if( pParse ){
+    pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+    pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
+** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
+*/
+void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
+  if( pContext->pParse ){
+    pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
+    pContext->pParse = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */

libs/sqlite/src/btree.h

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
+** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
+** of what each interface routine does.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.71 2006/06/27 16:34:57 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _BTREE_H_
+#define _BTREE_H_
+
+/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
+** needs to be revisited.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10
+
+/*
+** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
+** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
+  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Forward declarations of structure
+*/
+typedef struct Btree Btree;
+typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
+typedef struct BtShared BtShared;
+
+
+int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
+  sqlite3 *db,             /* Associated database connection */
+  Btree **,                /* Return open Btree* here */
+  int flags                /* Flags */
+);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
+** following values.
+**
+** NOTE:  These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
+** pager.h.
+*/
+#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not use journal.  No argument */
+#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK   2  /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
+#define BTREE_MEMORY        4  /* In-memory DB.  No argument */
+
+int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree*,BusyHandler*);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
+int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
+int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeSync(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
+void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
+int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *);
+int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *, int, u8);
+
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *);
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
+int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
+** of the following flags:
+*/
+#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
+#define BTREE_ZERODATA   2    /* Table has keys only - no data */
+#define BTREE_LEAFDATA   4    /* Data stored in leaves only.  Implies INTKEY */
+
+int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
+int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int);
+int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue);
+int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
+
+int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
+  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
+  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
+  int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),  /* Key comparison function */
+  void*,                               /* First argument to compare function */
+  BtCursor **ppCursor                  /* Returned cursor */
+);
+
+void sqlite3BtreeSetCompare(
+  BtCursor *,
+  int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void*
+);
+
+int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
+                                  const void *pData, int nData);
+int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
+int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
+const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
+int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
+int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+
+char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot);
+struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
+void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree*, int, int recursive);
+#else
+#define sqlite3BtreePageDump(X,Y,Z) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */

libs/sqlite/src/callback.c

@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+/*
+** 2005 May 23 
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
+** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
+**
+** $Id: callback.c,v 1.15 2006/05/24 12:43:27 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
+** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName.
+** If the collation sequence
+*/
+static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){
+  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
+  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
+  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
+    char *zExternal = sqliteStrNDup(zName, nName);
+    if( !zExternal ) return;
+    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
+    sqliteFree(zExternal);
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
+    char const *zExternal;
+    sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew();
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, nName, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+    if( zExternal ){
+      db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
+    }
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
+** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
+** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
+** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
+** possible.
+*/
+static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
+  CollSeq *pColl2;
+  char *z = pColl->zName;
+  int n = strlen(z);
+  int i;
+  static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
+  for(i=0; i<3; i++){
+    pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, n, 0);
+    if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
+      memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
+** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
+** requested collation sequence is not available in the database native
+** encoding.
+** 
+** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding 
+** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
+**
+** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
+** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
+** sequence can be found.
+*/
+CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  CollSeq *pColl, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int nName
+){
+  CollSeq *p;
+
+  p = pColl;
+  if( !p ){
+    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0);
+  }
+  if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
+    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
+    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
+    */
+    callCollNeeded(db, zName, nName);
+    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0);
+  }
+  if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
+    p = 0;
+  }
+  assert( !p || p->xCmp );
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
+** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
+** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
+** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
+**
+** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
+** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
+** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
+** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
+*/
+int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
+  if( pColl ){
+    const char *zName = pColl->zName;
+    CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse->db, pColl, zName, -1);
+    if( !p ){
+      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
+      }
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    assert( p==pColl );
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
+** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
+** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
+**
+** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
+** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
+** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
+**
+** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
+** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
+** each collation sequence structure.
+*/
+static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zName,
+  int nName,
+  int create
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
+  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
+
+  if( 0==pColl && create ){
+    pColl = sqliteMalloc( 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
+    if( pColl ){
+      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
+      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
+      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
+      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);
+
+      /* If a malloc() failure occured in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
+      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
+      ** to the hash table).
+      */
+      assert( !pDel || (sqlite3MallocFailed() && pDel==pColl) );
+      if( pDel ){
+        sqliteFree(pDel);
+        pColl = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
+** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
+** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
+**
+** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
+** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
+*/
+CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  u8 enc,
+  const char *zName,
+  int nName,
+  int create
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  if( zName ){
+    pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, nName, create);
+  }else{
+    pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+  }
+  assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+  assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
+** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8.  Return a
+** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
+** NULL if the function does not exist.
+**
+** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
+** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
+** no matching function previously existed.  When createFlag is true
+** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts
+** any number of arguments will be returned.
+**
+** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid
+** function found is returned.  A function is valid if either xFunc
+** or xStep is non-zero.
+**
+** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
+** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
+** match that requested.
+*/
+FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* An open database */
+  const char *zName, /* Name of the function.  Not null-terminated */
+  int nName,         /* Number of characters in the name */
+  int nArg,          /* Number of arguments.  -1 means any number */
+  u8 enc,            /* Preferred text encoding */
+  int createFlag     /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
+){
+  FuncDef *p;         /* Iterator variable */
+  FuncDef *pFirst;    /* First function with this name */
+  FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
+  int bestmatch = 0;  
+
+
+  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1;
+
+  pFirst = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName, nName);
+  for(p=pFirst; p; p=p->pNext){
+    /* During the search for the best function definition, bestmatch is set
+    ** as follows to indicate the quality of the match with the definition
+    ** pointed to by pBest:
+    **
+    ** 0: pBest is NULL. No match has been found.
+    ** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16
+    **    encoding is requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is
+    **    requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding.
+    ** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
+    **    prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
+    **    prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 6: An exact match.
+    **
+    ** A larger value of 'matchqual' indicates a more desirable match.
+    */
+    if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
+      int match = 1;          /* Quality of this match */
+      if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
+        match = 4;
+      }
+      if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
+        match += 2;
+      }
+      else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) ||
+               (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){
+        match += 1;
+      }
+
+      if( match>bestmatch ){
+        pBest = p;
+        bestmatch = match;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the createFlag parameter is true, and the seach did not reveal an
+  ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
+  ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
+  */
+  if( createFlag && bestmatch<6 && 
+      (pBest = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*pBest)+nName))!=0 ){
+    pBest->nArg = nArg;
+    pBest->pNext = pFirst;
+    pBest->iPrefEnc = enc;
+    memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
+    pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
+    if( pBest==sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc,pBest->zName,nName,(void*)pBest) ){
+      sqliteFree(pBest);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
+    return pBest;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
+** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqliteFree() on the 
+** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsiduary resources (i.e. the contents
+** of the schema hash tables).
+*/
+void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *p){
+  Hash temp1;
+  Hash temp2;
+  HashElem *pElem;
+  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;
+
+  temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
+  temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
+  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->aFKey);
+  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger((Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
+  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
+  pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
+** a new one if necessary.
+*/
+Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(Btree *pBt){
+  Schema * p;
+  if( pBt ){
+    p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt,sizeof(Schema),sqlite3SchemaFree);
+  }else{
+    p = (Schema *)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Schema));
+  }
+  if( p && 0==p->file_format ){
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1);
+    p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  }
+  return p;
+}

libs/sqlite/src/complete.c

@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
+** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file.  But by
+** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
+** static links that do not use it.
+**
+** $Id: complete.c,v 1.3 2006/01/18 15:25:17 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+
+/*
+** This is defined in tokenize.c.  We just have to import the definition.
+*/
+extern const char sqlite3IsIdChar[];
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsIdChar[c-0x20]))
+
+
+/*
+** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine.  See the header
+** comments on that procedure for additional information.
+*/
+#define tkSEMI    0
+#define tkWS      1
+#define tkOTHER   2
+#define tkEXPLAIN 3
+#define tkCREATE  4
+#define tkTEMP    5
+#define tkTRIGGER 6
+#define tkEND     7
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
+**
+** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
+** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
+** must end with ";END;".
+**
+** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states:
+**
+**   (0) START     At the beginning or end of an SQL statement.  This routine
+**                 returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
+**                 in any other state.
+**
+**   (1) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
+**                 semicolon.
+**
+**   (2) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
+**                 a statement.
+**
+**   (3) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
+**                 statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
+**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
+**
+**   (4) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
+**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
+**
+**   (5) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
+**                 the end of a trigger definition.
+**
+**   (6) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
+**                 of a trigger difinition.
+**
+** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
+** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
+**
+**   (0) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
+**   (1) tkWS        Whitespace
+**   (2) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
+**   (3) tkEXPLAIN   The "explain" keyword.
+**   (4) tkCREATE    The "create" keyword.
+**   (5) tkTEMP      The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
+**   (6) tkTRIGGER   The "trigger" keyword.
+**   (7) tkEND       The "end" keyword.
+**
+** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
+**
+** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
+** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted.  All we have to do
+** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
+*/
+int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
+  u8 state = 0;   /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
+  u8 token;       /* Value of the next token */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
+  ** statement.  This is the normal case.
+  */
+  static const u8 trans[7][8] = {
+                     /* Token:                                                */
+     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER EXPLAIN  CREATE  TEMP  TRIGGER  END  */
+     /* 0   START: */ {    0,  0,     1,      2,      3,    1,       1,   1,  },
+     /* 1  NORMAL: */ {    0,  1,     1,      1,      1,    1,       1,   1,  },
+     /* 2 EXPLAIN: */ {    0,  2,     1,      1,      3,    1,       1,   1,  },
+     /* 3  CREATE: */ {    0,  3,     1,      1,      1,    3,       4,   1,  },
+     /* 4 TRIGGER: */ {    5,  4,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   4,  },
+     /* 5    SEMI: */ {    5,  5,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   6,  },
+     /* 6     END: */ {    0,  6,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   4,  },
+  };
+#else
+  /* If triggers are not suppored by this compile then the statement machine
+  ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
+  */
+  static const u8 trans[2][3] = {
+                     /* Token:           */
+     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
+     /* 0   START: */ {    0,  0,     1, },
+     /* 1  NORMAL: */ {    0,  1,     1, },
+  };
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+  while( *zSql ){
+    switch( *zSql ){
+      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
+        token = tkSEMI;
+        break;
+      }
+      case ' ':
+      case '\r':
+      case '\t':
+      case '\n':
+      case '\f': {  /* White space is ignored */
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '/': {   /* C-style comments */
+        if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
+        }
+        zSql += 2;
+        while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
+        if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
+        zSql++;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '-': {   /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
+        if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
+        }
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '[': {   /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
+        zSql++;
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+        token = tkOTHER;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '`':     /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
+      case '"':     /* single- and double-quoted strings */
+      case '\'': {
+        int c = *zSql;
+        zSql++;
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+        token = tkOTHER;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        int c;
+        if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
+          /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
+          int nId;
+          for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+          token = tkOTHER;
+#else
+          switch( *zSql ){
+            case 'c': case 'C': {
+              if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
+                token = tkCREATE;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case 't': case 'T': {
+              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
+                token = tkTRIGGER;
+              }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
+                token = tkTEMP;
+              }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
+                token = tkTEMP;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case 'e':  case 'E': {
+              if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
+                token = tkEND;
+              }else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
+                token = tkEXPLAIN;
+              }else
+#endif
+              {
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            default: {
+              token = tkOTHER;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+          zSql += nId-1;
+        }else{
+          /* Operators and special symbols */
+          token = tkOTHER;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    state = trans[state][token];
+    zSql++;
+  }
+  return state==0;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
+** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
+** UTF-8.
+*/
+int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  char const *zSql8;
+  int rc = 0;
+
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zSql8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
+  }
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */

libs/sqlite/src/delete.c

@@ -0,0 +1,464 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
+**
+** $Id: delete.c,v 1.127 2006/06/19 03:05:10 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Look up every table that is named in pSrc.  If any table is not found,
+** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL.  If all tables
+** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
+*/
+Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+  Table *pTab = 0;
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab);
+    pItem->pTab = pTab;
+    if( pTab ){
+      pTab->nRef++;
+    }
+  }
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure the given table is writable.  If it is not
+** writable, generate an error message and return 1.  If it is
+** writable return 0;
+*/
+int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
+  if( (pTab->readOnly && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
+        && pParse->nested==0) 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+      || (pTab->pMod && pTab->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0)
+#endif
+  ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will open a table for reading.
+*/
+void sqlite3OpenTable(
+  Parse *p,       /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
+  int iDb,        /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
+  Table *pTab,    /* The table to be opened */
+  int opcode      /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
+  assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
+  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite), pTab->zName);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pTab->zName));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iCur, pTab->nCol);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
+**
+**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
+**                 \________/       \________________/
+**                  pTabList              pWhere
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table from which we should delete things */
+  Expr *pWhere           /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table from which records will be deleted */
+  const char *zDb;       /* Name of database holding pTab */
+  int end, addr = 0;     /* A couple addresses of generated code */
+  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
+  int oldIdx = -1;       /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */
+  NameContext sNC;       /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
+  int iDb;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
+  int triggers_exist = 0;      /* True if any triggers exist */
+#endif
+
+  sContext.pParse = 0;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to delete.  This table has to be
+  ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
+  ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
+  ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 )  goto delete_from_cleanup;
+
+  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+  ** deleted from is a view
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0);
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+#else
+# define triggers_exist 0
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger.
+  */
+  if( triggers_exist ){ 
+    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+  if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Start the view context
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, triggers_exist, iDb);
+
+  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
+  ** a ephemeral table.
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    Select *pView = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
+    sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_EphemTab, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pView);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
+  ** we are counting rows.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
+  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table.  Note, however, that
+  ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect.
+  */
+  if( pWhere==0 && !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+      /* If counting rows deleted, just count the total number of
+      ** entries in the table. */
+      int endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      int addr2;
+      if( !isView ){
+        sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+      addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr2);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb);
+      if( !pParse->nested ){
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC);
+      }
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+      }
+    }
+  } 
+  /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
+  ** the table and pick which records to delete.
+  */
+  else{
+    /* Begin the database scan
+    */
+    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0);
+    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
+
+    /* Remember the rowid of every item to be deleted.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoWrite, 0, 0);
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* End the database scan loop.
+    */
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+    /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers.
+    */
+    if( triggers_exist ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol);
+    }
+
+    /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the
+    ** database scan.  We have to delete items after the scan is complete
+    ** because deleting an item can change the scan order.
+    */
+    end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+    /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are
+    ** row triggers.
+    */
+    if( triggers_exist ){
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, end);
+      if( !isView ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, 0);
+      if( !isView ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+      }
+
+      (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab,
+          -1, oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default,
+          addr);
+    }
+
+    if( !isView ){
+      /* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and all its
+      ** indices.  If there are row triggers, this happens inside the
+      ** OP_FifoRead loop because the cursor have to all be closed
+      ** before the trigger fires.  If there are no row triggers, the
+      ** cursors are opened only once on the outside the loop.
+      */
+      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite);
+
+      /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are no
+      ** row triggers */
+      if( !triggers_exist ){ 
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, end);
+      }
+
+      /* Delete the row */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+      if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+        pParse->pVirtualLock = pTab;
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB);
+      }else
+#endif
+      {
+        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, pParse->nested==0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke
+    ** the AFTER triggers
+    */
+    if( triggers_exist ){
+      if( !isView ){
+        for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+      }
+      (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, -1,
+          oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default,
+          addr);
+    }
+
+    /* End of the delete loop */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end);
+
+    /* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */
+    if( !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is 
+  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+  ** invoke the callback function.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", P3_STATIC);
+  }
+
+delete_from_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
+** single table to be deleted.
+**
+** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
+** These are the requirements:
+**
+**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
+**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "base".
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number base+i for the i-th index.
+**
+**   3.  The record number of the row to be deleted must be on the top
+**       of the stack.
+**
+** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number
+** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index
+** entries that point to that record.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* The database containing the index */
+  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
+  int count          /* Increment the row change counter */
+){
+  int addr;
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0);
+  sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(v, pTab, iCur, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
+  if( count ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
+** index entries associated with a single row of a single table.
+**
+** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
+** These are the requirements:
+**
+**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
+**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur".
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index.
+**
+**   3.  The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be
+**       deleted.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
+  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
+  char *aIdxUsed     /* Only delete if aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i]!=0 */
+){
+  int i;
+  Index *pIdx;
+
+  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i-1]==0 ) continue;
+    sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, iCur);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it on the top
+** of the tack.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
+** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
+** the entry that needs indexing.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
+  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  Index *pIdx,       /* The index for which to generate a key */
+  int iCur           /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */
+){
+  int j;
+  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
+  for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
+    int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+    if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, j, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx);
+      sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeIdxRec, pIdx->nColumn, 0);
+  sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
+}

libs/sqlite/src/hash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
+** used in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id: hash.c,v 1.18 2006/02/14 10:48:39 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants SQLITE_HASH_INT, SQLITE_HASH_POINTER,
+** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, or SQLITE_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.  CopyKey only makes
+** sense for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY and is ignored
+** for other key classes.
+*/
+void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=SQLITE_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+#if 0
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_POINTER || keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0;
+#endif
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+  pNew->xMalloc = sqlite3MallocX;
+  pNew->xFree = sqlite3FreeX;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
+  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    pH->xFree(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_INT
+*/
+static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8);
+}
+static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  return n2 - n1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_POINTER
+*/
+static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  uptr x = Addr(pKey);
+  return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8);
+}
+static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0;
+  if( pKey1<pKey2 ) return -1;
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  int h = 0;
+  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = strlen(z);
+  while( nKey > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
+    nKey--;
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "hashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of hashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+#if 0  /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
+  switch( keyClass ){
+    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binHash;;
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strHash;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binHash;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
+  switch( keyClass ){
+    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binCompare;
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strCompare;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binCompare;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void insertElement(
+  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+*/
+static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
+  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+  new_ht = (struct _ht *)pH->xMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
+  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
+  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void removeElementGivenHash(
+  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h             /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+    pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  pH->xFree( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count<=0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h;             /* A hash on key */
+  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
+  int hraw;             /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  new_elem = (HashElem*)pH->xMalloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = pH->xMalloc( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      pH->xFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+  }else{
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+  }
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+    rehash(pH,8);
+    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+      pH->count = 0;
+      pH->xFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
+    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
+}

libs/sqlite/src/hash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id: hash.h,v 1.9 2006/02/14 10:48:39 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Hash Hash;
+typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* SQLITE_HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  HashElem *first;        /* The first element of the array */
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);  /* malloc() function to use */
+  void (*xFree)(void *);  /* free() function to use */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  struct _ht {            /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    HashElem *chain;         /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct HashElem {
+  HashElem *next, *prev;   /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;              /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;    /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_INT         nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_POINTER     pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_STRING      pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is ignored in comparisons.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_BINARY      pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
+** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+/* #define SQLITE_HASH_INT       1 // NOT USED */
+/* #define SQLITE_HASH_POINTER   2 // NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_HASH_STRING    3
+#define SQLITE_HASH_BINARY    4
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
+void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   Hash h;
+**   HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */

libs/sqlite/src/legacy.c

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+**
+** $Id: legacy.c,v 1.16 2006/09/15 07:28:50 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** Execute SQL code.  Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
+** codes.  Also write an error message into memory obtained from
+** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
+**
+** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
+** the xCallback() function is called.  pArg becomes the first
+** argument to xCallback().  If xCallback=NULL then no callback
+** is invoked, even for queries.
+*/
+int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
+  void *pArg,                 /* First argument to xCallback() */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  const char *zLeftover;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  char **azCols = 0;
+
+  int nRetry = 0;
+  int nChange = 0;
+  int nCallback;
+
+  if( zSql==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){
+    int nCol;
+    char **azVals = 0;
+
+    pStmt = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( !pStmt ){
+      /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
+      zSql = zLeftover;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    db->nChange += nChange;
+    nCallback = 0;
+
+    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+    azCols = sqliteMalloc(2*nCol*sizeof(const char *) + 1);
+    if( azCols==0 ){
+      goto exec_out;
+    }
+
+    while( 1 ){
+      int i;
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+      /* Invoke the callback function if required */
+      if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || 
+          (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !nCallback && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
+        if( 0==nCallback ){
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+          }
+          nCallback++;
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+          azVals = &azCols[nCol];
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
+          }
+        }
+        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
+          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+          goto exec_out;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+        pStmt = 0;
+        if( db->pVdbe==0 ){
+          nChange = db->nChange;
+        }
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+          nRetry = 0;
+          zSql = zLeftover;
+          while( isspace((unsigned char)zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqliteFree(azCols);
+    azCols = 0;
+  }
+
+exec_out:
+  if( pStmt ) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  if( azCols ) sqliteFree(azCols);
+
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc==sqlite3_errcode(db) && pzErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_malloc(1+strlen(sqlite3_errmsg(db)));
+    if( *pzErrMsg ){
+      strcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    }
+  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = 0;
+  }
+
+  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
+  return rc;
+}

libs/sqlite/src/loadext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+/*
+** 2006 June 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
+** the SQLite library.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+
+#define SQLITE_CORE 1  /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
+#include "sqlite3ext.h"
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
+** excluded from a build of SQLite.  Substitute a NULL pointer
+** for any missing APIs.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name   0
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name      0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name     0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
+# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+# define sqlite3_set_authorizer     0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+# define sqlite3_bind_text16        0
+# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype16  0
+# define sqlite3_column_name16      0
+# define sqlite3_column_text16      0
+# define sqlite3_complete16         0
+# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0
+# define sqlite3_create_function16  0
+# define sqlite3_errmsg16           0
+# define sqlite3_open16             0
+# define sqlite3_prepare16          0
+# define sqlite3_result_error16     0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16      0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16be    0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16le    0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16       0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16be     0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16le     0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+# define sqlite3_complete 0
+# define sqlite3_complete16 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+# define sqlite3_create_module 0
+# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
+** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
+** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
+** library.
+**
+** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure
+** in order to preserve backwards compatibility.
+**
+** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they
+** intend to use is supported by the library.  Extensions should
+** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is
+** not NULL before calling it.
+*/
+const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_apis = {
+  sqlite3_aggregate_context,
+  sqlite3_aggregate_count,
+  sqlite3_bind_blob,
+  sqlite3_bind_double,
+  sqlite3_bind_int,
+  sqlite3_bind_int64,
+  sqlite3_bind_null,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_count,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_index,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_name,
+  sqlite3_bind_text,
+  sqlite3_bind_text16,
+  sqlite3_bind_value,
+  sqlite3_busy_handler,
+  sqlite3_busy_timeout,
+  sqlite3_changes,
+  sqlite3_close,
+  sqlite3_collation_needed,
+  sqlite3_collation_needed16,
+  sqlite3_column_blob,
+  sqlite3_column_bytes,
+  sqlite3_column_bytes16,
+  sqlite3_column_count,
+  sqlite3_column_database_name,
+  sqlite3_column_database_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_decltype,
+  sqlite3_column_decltype16,
+  sqlite3_column_double,
+  sqlite3_column_int,
+  sqlite3_column_int64,
+  sqlite3_column_name,
+  sqlite3_column_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_origin_name,
+  sqlite3_column_origin_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_table_name,
+  sqlite3_column_table_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_text,
+  sqlite3_column_text16,
+  sqlite3_column_type,
+  sqlite3_column_value,
+  sqlite3_commit_hook,
+  sqlite3_complete,
+  sqlite3_complete16,
+  sqlite3_create_collation,
+  sqlite3_create_collation16,
+  sqlite3_create_function,
+  sqlite3_create_function16,
+  sqlite3_create_module,
+  sqlite3_data_count,
+  sqlite3_db_handle,
+  sqlite3_declare_vtab,
+  sqlite3_enable_shared_cache,
+  sqlite3_errcode,
+  sqlite3_errmsg,
+  sqlite3_errmsg16,
+  sqlite3_exec,
+  sqlite3_expired,
+  sqlite3_finalize,
+  sqlite3_free,
+  sqlite3_free_table,
+  sqlite3_get_autocommit,
+  sqlite3_get_auxdata,
+  sqlite3_get_table,
+  sqlite3_global_recover,
+  sqlite3_interrupt,
+  sqlite3_last_insert_rowid,
+  sqlite3_libversion,
+  sqlite3_libversion_number,
+  sqlite3_malloc,
+  sqlite3_mprintf,
+  sqlite3_open,
+  sqlite3_open16,
+  sqlite3_prepare,
+  sqlite3_prepare16,
+  sqlite3_profile,
+  sqlite3_progress_handler,
+  sqlite3_realloc,
+  sqlite3_reset,
+  sqlite3_result_blob,
+  sqlite3_result_double,
+  sqlite3_result_error,
+  sqlite3_result_error16,
+  sqlite3_result_int,
+  sqlite3_result_int64,
+  sqlite3_result_null,
+  sqlite3_result_text,
+  sqlite3_result_text16,
+  sqlite3_result_text16be,
+  sqlite3_result_text16le,
+  sqlite3_result_value,
+  sqlite3_rollback_hook,
+  sqlite3_set_authorizer,
+  sqlite3_set_auxdata,
+  sqlite3_snprintf,
+  sqlite3_step,
+  sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
+  sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
+  sqlite3_total_changes,
+  sqlite3_trace,
+  sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
+  sqlite3_update_hook,
+  sqlite3_user_data,
+  sqlite3_value_blob,
+  sqlite3_value_bytes,
+  sqlite3_value_bytes16,
+  sqlite3_value_double,
+  sqlite3_value_int,
+  sqlite3_value_int64,
+  sqlite3_value_numeric_type,
+  sqlite3_value_text,
+  sqlite3_value_text16,
+  sqlite3_value_text16be,
+  sqlite3_value_text16le,
+  sqlite3_value_type,
+  sqlite3_vmprintf,
+  /*
+  ** The original API set ends here.  All extensions can call any
+  ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL.  But
+  ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the
+  ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with
+  ** a library that is new enough to support that API.
+  *************************************************************************
+  */
+  sqlite3_overload_function,
+};
+
+/*
+** The windows implementation of shared-library loaders
+*/
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+# include <windows.h>
+# define SQLITE_LIBRARY_TYPE     HANDLE
+# define SQLITE_OPEN_LIBRARY(A)  LoadLibrary(A)
+# define SQLITE_FIND_SYMBOL(A,B) GetProcAddress(A,B)
+# define SQLITE_CLOSE_LIBRARY(A) FreeLibrary(A)
+#endif /* windows */
+
+/*
+** The unix implementation of shared-library loaders
+*/
+#if defined(HAVE_DLOPEN) && !defined(SQLITE_LIBRARY_TYPE)
+# include <dlfcn.h>
+# define SQLITE_LIBRARY_TYPE     void*
+# define SQLITE_OPEN_LIBRARY(A)  dlopen(A, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL)
+# define SQLITE_FIND_SYMBOL(A,B) dlsym(A,B)
+# define SQLITE_CLOSE_LIBRARY(A) dlclose(A)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
+** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case a
+** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used.  Use
+** of the default name is recommended.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
+**
+** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with 
+** error message text.  The calling function should free this memory
+** by calling sqlite3_free().
+*/
+int sqlite3_load_extension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_LIBRARY_TYPE
+  SQLITE_LIBRARY_TYPE handle;
+  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
+  char *zErrmsg = 0;
+  SQLITE_LIBRARY_TYPE *aHandle;
+
+  /* Ticket #1863.  To avoid a creating security problems for older
+  ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the
+  ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default.  One
+  ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension
+  ** loading.  Otherwise you get the following error.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized");
+    }
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( zProc==0 ){
+    zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init";
+  }
+
+  handle = SQLITE_OPEN_LIBRARY(zFile);
+  if( handle==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
+    }
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
+                   SQLITE_FIND_SYMBOL(handle, zProc);
+  if( xInit==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+       *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]",
+                                   zProc, zFile);
+    }
+    SQLITE_CLOSE_LIBRARY(handle);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3_apis) ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
+    SQLITE_CLOSE_LIBRARY(handle);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */
+  db->nExtension++;
+  aHandle = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension);
+  if( aHandle==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( db->nExtension>0 ){
+    memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension-1));
+  }
+  sqliteFree(db->aExtension);
+  db->aExtension = aHandle;
+
+  ((SQLITE_LIBRARY_TYPE*)db->aExtension)[db->nExtension-1] = handle;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+  if( pzErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("extension loading is disabled");
+  }
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order
+** to clean up loaded extensions
+*/
+void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifdef SQLITE_LIBRARY_TYPE
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nExtension; i++){
+    SQLITE_CLOSE_LIBRARY(((SQLITE_LIBRARY_TYPE*)db->aExtension)[i]);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(db->aExtension);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Enable or disable extension loading.  Extension loading is disabled by
+** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
+*/
+int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
+  if( onoff ){
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension;
+  }else{
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** A list of automatically loaded extensions.
+**
+** This list is shared across threads, so be sure to hold the
+** mutex while accessing or changing it.
+*/
+static int nAutoExtension = 0;
+static void **aAutoExtension = 0;
+
+
+/*
+** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
+** loaded by every new database connection.
+*/
+int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xInit){
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  for(i=0; i<nAutoExtension; i++){
+    if( aAutoExtension[i]==xInit ) break;
+  }
+  if( i==nAutoExtension ){
+    nAutoExtension++;
+    aAutoExtension = sqlite3Realloc( aAutoExtension,
+                                     nAutoExtension*sizeof(aAutoExtension[0]) );
+    if( aAutoExtension==0 ){
+      nAutoExtension = 0;
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      aAutoExtension[nAutoExtension-1] = xInit;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism.
+*/
+void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  sqliteFree(aAutoExtension);
+  aAutoExtension = 0;
+  nAutoExtension = 0;
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** Load all automatic extensions.
+*/
+int sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  int go = 1;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
+
+  if( nAutoExtension==0 ){
+    /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  for(i=0; go; i++){
+    char *zErrmsg = 0;
+    sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+    if( i>=nAutoExtension ){
+      xInit = 0;
+      go = 0;
+    }else{
+      xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
+              aAutoExtension[i];
+    }
+    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+    if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3_apis) ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR,
+            "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
+      go = 0;
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */

libs/sqlite/src/os.c

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+** 2005 November 29
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
+** architectures.
+*/
+#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+
+/*
+** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
+** of the OsFile object.  This is mostly just syntactic sugar.  All
+** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
+** C++ instead of plain old C.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile **pId){
+  OsFile *id;
+  if( pId!=0 && (id = *pId)!=0 ){
+    return id->pMethod->xClose(pId);
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(OsFile *id, const char *zName){
+  return id->pMethod->xOpenDirectory(id, zName);
+}
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
+  return id->pMethod->xRead(id, pBuf, amt);
+}
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
+  return id->pMethod->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt);
+}
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
+  return id->pMethod->xSeek(id, offset);
+}
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 size){
+  return id->pMethod->xTruncate(id, size);
+}
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id, int fullsync){
+  return id->pMethod->xSync(id, fullsync);
+}
+void sqlite3OsSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int value){
+  id->pMethod->xSetFullSync(id, value);
+}
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/* This method is currently only used while interactively debugging the 
+** pager. More specificly, it can only be used when sqlite3DebugPrintf() is
+** included in the build. */
+int sqlite3OsFileHandle(OsFile *id){
+  return id->pMethod->xFileHandle(id);
+}
+#endif
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
+  return id->pMethod->xFileSize(id, pSize);
+}
+int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile *id, int lockType){
+  return id->pMethod->xLock(id, lockType);
+}
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id, int lockType){
+  return id->pMethod->xUnlock(id, lockType);
+}
+int sqlite3OsLockState(OsFile *id){
+  return id->pMethod->xLockState(id);
+}
+int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
+  return id->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock(id);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO
+/*
+** A function to return a pointer to the virtual function table.
+** This routine really does not accomplish very much since the
+** virtual function table is a global variable and anybody who
+** can call this function can just as easily access the variable
+** for themselves.  Nevertheless, we include this routine for
+** backwards compatibility with an earlier redefinable I/O
+** interface design.
+*/
+struct sqlite3OsVtbl *sqlite3_os_switch(void){
+  return &sqlite3Os;
+}
+#endif

libs/sqlite/src/os.h

@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
+** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
+** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
+
+/*
+** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other
+** operating system.
+*/
+#if !defined(OS_UNIX) && !defined(OS_OTHER)
+# define OS_OTHER 0
+# ifndef OS_WIN
+#   if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#     define OS_WIN 1
+#     define OS_UNIX 0
+#     define OS_OS2 0
+#   elif defined(_EMX_) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__)
+#     define OS_WIN 0
+#     define OS_UNIX 0
+#     define OS_OS2 1
+#   else
+#     define OS_WIN 0
+#     define OS_UNIX 1
+#     define OS_OS2 0
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define OS_UNIX 0
+#  define OS_OS2 0
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef OS_WIN
+#  define OS_WIN 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename
+*/
+#if OS_WIN
+# include <windows.h>
+# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50)
+#elif OS_OS2
+# define INCL_DOSDATETIME
+# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR
+# define INCL_DOSERRORS
+# define INCL_DOSMISC
+# define INCL_DOSPROCESS
+# include <os2.h>
+# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP)
+#else
+# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200
+#endif
+
+/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
+** a no-op
+*/
+#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
+# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
+** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
+** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
+** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
+** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
+** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
+** using -DTEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
+*/
+#ifndef TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
+# define TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "sqlite_"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Define the interfaces for Unix, Windows, and OS/2.
+*/
+#if OS_UNIX
+#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite      sqlite3UnixOpenReadWrite
+#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive      sqlite3UnixOpenExclusive
+#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly       sqlite3UnixOpenReadOnly
+#define sqlite3OsDelete             sqlite3UnixDelete
+#define sqlite3OsFileExists         sqlite3UnixFileExists
+#define sqlite3OsFullPathname       sqlite3UnixFullPathname
+#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable      sqlite3UnixIsDirWritable
+#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory      sqlite3UnixSyncDirectory
+#define sqlite3OsTempFileName       sqlite3UnixTempFileName
+#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed         sqlite3UnixRandomSeed
+#define sqlite3OsSleep              sqlite3UnixSleep
+#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime        sqlite3UnixCurrentTime
+#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex         sqlite3UnixEnterMutex
+#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex         sqlite3UnixLeaveMutex
+#define sqlite3OsInMutex            sqlite3UnixInMutex
+#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3UnixThreadSpecificData
+#define sqlite3OsMalloc             sqlite3GenericMalloc
+#define sqlite3OsRealloc            sqlite3GenericRealloc
+#define sqlite3OsFree               sqlite3GenericFree
+#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize     sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
+#endif
+#if OS_WIN
+#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite      sqlite3WinOpenReadWrite
+#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive      sqlite3WinOpenExclusive
+#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly       sqlite3WinOpenReadOnly
+#define sqlite3OsDelete             sqlite3WinDelete
+#define sqlite3OsFileExists         sqlite3WinFileExists
+#define sqlite3OsFullPathname       sqlite3WinFullPathname
+#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable      sqlite3WinIsDirWritable
+#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory      sqlite3WinSyncDirectory
+#define sqlite3OsTempFileName       sqlite3WinTempFileName
+#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed         sqlite3WinRandomSeed
+#define sqlite3OsSleep              sqlite3WinSleep
+#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime        sqlite3WinCurrentTime
+#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex         sqlite3WinEnterMutex
+#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex         sqlite3WinLeaveMutex
+#define sqlite3OsInMutex            sqlite3WinInMutex
+#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3WinThreadSpecificData
+#define sqlite3OsMalloc             sqlite3GenericMalloc
+#define sqlite3OsRealloc            sqlite3GenericRealloc
+#define sqlite3OsFree               sqlite3GenericFree
+#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize     sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
+#endif
+#if OS_OS2
+#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite      sqlite3Os2OpenReadWrite
+#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive      sqlite3Os2OpenExclusive
+#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly       sqlite3Os2OpenReadOnly
+#define sqlite3OsDelete             sqlite3Os2Delete
+#define sqlite3OsFileExists         sqlite3Os2FileExists
+#define sqlite3OsFullPathname       sqlite3Os2FullPathname
+#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable      sqlite3Os2IsDirWritable
+#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory      sqlite3Os2SyncDirectory
+#define sqlite3OsTempFileName       sqlite3Os2TempFileName
+#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed         sqlite3Os2RandomSeed
+#define sqlite3OsSleep              sqlite3Os2Sleep
+#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime        sqlite3Os2CurrentTime
+#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex         sqlite3Os2EnterMutex
+#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex         sqlite3Os2LeaveMutex
+#define sqlite3OsInMutex            sqlite3Os2InMutex
+#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3Os2ThreadSpecificData
+#define sqlite3OsMalloc             sqlite3GenericMalloc
+#define sqlite3OsRealloc            sqlite3GenericRealloc
+#define sqlite3OsFree               sqlite3GenericFree
+#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize     sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*
+** If using an alternative OS interface, then we must have an "os_other.h"
+** header file available for that interface.  Presumably the "os_other.h"
+** header file contains #defines similar to those above.
+*/
+#if OS_OTHER
+# include "os_other.h"
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*
+** Forward declarations
+*/
+typedef struct OsFile OsFile;
+typedef struct IoMethod IoMethod;
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure contains pointers to all
+** methods on an OsFile object.
+*/
+struct IoMethod {
+  int (*xClose)(OsFile**);
+  int (*xOpenDirectory)(OsFile*, const char*);
+  int (*xRead)(OsFile*, void*, int amt);
+  int (*xWrite)(OsFile*, const void*, int amt);
+  int (*xSeek)(OsFile*, i64 offset);
+  int (*xTruncate)(OsFile*, i64 size);
+  int (*xSync)(OsFile*, int);
+  void (*xSetFullSync)(OsFile *id, int setting);
+  int (*xFileHandle)(OsFile *id);
+  int (*xFileSize)(OsFile*, i64 *pSize);
+  int (*xLock)(OsFile*, int);
+  int (*xUnlock)(OsFile*, int);
+  int (*xLockState)(OsFile *id);
+  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(OsFile *id);
+};
+
+/*
+** The OsFile object describes an open disk file in an OS-dependent way.
+** The version of OsFile defined here is a generic version.  Each OS
+** implementation defines its own subclass of this structure that contains
+** additional information needed to handle file I/O.  But the pMethod
+** entry (pointing to the virtual function table) always occurs first
+** so that we can always find the appropriate methods.
+*/
+struct OsFile {
+  IoMethod const *pMethod;
+};
+
+/*
+** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
+** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
+**
+** SHARED:    Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
+** RESERVED:  A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
+**            any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
+** PENDING:   A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
+**            any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
+**            SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
+** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
+**
+** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
+** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
+** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
+** sqlite3OsLock().
+*/
+#define NO_LOCK         0
+#define SHARED_LOCK     1
+#define RESERVED_LOCK   2
+#define PENDING_LOCK    3
+#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  4
+
+/*
+** File Locking Notes:  (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
+**
+** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
+** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
+** UnlockFile().
+**
+** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
+** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
+** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
+** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
+** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
+** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
+** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
+** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
+**
+** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
+** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader/writer locks
+** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
+** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
+** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
+** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
+** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
+**
+** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
+** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
+** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
+** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
+**
+** These #defines are available in sqlite_aux.h so that adaptors for
+** connecting SQLite to other operating systems can use the same byte
+** ranges for locking.  In particular, the same locking strategy and
+** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possiblity of having
+** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
+** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
+** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
+** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
+** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
+**
+** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store
+** actual data in the bytes used for locking.  The pager never allocates
+** the pages involved in locking therefore.  SHARED_SIZE is selected so
+** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
+** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
+** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
+** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
+** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
+**
+** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
+** file format.  Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
+** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
+** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
+** 1GB boundary.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
+#define PENDING_BYTE      0x40000000  /* First byte past the 1GB boundary */
+#else
+extern unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte;
+#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3_pending_byte
+#endif
+
+#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
+#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
+#define SHARED_SIZE       510
+
+/*
+** Prototypes for operating system interface routines.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile**);
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(OsFile*, const char*);
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile*, void*, int amt);
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile*, const void*, int amt);
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile*, i64 offset);
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile*, i64 size);
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile*, int);
+void sqlite3OsSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int setting);
+int sqlite3OsFileHandle(OsFile *id);
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile*, i64 *pSize);
+int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile*, int);
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile*, int);
+int sqlite3OsLockState(OsFile *id);
+int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id);
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(const char*, OsFile**, int*);
+int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char*, OsFile**, int);
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char*, OsFile**);
+int sqlite3OsDelete(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char*);
+char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsIsDirWritable(char*);
+int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char*);
+int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char*);
+int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms);
+int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double*);
+void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(void);
+void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(void);
+int sqlite3OsInMutex(int);
+ThreadData *sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(int);
+void *sqlite3OsMalloc(int);
+void *sqlite3OsRealloc(void *, int);
+void sqlite3OsFree(void *);
+int sqlite3OsAllocationSize(void *);
+
+/*
+** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO macro is defined, then the OS-layer
+** interface routines are not called directly but are invoked using
+** pointers to functions.  This allows the implementation of various
+** OS-layer interface routines to be modified at run-time.  There are
+** obscure but legitimate reasons for wanting to do this.  But for
+** most users, a direct call to the underlying interface is preferable
+** so the the redefinable I/O interface is turned off by default.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO
+
+/*
+** When redefinable I/O is enabled, a single global instance of the
+** following structure holds pointers to the routines that SQLite 
+** uses to talk with the underlying operating system.  Modify this
+** structure (before using any SQLite API!) to accomodate perculiar
+** operating system interfaces or behaviors.
+*/
+struct sqlite3OsVtbl {
+  int (*xOpenReadWrite)(const char*, OsFile**, int*);
+  int (*xOpenExclusive)(const char*, OsFile**, int);
+  int (*xOpenReadOnly)(const char*, OsFile**);
+
+  int (*xDelete)(const char*);
+  int (*xFileExists)(const char*);
+  char *(*xFullPathname)(const char*);
+  int (*xIsDirWritable)(char*);
+  int (*xSyncDirectory)(const char*);
+  int (*xTempFileName)(char*);
+
+  int (*xRandomSeed)(char*);
+  int (*xSleep)(int ms);
+  int (*xCurrentTime)(double*);
+
+  void (*xEnterMutex)(void);
+  void (*xLeaveMutex)(void);
+  int (*xInMutex)(int);
+  ThreadData *(*xThreadSpecificData)(int);
+
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void *, int);
+  void (*xFree)(void *);
+  int (*xAllocationSize)(void *);
+};
+
+/* Macro used to comment out routines that do not exists when there is
+** no disk I/O 
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+# define IF_DISKIO(X)  0
+#else
+# define IF_DISKIO(X)  X
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _SQLITE_OS_C_
+  /*
+  ** The os.c file implements the global virtual function table.
+  */
+  struct sqlite3OsVtbl sqlite3Os = {
+    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite ),
+    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsOpenExclusive ),
+    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly ),
+    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsDelete ),
+    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsFileExists ),
+    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsFullPathname ),
+    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsIsDirWritable ),
+    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsSyncDirectory ),
+    IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsTempFileName ),
+    sqlite3OsRandomSeed,
+    sqlite3OsSleep,
+    sqlite3OsCurrentTime,
+    sqlite3OsEnterMutex,
+    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex,
+    sqlite3OsInMutex,
+    sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData,
+    sqlite3OsMalloc,
+    sqlite3OsRealloc,
+    sqlite3OsFree,
+    sqlite3OsAllocationSize
+  };
+#else
+  /*
+  ** Files other than os.c just reference the global virtual function table. 
+  */
+  extern struct sqlite3OsVtbl sqlite3Os;
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_C_ */
+
+
+/* This additional API routine is available with redefinable I/O */
+struct sqlite3OsVtbl *sqlite3_os_switch(void);
+
+
+/*
+** Redefine the OS interface to go through the virtual function table
+** rather than calling routines directly.
+*/
+#undef sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite
+#undef sqlite3OsOpenExclusive
+#undef sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly
+#undef sqlite3OsDelete
+#undef sqlite3OsFileExists
+#undef sqlite3OsFullPathname
+#undef sqlite3OsIsDirWritable
+#undef sqlite3OsSyncDirectory
+#undef sqlite3OsTempFileName
+#undef sqlite3OsRandomSeed
+#undef sqlite3OsSleep
+#undef sqlite3OsCurrentTime
+#undef sqlite3OsEnterMutex
+#undef sqlite3OsLeaveMutex
+#undef sqlite3OsInMutex
+#undef sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData
+#undef sqlite3OsMalloc
+#undef sqlite3OsRealloc
+#undef sqlite3OsFree
+#undef sqlite3OsAllocationSize
+#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite      sqlite3Os.xOpenReadWrite
+#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive      sqlite3Os.xOpenExclusive
+#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly       sqlite3Os.xOpenReadOnly
+#define sqlite3OsDelete             sqlite3Os.xDelete
+#define sqlite3OsFileExists         sqlite3Os.xFileExists
+#define sqlite3OsFullPathname       sqlite3Os.xFullPathname
+#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable      sqlite3Os.xIsDirWritable
+#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory      sqlite3Os.xSyncDirectory
+#define sqlite3OsTempFileName       sqlite3Os.xTempFileName
+#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed         sqlite3Os.xRandomSeed
+#define sqlite3OsSleep              sqlite3Os.xSleep
+#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime        sqlite3Os.xCurrentTime
+#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex         sqlite3Os.xEnterMutex
+#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex         sqlite3Os.xLeaveMutex
+#define sqlite3OsInMutex            sqlite3Os.xInMutex
+#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3Os.xThreadSpecificData
+#define sqlite3OsMalloc             sqlite3Os.xMalloc
+#define sqlite3OsRealloc            sqlite3Os.xRealloc
+#define sqlite3OsFree               sqlite3Os.xFree
+#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize     sqlite3Os.xAllocationSize
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO */
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */

libs/sqlite/src/os_common.h

@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+*/
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
+ * pending-byte in the database file.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
+#endif
+
+int sqlite3_os_trace = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int last_page = 0;
+#define SEEK(X)           last_page=(X)
+#define TRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
+#define TRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
+#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
+#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define TRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define TRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define TRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
+    if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#else
+#define SEEK(X)
+#define TRACE1(X)
+#define TRACE2(X,Y)
+#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)
+#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define TRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define TRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define TRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
+  unsigned long long int x;
+  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
+          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
+          :"=A" (x));
+  return x;
+}
+static unsigned long long int g_start;
+static unsigned int elapse;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         elapse=hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     elapse
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;
+int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;
+int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
+   if( sqlite3_io_error_pending ) \
+     if( sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ){ local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1;  /* Really just a place to set a breakpoint */
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+       local_ioerr(); \
+       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+       CODE; \
+     }else{ \
+       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+     } \
+   }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** sqlite3GenericMalloc
+** sqlite3GenericRealloc
+** sqlite3GenericOsFree
+** sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
+**
+** Implementation of the os level dynamic memory allocation interface in terms
+** of the standard malloc(), realloc() and free() found in many operating
+** systems. No rocket science here.
+**
+** There are two versions of these four functions here. The version
+** implemented here is only used if memory-management or memory-debugging is
+** enabled. This version allocates an extra 8-bytes at the beginning of each
+** block and stores the size of the allocation there.
+**
+** If neither memory-management or debugging is enabled, the second
+** set of implementations is used instead.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || defined (SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)
+void *sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
+  char *p = (char *)malloc(n+8);
+  assert(n>0);
+  assert(sizeof(int)<=8);
+  if( p ){
+    *(int *)p = n;
+    p += 8;
+  }
+  return (void *)p;
+}
+void *sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
+  char *p2 = ((char *)p - 8);
+  assert(n>0);
+  p2 = (char*)realloc(p2, n+8);
+  if( p2 ){
+    *(int *)p2 = n;
+    p2 += 8;
+  }
+  return (void *)p2;
+}
+void sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
+  assert(p);
+  free((void *)((char *)p - 8));
+}
+int sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){
+  return p ? *(int *)((char *)p - 8) : 0;
+}
+#else
+void *sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
+  char *p = (char *)malloc(n);
+  return (void *)p;
+}
+void *sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
+  assert(n>0);
+  p = realloc(p, n);
+  return p;
+}
+void sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
+  assert(p);
+  free(p);
+}
+/* Never actually used, but needed for the linker */
+int sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){ return 0; }
+#endif

libs/sqlite/src/os_os2.c

@@ -0,0 +1,968 @@
+/*
+** 2006 Feb 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to OS/2.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+
+#if OS_OS2
+
+/*
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
+*/
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_OS2_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+#include "os_common.h"
+
+/*
+** The os2File structure is subclass of OsFile specific for the OS/2
+** protability layer.
+*/
+typedef struct os2File os2File;
+struct os2File {
+  IoMethod const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
+  HFILE h;                  /* Handle for accessing the file */
+  int delOnClose;           /* True if file is to be deleted on close */
+  char* pathToDel;          /* Name of file to delete on close */
+  unsigned char locktype;   /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
+};
+
+/*
+** Do not include any of the File I/O interface procedures if the
+** SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO macro is defined (indicating that there database
+** will be in-memory only)
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file
+*/
+int sqlite3Os2Delete( const char *zFilename ){
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+
+  rc = DosDelete( (PSZ)zFilename );
+  TRACE2( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename );
+  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
+*/
+int sqlite3Os2FileExists( const char *zFilename ){
+  FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo;
+  memset(&fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo));
+  return DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zFilename, FIL_STANDARD,
+        &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) ) == NO_ERROR;
+}
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+int allocateOs2File( os2File *pInit, OsFile **pld );
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
+** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
+** try to create it.
+**
+** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
+** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
+** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3Os2OpenReadWrite(
+  const char *zFilename,
+  OsFile **pld,
+  int *pReadonly
+){
+  os2File  f;
+  HFILE    hf;
+  ULONG    ulAction;
+  APIRET   rc = NO_ERROR;
+
+  assert( *pld == 0 );
+  rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L,
+            FILE_ARCHIVED | FILE_NORMAL,
+                OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS,
+                OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM |
+                    OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE | OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE, (PEAOP2)NULL );
+  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
+    rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L,
+            FILE_ARCHIVED | FILE_NORMAL,
+                OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS,
+                OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM |
+                        OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE | OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY, (PEAOP2)NULL );
+    if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
+        return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+    }
+    *pReadonly = 1;
+  }
+  else{
+    *pReadonly = 0;
+  }
+  f.h = hf;
+  f.locktype = NO_LOCK;
+  f.delOnClose = 0;
+  f.pathToDel = NULL;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  TRACE3( "OPEN R/W %d \"%s\"\n", hf, zFilename );
+  return allocateOs2File( &f, pld );
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
+** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
+** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
+** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
+** link.
+**
+** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
+** the file when it is closed.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3Os2OpenExclusive( const char *zFilename, OsFile **pld, int delFlag ){
+  os2File  f;
+  HFILE    hf;
+  ULONG    ulAction;
+  APIRET   rc = NO_ERROR;
+
+  assert( *pld == 0 );
+  rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L, FILE_NORMAL,
+            OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_REPLACE_IF_EXISTS,
+            OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM |
+                OPEN_SHARE_DENYREADWRITE | OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE, (PEAOP2)NULL );
+  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+
+  f.h = hf;
+  f.locktype = NO_LOCK;
+  f.delOnClose = delFlag ? 1 : 0;
+  f.pathToDel = delFlag ? sqlite3OsFullPathname( zFilename ) : NULL;
+  OpenCounter( +1 );
+  if( delFlag ) DosForceDelete( sqlite3OsFullPathname( zFilename ) );
+  TRACE3( "OPEN EX %d \"%s\"\n", hf, sqlite3OsFullPathname ( zFilename ) );
+  return allocateOs2File( &f, pld );
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3Os2OpenReadOnly( const char *zFilename, OsFile **pld ){
+  os2File  f;
+  HFILE    hf;
+  ULONG    ulAction;
+  APIRET   rc = NO_ERROR;
+
+  assert( *pld == 0 );
+  rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L,
+            FILE_NORMAL, OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS,
+            OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM |
+                OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE | OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY, (PEAOP2)NULL );
+  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  f.h = hf;
+  f.locktype = NO_LOCK;
+  f.delOnClose = 0;
+  f.pathToDel = NULL;
+  OpenCounter( +1 );
+  TRACE3( "OPEN RO %d \"%s\"\n", hf, zFilename );
+  return allocateOs2File( &f, pld );
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
+** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
+** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
+** to disk.
+**
+** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
+** OS/2 since OS/2 does not support hard links.
+**
+** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is
+** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is
+** returned.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id unchanged.
+*/
+int os2OpenDirectory(
+  OsFile *id,
+  const char *zDirname
+){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** temporary files.
+*/
+char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
+*/
+int sqlite3Os2TempFileName( char *zBuf ){
+  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i, j;
+  PSZ zTempPath = 0;
+  if( DosScanEnv( "TEMP", &zTempPath ) ){
+    if( DosScanEnv( "TMP", &zTempPath ) ){
+      if( DosScanEnv( "TMPDIR", &zTempPath ) ){
+           ULONG ulDriveNum = 0, ulDriveMap = 0;
+           DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap );
+           sprintf( zTempPath, "%c:", (char)( 'A' + ulDriveNum - 1 ) );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  for(;;){
+      sprintf( zBuf, "%s\\"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath );
+      j = strlen( zBuf );
+      sqlite3Randomness( 15, &zBuf[j] );
+      for( i = 0; i < 15; i++, j++ ){
+        zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+      }
+      zBuf[j] = 0;
+      if( !sqlite3OsFileExists( zBuf ) ) break;
+  }
+  TRACE2( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+int os2Close( OsFile **pld ){
+  os2File *pFile;
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  if( pld && (pFile = (os2File*)*pld) != 0 ){
+    TRACE2( "CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h );
+    rc = DosClose( pFile->h );
+    pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+    if( pFile->delOnClose != 0 ){
+        rc = DosForceDelete( pFile->pathToDel );
+    }
+    *pld = 0;
+    OpenCounter( -1 );
+  }
+
+  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+int os2Read( OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt ){
+  ULONG got;
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+  TRACE3( "READ %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype );
+  DosRead( ((os2File*)id)->h, pBuf, amt, &got );
+  return (got == (ULONG)amt) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+int os2Write( OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt ){
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  ULONG wrote;
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
+  TRACE3( "WRITE %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype );
+  while( amt > 0 &&
+      (rc = DosWrite( ((os2File*)id)->h, (PVOID)pBuf, amt, &wrote )) && wrote > 0 ){
+      amt -= wrote;
+      pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+
+  return ( rc != NO_ERROR || amt > (int)wrote ) ? SQLITE_FULL : SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
+*/
+int os2Seek( OsFile *id, i64 offset ){
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  ULONG filePointer = 0L;
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  rc = DosSetFilePtr( ((os2File*)id)->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &filePointer );
+  TRACE3( "SEEK %d %lld\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, offset );
+  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+*/
+int os2Sync( OsFile *id, int dataOnly ){
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  TRACE3( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype );
+  return DosResetBuffer( ((os2File*)id)->h ) == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
+** than UNIX.
+*/
+int sqlite3Os2SyncDirectory( const char *zDirname ){
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+int os2Truncate( OsFile *id, i64 nByte ){
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  ULONG upperBits = nByte>>32;
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  TRACE3( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, nByte );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+  rc = DosSetFilePtr( ((os2File*)id)->h, nByte, FILE_BEGIN, &upperBits );
+  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+  rc = DosSetFilePtr( ((os2File*)id)->h, 0L, FILE_END, &upperBits );
+  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+int os2FileSize( OsFile *id, i64 *pSize ){
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  FILESTATUS3 fsts3FileInfo;
+  memset(&fsts3FileInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3FileInfo));
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+  rc = DosQueryFileInfo( ((os2File*)id)->h, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3FileInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
+  if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
+    *pSize = fsts3FileInfo.cbFile;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a reader lock.
+*/
+static int getReadLock( os2File *id ){
+  FILELOCK  LockArea,
+            UnlockArea;
+  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
+  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
+  LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
+  LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
+  UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+  UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
+  return DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
+}
+
+/*
+** Undo a readlock
+*/
+static int unlockReadLock( os2File *id ){
+  FILELOCK  LockArea,
+            UnlockArea;
+  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
+  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
+  LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+  LockArea.lRange = 0L;
+  UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
+  UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
+  return DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Check that a given pathname is a directory and is writable
+**
+*/
+int sqlite3Os2IsDirWritable( char *zDirname ){
+  FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo;
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  memset(&fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo));
+  if( zDirname==0 ) return 0;
+  if( strlen(zDirname)>CCHMAXPATH ) return 0;
+  rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zDirname, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
+  if( rc != NO_ERROR ) return 0;
+  if( (fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_DIRECTORY) != FILE_DIRECTORY ) return 0;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  The os2Unlock() routine
+** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
+** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
+** must go straight to locking level 0.
+*/
+int os2Lock( OsFile *id, int locktype ){
+  APIRET rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
+  APIRET res = NO_ERROR;    /* Result of an OS/2 lock call */
+  int newLocktype;       /* Set id->locktype to this value before exiting */
+  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
+  FILELOCK  LockArea,
+            UnlockArea;
+  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
+  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  TRACE4( "LOCK %d %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype );
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
+  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
+  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
+  */
+  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
+  if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK
+   || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
+  ){
+    int cnt = 3;
+
+    LockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
+    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
+
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L) )!=NO_ERROR ){
+      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  The pending lock might be
+      ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
+      */
+      TRACE2( "could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt );
+      DosSleep(1);
+    }
+    gotPendingLock = res;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a shared lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
+    res = getReadLock(pFile);
+    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
+      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+    LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
+    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
+    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
+    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
+      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    gotPendingLock = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
+    TRACE2( "unreadlock = %d\n", res );
+    LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
+    LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
+    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
+    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
+      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      TRACE2( "error-code = %d\n", res );
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
+  ** release it now.
+  */
+  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
+    DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
+  }
+
+  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
+  ** return the appropriate result code.
+  */
+  if( res == NO_ERROR ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    TRACE4( "LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
+           locktype, newLocktype );
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  pFile->locktype = newLocktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero, otherwise zero.
+*/
+int os2CheckReservedLock( OsFile *id ){
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    rc = 1;
+    TRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc );
+  }else{
+    FILELOCK  LockArea,
+              UnlockArea;
+    memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
+    memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
+    LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
+    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
+    rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
+    if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
+      LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+      LockArea.lRange = 0L;
+      UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
+      UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
+      rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
+    }
+    TRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc );
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
+*/
+int os2Unlock( OsFile *id, int locktype ){
+  int type;
+  APIRET rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+  FILELOCK  LockArea,
+            UnlockArea;
+  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
+  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  TRACE4( "UNLOCK %d to %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype );
+  type = pFile->locktype;
+  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
+    DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && getReadLock(pFile) != NO_ERROR ){
+      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
+      ** reacquire the read lock */
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
+    DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
+    unlockReadLock(pFile);
+  }
+  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
+    DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
+  }
+  pFile->locktype = locktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
+** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
+** is no longer needed.
+*/
+char *sqlite3Os2FullPathname( const char *zRelative ){
+  char *zFull = 0;
+  if( strchr(zRelative, ':') ){
+    sqlite3SetString( &zFull, zRelative, (char*)0 );
+  }else{
+    char zBuff[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE - 2] = {0};
+    char zDrive[1] = {0};
+    ULONG cbzFullLen = SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE;
+    ULONG ulDriveNum = 0;
+    ULONG ulDriveMap = 0;
+    DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap );
+    DosQueryCurrentDir( 0L, zBuff, &cbzFullLen );
+    zFull = sqliteMalloc( cbzFullLen );
+    sprintf( zDrive, "%c", (char)('A' + ulDriveNum - 1) );
+    sqlite3SetString( &zFull, zDrive, ":\\", zBuff, "\\", zRelative, (char*)0 );
+  }
+  return zFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** The fullSync option is meaningless on os2, or correct me if I'm wrong.  This is a no-op.
+** From os_unix.c: Change the value of the fullsync flag in the given file descriptor.
+** From os_unix.c: ((unixFile*)id)->fullSync = v;
+*/
+static void os2SetFullSync( OsFile *id, int v ){
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the underlying file handle for an OsFile
+*/
+static int os2FileHandle( OsFile *id ){
+  return (int)((os2File*)id)->h;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return an integer that indices the type of lock currently held
+** by this handle.  (Used for testing and analysis only.)
+*/
+static int os2LockState( OsFile *id ){
+  return ((os2File*)id)->locktype;
+}
+
+/*
+** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
+** for os2.
+*/
+static const IoMethod sqlite3Os2IoMethod = {
+  os2Close,
+  os2OpenDirectory,
+  os2Read,
+  os2Write,
+  os2Seek,
+  os2Truncate,
+  os2Sync,
+  os2SetFullSync,
+  os2FileHandle,
+  os2FileSize,
+  os2Lock,
+  os2Unlock,
+  os2LockState,
+  os2CheckReservedLock,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate memory for an OsFile.  Initialize the new OsFile
+** to the value given in pInit and return a pointer to the new
+** OsFile.  If we run out of memory, close the file and return NULL.
+*/
+int allocateOs2File( os2File *pInit, OsFile **pld ){
+  os2File *pNew;
+  pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    DosClose( pInit->h );
+    *pld = 0;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    *pNew = *pInit;
+    pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3Os2IoMethod;
+    pNew->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+    *pld = (OsFile*)pNew;
+    OpenCounter(+1);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
+/***************************************************************************
+** Everything above deals with file I/O.  Everything that follows deals
+** with other miscellanous aspects of the operating system interface
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
+** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
+** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
+*/
+int sqlite3Os2RandomSeed( char *zBuf ){
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset( zBuf, 0, 256 );
+  DosGetDateTime( (PDATETIME)zBuf );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+int sqlite3Os2Sleep( int ms ){
+  DosSleep( ms );
+  return ms;
+}
+
+/*
+** Static variables used for thread synchronization
+*/
+static int inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_THREADS
+static ULONG mutexOwner;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following pair of routines implement mutual exclusion for
+** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
+** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
+**
+** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
+** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
+*/
+void sqlite3Os2EnterMutex(){
+  PTIB ptib;
+#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_THREADS
+  DosEnterCritSec();
+  DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, NULL );
+  mutexOwner = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
+#endif
+  assert( !inMutex );
+  inMutex = 1;
+}
+void sqlite3Os2LeaveMutex(){
+  PTIB ptib;
+  assert( inMutex );
+  inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_THREADS
+  DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, NULL );
+  assert( mutexOwner == ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid );
+  DosExitCritSec();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the mutex is currently held.
+**
+** If the thisThreadOnly parameter is true, return true if and only if the
+** calling thread holds the mutex.  If the parameter is false, return
+** true if any thread holds the mutex.
+*/
+int sqlite3Os2InMutex( int thisThreadOnly ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_THREADS
+  PTIB ptib;
+  DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, NULL );
+  return inMutex>0 && (thisThreadOnly==0 || mutexOwner==ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid);
+#else
+  return inMutex>0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3Os2CurrentTime( double *prNow ){
+  double now;
+  USHORT second, minute, hour,
+         day, month, year;
+  DATETIME dt;
+  DosGetDateTime( &dt );
+  second = (USHORT)dt.seconds;
+  minute = (USHORT)dt.minutes + dt.timezone;
+  hour = (USHORT)dt.hours;
+  day = (USHORT)dt.day;
+  month = (USHORT)dt.month;
+  year = (USHORT)dt.year;
+
+  /* Calculations from http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd.html
+     http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd-0.1.c */
+  /* Calculate the Julian days */
+  now = day - 32076 +
+    1461*(year + 4800 + (month - 14)/12)/4 +
+    367*(month - 2 - (month - 14)/12*12)/12 -
+    3*((year + 4900 + (month - 14)/12)/100)/4;
+
+  /* Add the fractional hours, mins and seconds */
+  now += (hour + 12.0)/24.0;
+  now += minute/1440.0;
+  now += second/86400.0;
+  *prNow = now;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remember the number of thread-specific-data blocks allocated.
+** Use this to verify that we are not leaking thread-specific-data.
+** Ticket #1601
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_tsd_count = 0;
+# define TSD_COUNTER_INCR InterlockedIncrement( &sqlite3_tsd_count )
+# define TSD_COUNTER_DECR InterlockedDecrement( &sqlite3_tsd_count )
+#else
+# define TSD_COUNTER_INCR  /* no-op */
+# define TSD_COUNTER_DECR  /* no-op */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If called with allocateFlag>1, then return a pointer to thread
+** specific data for the current thread.  Allocate and zero the
+** thread-specific data if it does not already exist necessary.
+**
+** If called with allocateFlag==0, then check the current thread
+** specific data.  Return it if it exists.  If it does not exist,
+** then return NULL.
+**
+** If called with allocateFlag<0, check to see if the thread specific
+** data is allocated and is all zero.  If it is then deallocate it.
+** Return a pointer to the thread specific data or NULL if it is
+** unallocated or gets deallocated.
+*/
+ThreadData *sqlite3Os2ThreadSpecificData( int allocateFlag ){
+  static ThreadData **s_ppTsd = NULL;
+  static const ThreadData zeroData = {0, 0, 0};
+  ThreadData *pTsd;
+
+  if( !s_ppTsd ){
+    sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+    if( !s_ppTsd ){
+      PULONG pul;
+      APIRET rc = DosAllocThreadLocalMemory(1, &pul);
+      if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
+        sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+        return 0;
+      }
+      s_ppTsd = (ThreadData **)pul;
+    }
+    sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  }
+  pTsd = *s_ppTsd;
+  if( allocateFlag>0 ){
+    if( !pTsd ){
+      pTsd = sqlite3OsMalloc( sizeof(zeroData) );
+      if( pTsd ){
+        *pTsd = zeroData;
+        *s_ppTsd = pTsd;
+        TSD_COUNTER_INCR;
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0
+              && memcmp( pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData) )==0 ){
+    sqlite3OsFree(pTsd);
+    *s_ppTsd = NULL;
+    TSD_COUNTER_DECR;
+    pTsd = 0;
+  }
+  return pTsd;
+}
+#endif /* OS_OS2 */

libs/sqlite/src/os_os2.h

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file defined OS-specific features for OS/2.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_OS2_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_OS2_H_
+
+/*
+** standard include files.
+*/
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.  The
+** SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro is defined if we are synchronizing for
+** Posix threads and SQLITE_W32_THREADS is defined if we are
+** synchronizing using Win32 threads.
+*/
+/* this mutex implementation only available with EMX */
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+# include <sys/builtin.h>
+# include <sys/smutex.h>
+# define SQLITE_OS2_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The OsFile structure is a operating-system independing representation
+** of an open file handle.  It is defined differently for each architecture.
+**
+** This is the definition for Unix.
+**
+** OsFile.locktype takes one of the values SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK,
+** PENDING_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+*/
+typedef struct OsFile OsFile;
+struct OsFile {
+     int h;        /* The file descriptor (LHANDLE) */
+     int locked;              /* True if this user holds the lock */
+     int delOnClose;          /* True if file is to be deleted on close */
+     char *pathToDel;         /* Name of file to delete on close */
+     unsigned char locktype;   /* The type of lock held on this fd */
+     unsigned char isOpen;   /* True if needs to be closed */
+     unsigned char fullSync;
+};
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of characters in a temporary file name
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200
+
+/*
+** Minimum interval supported by sqlite3OsSleep().
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS 1
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0600
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_OS2_H_ */

libs/sqlite/src/pager.h

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
+** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: pager.h,v 1.51 2006/08/08 13:51:43 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+#ifndef _PAGER_H_
+#define _PAGER_H_
+
+/*
+** The default size of a database page.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum page size.  The upper bound on this value is 32768.  This a limit
+** imposed by necessity of storing the value in a 2-byte unsigned integer
+** and the fact that the page size must be a power of 2.
+**
+** This value is used to initialize certain arrays on the stack at
+** various places in the code.  On embedded machines where stack space
+** is limited and the flexibility of having large pages is not needed,
+** it makes good sense to reduce the maximum page size to something more
+** reasonable, like 1024.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 32768
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of pages in one database.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE 1073741823
+
+/*
+** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
+** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
+*/
+typedef unsigned int Pgno;
+
+/*
+** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Pager Pager;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3pager_open().
+**
+** NOTE: This values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
+*/
+#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
+#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK   0x0002    /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
+
+
+/*
+** See source code comments for a detailed description of the following
+** routines:
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_open(Pager **ppPager, const char *zFilename,
+                     int nExtra, int flags);
+void sqlite3pager_set_busyhandler(Pager*, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler);
+void sqlite3pager_set_destructor(Pager*, void(*)(void*,int));
+void sqlite3pager_set_reiniter(Pager*, void(*)(void*,int));
+int sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(Pager*, int);
+void sqlite3pager_read_fileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
+void sqlite3pager_set_cachesize(Pager*, int);
+int sqlite3pager_close(Pager *pPager);
+int sqlite3pager_get(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void **ppPage);
+void *sqlite3pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
+int sqlite3pager_ref(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_unref(void*);
+Pgno sqlite3pager_pagenumber(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_write(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_iswriteable(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_overwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void*);
+int sqlite3pager_pagecount(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_truncate(Pager*,Pgno);
+int sqlite3pager_begin(void*, int exFlag);
+int sqlite3pager_commit(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_sync(Pager*,const char *zMaster, Pgno);
+int sqlite3pager_rollback(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_isreadonly(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_rollback(Pager*);
+void sqlite3pager_dont_rollback(void*);
+void sqlite3pager_dont_write(Pager*, Pgno);
+int sqlite3pager_refcount(Pager*);
+int *sqlite3pager_stats(Pager*);
+void sqlite3pager_set_safety_level(Pager*,int,int);
+const char *sqlite3pager_filename(Pager*);
+const char *sqlite3pager_dirname(Pager*);
+const char *sqlite3pager_journalname(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_nosync(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_rename(Pager*, const char *zNewName);
+void sqlite3pager_set_codec(Pager*,void*(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*);
+int sqlite3pager_movepage(Pager*,void*,Pgno);
+int sqlite3pager_reset(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_release_memory(int);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+int sqlite3pager_lockstate(Pager*);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+void sqlite3pager_refdump(Pager*);
+int pager3_refinfo_enable;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */

libs/sqlite/src/pragma.c

@@ -0,0 +1,992 @@
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
+**
+** $Id: pragma.c,v 1.124 2006/09/25 18:01:57 drh Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+# include "pager.h"
+# include "btree.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
+** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL.  Return 1 for an empty or 
+** unrecognized string argument.
+**
+** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
+** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
+** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
+** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
+*/
+static int getSafetyLevel(const char *z){
+                             /* 123456789 123456789 */
+  static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
+  static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
+  static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
+  static const u8 iValue[] =  {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
+  int i, n;
+  if( isdigit(*z) ){
+    return atoi(z);
+  }
+  n = strlen(z);
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(iLength); i++){
+    if( iLength[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[iOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
+      return iValue[i];
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
+*/
+static int getBoolean(const char *z){
+  return getSafetyLevel(z)&1;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
+** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
+** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
+*/
+static int getTempStore(const char *z){
+  if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
+    return z[0] - '0';
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
+    return 1;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
+    return 2;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed
+** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed
+*/
+static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_InTrans ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
+        "from within a transaction");
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
+    db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
+** as needing reloading.  This must be done when using the TEMP_STORE
+** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
+*/
+static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
+  int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  db->temp_store = ts;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+/*
+** Generate code to return a single integer value.
+*/
+static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, int value){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, value, 0);
+  if( pParse->explain==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, P3_STATIC);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries
+** or changes one of the flags in db->flags.  Return 1 if so and 0 if not.
+** Also, implement the pragma.
+*/
+static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+  static const struct sPragmaType {
+    const char *zName;  /* Name of the pragma */
+    int mask;           /* Mask for the db->flags value */
+  } aPragma[] = {
+    { "vdbe_trace",               SQLITE_VdbeTrace     },
+    { "sql_trace",                SQLITE_SqlTrace      },
+    { "vdbe_listing",             SQLITE_VdbeListing   },
+    { "full_column_names",        SQLITE_FullColNames  },
+    { "short_column_names",       SQLITE_ShortColNames },
+    { "count_changes",            SQLITE_CountRows     },
+    { "empty_result_callbacks",   SQLITE_NullCallback  },
+    { "legacy_file_format",       SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt },
+    { "fullfsync",                SQLITE_FullFSync     },
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+    { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLITE_IgnoreChecks  },
+#endif
+    /* The following is VERY experimental */
+    { "writable_schema",          SQLITE_WriteSchema   },
+    { "omit_readlock",            SQLITE_NoReadlock    },
+
+    /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted
+    ** flag if there are any active statements. */
+    { "read_uncommitted",         SQLITE_ReadUncommitted },
+  };
+  int i;
+  const struct sPragmaType *p;
+  for(i=0, p=aPragma; i<sizeof(aPragma)/sizeof(aPragma[0]); i++, p++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, p->zName)==0 ){
+      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+      Vdbe *v;
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      if( v ){
+        if( zRight==0 ){
+          returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 );
+        }else{
+          if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+            db->flags |= p->mask;
+          }else{
+            db->flags &= ~p->mask;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
+
+/*
+** Process a pragma statement.  
+**
+** Pragmas are of this form:
+**
+**      PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
+**
+** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
+** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
+** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
+**
+** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
+** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
+** id and pId2 is any empty string.
+*/
+void sqlite3Pragma(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [database.]id field */
+  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
+  Token *pValue,      /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
+  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
+){
+  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
+  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
+  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
+  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
+  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Db *pDb;
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+
+  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
+  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the 
+  ** pragma, make sure it is open. 
+  */
+  if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(pId);
+  if( !zLeft ) return;
+  if( minusFlag ){
+    zRight = sqlite3MPrintf("-%T", pValue);
+  }else{
+    zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(pValue);
+  }
+
+  zDb = ((iDb>0)?pDb->zName:0);
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
+    goto pragma_out;
+  }
+ 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
+  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
+  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
+  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
+  ** stored in the database file.
+  **
+  ** The default cache size is stored in meta-value 2 of page 1 of the
+  ** database file.  The cache size is actually the absolute value of
+  ** this memory location.  The sign of meta-value 2 determines the
+  ** synchronous setting.  A negative value means synchronous is off
+  ** and a positive value means synchronous is on.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){
+    static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
+      { OP_ReadCookie,  0, 2,        0},  /* 0 */
+      { OP_AbsValue,    0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Dup,         0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,          0, 6,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},  /* 5 */
+      { OP_Callback,    1, 0,        0},
+    };
+    int addr;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", P3_STATIC);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+5, MAX_PAGES);
+    }else{
+      int size = atoi(zRight);
+      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, size, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ge, 0, addr+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Negative, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 2);
+      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
+  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
+  ** the database has not yet been created.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      int size = pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, atoi(zRight), -1);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N
+  **
+  ** Get or set the (boolean) value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      int auto_vacuum = 
+          pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM;
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, getBoolean(zRight));
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
+  ** page cache size.  The local setting can be different from
+  ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database
+  ** file itself.  The value returned is the maximum number of
+  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets the local
+  ** page cache size value.  It does not change the persistent
+  ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert
+  ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened.
+  ** N should be a positive integer.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }else{
+      int size = atoi(zRight);
+      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
+      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
+  ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
+  **
+  ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
+  ** override this setting
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store);
+    }else{
+      changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag.  Changing
+  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files.
+  ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search.
+  ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage.
+  **
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){
+    if( !zRight ){
+      if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
+            "temp_store_directory", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( zRight[0] && !sqlite3OsIsDirWritable(zRight) ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
+        goto pragma_out;
+      }
+      if( TEMP_STORE==0
+       || (TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1)
+       || (TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1)
+      ){
+        invalidateTempStorage(pParse);
+      }
+      sqliteFree(sqlite3_temp_directory);
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        sqlite3_temp_directory = zRight;
+        zRight = 0;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
+  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
+  ** opened.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1);
+    }else{
+      if( !db->autoCommit ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+            "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
+      }else{
+        pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1;
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
+  if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){
+    /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code
+    ** there is nothing more to do here */
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA table_info(<table>)
+  **
+  ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
+  ** the returned data set are:
+  **
+  ** cid:        Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
+  ** name:       Column name
+  ** type:       Column declaration type.
+  ** notnull:    True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
+  ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      int i;
+      Column *pCol;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
+      for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+        const Token *pDflt;
+        static const Token noDflt =  { (unsigned char*)"", 0, 0 };
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pCol->zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+           pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pCol->notNull, 0);
+        pDflt = pCol->pDflt ? &pCol->pDflt->span : &noDflt;
+        if( pDflt->z ){
+          sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, (char*)pDflt->z, pDflt->n);
+        }else{
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 6, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pIdx ){
+      int i;
+      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC);
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 0);
+        assert( pTab->nCol>cnum );
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      pIdx = pTab->pIndex;
+      if( pIdx ){
+        int i = 0; 
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", P3_STATIC);
+        while(pIdx){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
+          ++i;
+          pIdx = pIdx->pNext;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){
+    int i;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", P3_STATIC);
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
+      assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+           sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){
+    int i = 0;
+    HashElem *p;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC);
+    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+      CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i++, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pColl->zName, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 2, 0);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){
+    FKey *pFK;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      pFK = pTab->pFKey;
+      if( pFK ){
+        int i = 0; 
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 5);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", P3_STATIC);
+        while(pFK){
+          int j;
+          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
+            char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol;
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, j, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pFK->zTo, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+                             pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 0, zCol, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 5, 0);
+          }
+          ++i;
+          pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){
+    extern void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
+    if( zRight ){
+      if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+        sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: ");
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions.  The variant of LIKE
+  ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, getBoolean(zRight));
+    }
+  }else
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0 ){
+    int i, j, addr;
+
+    /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check.  If no error
+    ** messages have been generated, output OK.  Otherwise output the
+    ** error message
+    */
+    static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
+      { OP_MemLoad,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,          0, 0,        0},    /* 2 */
+      { OP_String8,     0, 0,        "ok"},
+      { OP_Callback,    1, 0,        0},
+    };
+
+    /* Initialize the VDBE program */
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, 0);  /* Initialize error count to 0 */
+
+    /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      HashElem *x;
+      Hash *pTbls;
+      int cnt = 0;
+
+      if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue;
+
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+
+      /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
+      */
+      pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash;
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 0);
+        cnt++;
+        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 0);
+          cnt++;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( cnt>0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IntegrityCk, cnt, i);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 1);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "ok", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0, addr+7);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+         sqlite3MPrintf("*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
+         P3_DYNAMIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, 0, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, 0);
+
+      /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
+      */
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        int loopTop;
+
+        if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue;
+        sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, 1);
+        loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, 1);
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          int jmp2;
+          static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = {
+            { OP_MemIncr,     1,  0,  0},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  "rowid "},
+            { OP_Rowid,       1,  0,  0},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  " missing from index "},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  0},    /* 4 */
+            { OP_Concat,      2,  0,  0},
+            { OP_Callback,    1,  0,  0},
+          };
+          sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, 1);
+          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0);
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop);
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = {
+             { OP_MemInt,       0,  2,  0},
+             { OP_Rewind,       0,  0,  0},  /* 1 */
+             { OP_MemIncr,      1,  2,  0},
+             { OP_Next,         0,  0,  0},  /* 3 */
+             { OP_MemLoad,      1,  0,  0},
+             { OP_MemLoad,      2,  0,  0},
+             { OP_Eq,           0,  0,  0},  /* 6 */
+             { OP_MemIncr,      1,  0,  0},
+             { OP_String8,      0,  0,  "wrong # of entries in index "},
+             { OP_String8,      0,  0,  0},  /* 9 */
+             { OP_Concat,       0,  0,  0},
+             { OP_Callback,     1,  0,  0},
+          };
+          if( pIdx->tnum==0 ) continue;
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+6);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+9, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC);
+        }
+      } 
+    }
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+2);
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA encoding
+  **   PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
+  **
+  ** In it's first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
+  ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
+  **
+  ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
+  ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
+  ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
+  ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
+  ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
+  ** 
+  ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
+  ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
+  ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
+  ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
+  **
+  ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
+  ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
+  ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){
+    static const struct EncName {
+      char *zName;
+      u8 enc;
+    } encnames[] = {
+      { "UTF-8",    SQLITE_UTF8        },
+      { "UTF8",     SQLITE_UTF8        },
+      { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
+      { "UTF16le",  SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
+      { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
+      { "UTF16be",  SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
+      { "UTF-16",   0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
+      { "UTF16",    0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
+      { 0, 0 }
+    };
+    const struct EncName *pEnc;
+    if( !zRight ){    /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
+      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+        if( pEnc->enc==ENC(pParse->db) ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pEnc->zName, P3_STATIC);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    }else{                        /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
+      /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
+      ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value
+      ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
+      ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
+      */
+      if( 
+        !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || 
+        DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) 
+      ){
+        for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
+            ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( !pEnc->zName ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = <integer>
+  **
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version = <integer>
+  **
+  ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get
+  ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both
+  ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers
+  ** stored in the database header.
+  **
+  ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It
+  ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by
+  ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by
+  ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache
+  ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of
+  ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed.
+  ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify
+  ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program
+  ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution!
+  **
+  ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by
+  ** applications for any purpose.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 ||
+      sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 ){
+
+    int iCookie;   /* Cookie index. 0 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */
+    if( zLeft[0]=='s' || zLeft[0]=='S' ){
+      iCookie = 0;
+    }else{
+      iCookie = 5;
+    }
+
+    if( zRight ){
+      /* Write the specified cookie value */
+      static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
+        { OP_Transaction,    0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
+        { OP_Integer,        0,  0,  0},    /* 1 */
+        { OP_SetCookie,      0,  0,  0},    /* 2 */
+      };
+      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, atoi(zRight));
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie);
+    }else{
+      /* Read the specified cookie value */
+      static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = {
+        { OP_ReadCookie,      0,  0,  0},    /* 0 */
+        { OP_Callback,        1,  0,  0}
+      };
+      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, iCookie);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  /*
+  ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){
+    static const char *const azLockName[] = {
+      "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
+    };
+    int i;
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", P3_STATIC);
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt;
+      Pager *pPager;
+      if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue;
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P3_STATIC);
+      pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "closed", P3_STATIC);
+      }else{
+        int j = sqlite3pager_lockstate(pPager);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, 
+            (j>=0 && j<=4) ? azLockName[j] : "unknown", P3_STATIC);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 2, 0);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
+  /*
+  ** Check to see if the sqlite_statements table exists.  Create it
+  ** if it does not.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "create_sqlite_statement_table")==0 ){
+    extern int sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(Parse*);
+    sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(pParse);
+  }else
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 ){
+    sqlite3_key(db, zRight, strlen(zRight));
+  }else
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){
+#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){
+      extern void sqlite3_activate_see(const char*);
+      sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]);
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){
+      extern void sqlite3_activate_cerod(const char*);
+      sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+#endif
+
+  {}
+
+  if( v ){
+    /* Code an OP_Expire at the end of each PRAGMA program to cause
+    ** the VDBE implementing the pragma to expire. Most (all?) pragmas
+    ** are only valid for a single execution.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 1, 0);
+
+    /*
+    ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous
+    ** setting changed.
+    */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+    if( db->autoCommit ){
+      sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level,
+                 (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+pragma_out:
+  sqliteFree(zLeft);
+  sqliteFree(zRight);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA || SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER */

libs/sqlite/src/prepare.c

@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
+/*
+** 2005 May 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
+** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
+** from disk.
+**
+** $Id: prepare.c,v 1.40 2006/09/23 20:36:02 drh Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
+** that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+static void corruptSchema(InitData *pData, const char *zExtra){
+  if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, "malformed database schema",
+       zExtra!=0 && zExtra[0]!=0 ? " - " : (char*)0, zExtra, (char*)0);
+  }
+  pData->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
+** database.  See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
+** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
+**
+** Each callback contains the following information:
+**
+**     argv[0] = name of thing being created
+**     argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view.
+**     argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
+**
+*/
+int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **azColName){
+  InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
+  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+  int iDb = pData->iDb;
+
+  pData->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
+  if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, 0);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
+  if( argv[1]==0 ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, 0);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
+    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
+    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
+    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
+    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
+    */
+    char *zErr;
+    int rc;
+    assert( db->init.busy );
+    db->init.iDb = iDb;
+    db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr);
+    db->init.iDb = 0;
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+      pData->rc = rc;
+      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+        sqlite3FailedMalloc();
+      }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
+        corruptSchema(pData, zErr);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
+    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
+    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
+    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
+    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
+    */
+    Index *pIndex;
+    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+    if( pIndex==0 || pIndex->tnum!=0 ){
+      /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
+      ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index.  Since
+      ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
+      ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
+      */
+      /* Do Nothing */;
+    }else{
+      pIndex->tnum = atoi(argv[1]);
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
+** data structures for a single database file.  The index of the
+** database file is given by iDb.  iDb==0 is used for the main
+** database.  iDb==1 should never be used.  iDb>=2 is used for
+** auxiliary databases.  Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
+** indicate success or failure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *curMain;
+  int size;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Db *pDb;
+  char const *azArg[4];
+  int meta[10];
+  InitData initData;
+  char const *zMasterSchema;
+  char const *zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+
+  /*
+  ** The master database table has a structure like this
+  */
+  static const char master_schema[] = 
+     "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
+     "  type text,\n"
+     "  name text,\n"
+     "  tbl_name text,\n"
+     "  rootpage integer,\n"
+     "  sql text\n"
+     ")"
+  ;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+  static const char temp_master_schema[] = 
+     "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
+     "  type text,\n"
+     "  name text,\n"
+     "  tbl_name text,\n"
+     "  rootpage integer,\n"
+     "  sql text\n"
+     ")"
+  ;
+#else
+  #define temp_master_schema 0
+#endif
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema );
+
+  /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
+  ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
+  ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
+  */
+  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+    zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
+  }else{
+    zMasterSchema = master_schema;
+  }
+  zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+
+  /* Construct the schema tables.  */
+  sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+  azArg[0] = zMasterName;
+  azArg[1] = "1";
+  azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
+  azArg[3] = 0;
+  initData.db = db;
+  initData.iDb = iDb;
+  initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
+  rc = sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    return initData.rc;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  if( pTab ){
+    pTab->readOnly = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+
+  /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
+  */
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+      DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    }
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pDb->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curMain);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_EMPTY ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the database meta information.
+  **
+  ** Meta values are as follows:
+  **    meta[0]   Schema cookie.  Changes with each schema change.
+  **    meta[1]   File format of schema layer.
+  **    meta[2]   Size of the page cache.
+  **    meta[3]   Use freelist if 0.  Autovacuum if greater than zero.
+  **    meta[4]   Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE
+  **    meta[5]   The user cookie. Used by the application.
+  **    meta[6]   
+  **    meta[7]
+  **    meta[8]
+  **    meta[9]
+  **
+  ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
+  ** the possible values of meta[4].
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<sizeof(meta)/sizeof(meta[0]); i++){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
+    }
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
+      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta));
+  }
+  pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[0];
+
+  /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
+  ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
+  ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
+  ** as sqlite3.enc.
+  */
+  if( meta[4] ){  /* text encoding */
+    if( iDb==0 ){
+      /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */
+      ENC(db) = (u8)meta[4];
+      db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0);
+    }else{
+      /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */
+      if( meta[4]!=ENC(db) ){
+        sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+        sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "attached databases must use the same"
+            " text encoding as main database", (char*)0);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
+  }
+  pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);
+
+  size = meta[2];
+  if( size==0 ){ size = MAX_PAGES; }
+  pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+  sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+
+  /*
+  ** file_format==1    Version 3.0.0.
+  ** file_format==2    Version 3.1.3.  // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN
+  ** file_format==3    Version 3.1.4.  // ditto but with non-NULL defaults
+  ** file_format==4    Version 3.3.0.  // DESC indices.  Boolean constants
+  */
+  pDb->pSchema->file_format = meta[1];
+  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){
+    pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1;
+  }
+  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "unsupported file format", (char*)0);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
+  */
+  assert( db->init.busy );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){
+    /* For an empty database, there is nothing to read */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    char *zSql;
+    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(
+        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s",
+        db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
+    sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = initData.rc;
+    sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    sqliteFree(zSql);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
+    }
+#endif
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
+    /* sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0); */
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, iDb);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
+** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
+** created using ATTACH statements.  Return a success code.  If an
+** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
+**
+** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
+** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database
+** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
+*/
+int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int i, rc;
+  int called_initone = 0;
+  
+  if( db->init.busy ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  db->init.busy = 1;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i);
+    }
+    called_initone = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema
+  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
+  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->nDb>1 && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1);
+    }
+    called_initone = 1;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  db->init.busy = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && called_initone ){
+    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+  }
+
+  return rc; 
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised.
+** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = rc;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check schema cookies in all databases.  If any cookie is out
+** of date, return 0.  If all schema cookies are current, return 1.
+*/
+static int schemaIsValid(sqlite3 *db){
+  int iDb;
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *curTemp;
+  int cookie;
+  int allOk = 1;
+
+  for(iDb=0; allOk && iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
+    Btree *pBt;
+    pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+    if( pBt==0 ) continue;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curTemp);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&cookie);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){
+        allOk = 0;
+      }
+      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curTemp);
+    }
+  }
+  return allOk;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates
+** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to.
+**
+** If the same database is attached more than once, the first
+** attached database is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
+  int i = -1000000;
+
+  /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in 
+  ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
+  ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this 
+  ** function should never be used.
+  **
+  ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
+  ** -1000000 as incorrectly using -1000000 index into db->aDb[] is much 
+  ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
+  ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
+  */
+  if( pSchema ){
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( i>=0 &&i>=0 &&  i<db->nDb );
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char** pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  Parse sParse;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+
+  /* Assert that malloc() has not failed */
+  assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() );
+
+  assert( ppStmt );
+  *ppStmt = 0;
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  /* If any attached database schemas are locked, do not proceed with
+  ** compilation. Instead return SQLITE_LOCKED immediately.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt) ){
+      const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_LOCKED, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
+      sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+      return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse));
+  sParse.db = db;
+  if( nBytes>=0 && zSql[nBytes]!=0 ){
+    char *zSqlCopy = sqlite3StrNDup(zSql, nBytes);
+    sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
+    sParse.zTail += zSql - zSqlCopy;
+    sqliteFree(zSqlCopy);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
+    sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( sParse.checkSchema && !schemaIsValid(db) ){
+    sParse.rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+  }
+  if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
+    sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( pzTail ) *pzTail = sParse.zTail;
+  rc = sParse.rc;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){
+    if( sParse.explain==2 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 3);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "order", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "detail", P3_STATIC);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 5);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "addr", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "opcode", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "p1", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "p2", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "p3", P3_STATIC);
+    }
+  } 
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe;
+  }else if( sParse.pVdbe ){
+    sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe);
+  }
+
+  if( zErrMsg ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
+    sqliteFree(zErrMsg);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3ReleaseThreadData();
+  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
+  ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
+  ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
+  */
+  char *zSql8;
+  const char *zTail8 = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  zSql8 = sqlite3utf16to8(zSql, nBytes);
+  if( zSql8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql8, -1, ppStmt, &zTail8);
+  }
+
+  if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
+    /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
+    ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
+    ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
+    ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
+    */
+    int chars_parsed = sqlite3utf8CharLen(zSql8, zTail8-zSql8);
+    *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(zSql8); 
+  return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

libs/sqlite/src/printf.c

@@ -0,0 +1,863 @@
+/*
+** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
+** the public domain.  The original comments are included here for
+** completeness.  They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
+** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
+** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
+**
+**************************************************************************
+**
+** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines
+** found in the standard C library.  The following enhancements are
+** supported:
+**
+**      +  Additional functions.  The standard set of "printf" functions
+**         includes printf, fprintf, sprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, and
+**         vsprintf.  This module adds the following:
+**
+**           *  snprintf -- Works like sprintf, but has an extra argument
+**                          which is the size of the buffer written to.
+**
+**           *  mprintf --  Similar to sprintf.  Writes output to memory
+**                          obtained from malloc.
+**
+**           *  xprintf --  Calls a function to dispose of output.
+**
+**           *  nprintf --  No output, but returns the number of characters
+**                          that would have been output by printf.
+**
+**           *  A v- version (ex: vsnprintf) of every function is also
+**              supplied.
+**
+**      +  A few extensions to the formatting notation are supported:
+**
+**           *  The "=" flag (similar to "-") causes the output to be
+**              be centered in the appropriately sized field.
+**
+**           *  The %b field outputs an integer in binary notation.
+**
+**           *  The %c field now accepts a precision.  The character output
+**              is repeated by the number of times the precision specifies.
+**
+**           *  The %' field works like %c, but takes as its character the
+**              next character of the format string, instead of the next
+**              argument.  For example,  printf("%.78'-")  prints 78 minus
+**              signs, the same as  printf("%.78c",'-').
+**
+**      +  When compiled using GCC on a SPARC, this version of printf is
+**         faster than the library printf for SUN OS 4.1.
+**
+**      +  All functions are fully reentrant.
+**
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
+** following enumeration.
+*/
+#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
+#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
+#define etEXP         3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
+#define etGENERIC     4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
+#define etSIZE        5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
+#define etSTRING      6 /* Strings. %s */
+#define etDYNSTRING   7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
+#define etPERCENT     8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
+#define etCHARX       9 /* Characters. %c */
+/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
+#define etCHARLIT    10 /* Literal characters.  %' */
+#define etSQLESCAPE  11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
+#define etSQLESCAPE2 12 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
+                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
+#define etTOKEN      13 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
+#define etSRCLIST    14 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
+#define etPOINTER    15 /* The %p conversion */
+
+
+/*
+** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
+*/
+typedef unsigned char etByte;
+
+/*
+** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
+** by an instance of the following structure
+*/
+typedef struct et_info {   /* Information about each format field */
+  char fmttype;            /* The format field code letter */
+  etByte base;             /* The base for radix conversion */
+  etByte flags;            /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
+  etByte type;             /* Conversion paradigm */
+  etByte charset;          /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
+  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
+} et_info;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for et_info.flags
+*/
+#define FLAG_SIGNED  1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
+#define FLAG_INTERN  2     /* True if for internal use only */
+#define FLAG_STRING  4     /* Allow infinity precision */
+
+
+/*
+** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
+** most frequently used conversion types first.
+*/
+static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
+static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
+static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
+  {  'd', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  's',  0, 4, etSTRING,     0,  0 },
+  {  'g',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    30, 0 },
+  {  'z',  0, 6, etDYNSTRING,  0,  0 },
+  {  'q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE,  0,  0 },
+  {  'Q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0,  0 },
+  {  'c',  0, 0, etCHARX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'o',  8, 0, etRADIX,      0,  2 },
+  {  'u', 10, 0, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'x', 16, 0, etRADIX,      16, 1 },
+  {  'X', 16, 0, etRADIX,      0,  4 },
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  {  'f',  0, 1, etFLOAT,      0,  0 },
+  {  'e',  0, 1, etEXP,        30, 0 },
+  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
+  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
+#endif
+  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
+  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
+  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
+  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
+  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
+};
+#define etNINFO  (sizeof(fmtinfo)/sizeof(fmtinfo[0]))
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
+** conversions will work.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
+** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
+** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
+**
+** Example:
+**     input:     *val = 3.14159
+**     output:    *val = 1.4159    function return = '3'
+**
+** The counter *cnt is incremented each time.  After counter exceeds
+** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
+** always returned.
+*/
+static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
+  int digit;
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
+  if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0';
+  digit = (int)*val;
+  d = digit;
+  digit += '0';
+  *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
+  return digit;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
+
+/*
+** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
+** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be less than 350.  But beware - for
+** smaller values some %f conversions may go into an infinite loop.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 350
+#endif
+#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE  /* Size of the output buffer */
+
+/*
+** The root program.  All variations call this core.
+**
+** INPUTS:
+**   func   This is a pointer to a function taking three arguments
+**            1. A pointer to anything.  Same as the "arg" parameter.
+**            2. A pointer to the list of characters to be output
+**               (Note, this list is NOT null terminated.)
+**            3. An integer number of characters to be output.
+**               (Note: This number might be zero.)
+**
+**   arg    This is the pointer to anything which will be passed as the
+**          first argument to "func".  Use it for whatever you like.
+**
+**   fmt    This is the format string, as in the usual print.
+**
+**   ap     This is a pointer to a list of arguments.  Same as in
+**          vfprint.
+**
+** OUTPUTS:
+**          The return value is the total number of characters sent to
+**          the function "func".  Returns -1 on a error.
+**
+** Note that the order in which automatic variables are declared below
+** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast
+** will run.
+*/
+static int vxprintf(
+  void (*func)(void*,const char*,int),     /* Consumer of text */
+  void *arg,                         /* First argument to the consumer */
+  int useExtended,                   /* Allow extended %-conversions */
+  const char *fmt,                   /* Format string */
+  va_list ap                         /* arguments */
+){
+  int c;                     /* Next character in the format string */
+  char *bufpt;               /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
+  int precision;             /* Precision of the current field */
+  int length;                /* Length of the field */
+  int idx;                   /* A general purpose loop counter */
+  int count;                 /* Total number of characters output */
+  int width;                 /* Width of the current field */
+  etByte flag_leftjustify;   /* True if "-" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_plussign;      /* True if "+" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_blanksign;     /* True if " " flag is present */
+  etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_altform2;      /* True if "!" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
+  etByte flag_long;          /* True if "l" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_longlong;      /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
+  etByte done;               /* Loop termination flag */
+  sqlite_uint64 longvalue;   /* Value for integer types */
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
+  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
+  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
+  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
+  etByte errorflag = 0;      /* True if an error is encountered */
+  etByte xtype;              /* Conversion paradigm */
+  char *zExtra;              /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */
+  static const char spaces[] =
+   "                                                                         ";
+#define etSPACESIZE (sizeof(spaces)-1)
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  int  exp, e2;              /* exponent of real numbers */
+  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
+  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
+  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
+  etByte flag_exp;           /* True to force display of the exponent */
+  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
+#endif
+
+  func(arg,"",0);
+  count = length = 0;
+  bufpt = 0;
+  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
+    if( c!='%' ){
+      int amt;
+      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
+      amt = 1;
+      while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++;
+      (*func)(arg,bufpt,amt);
+      count += amt;
+      if( c==0 ) break;
+    }
+    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
+      errorflag = 1;
+      (*func)(arg,"%",1);
+      count++;
+      break;
+    }
+    /* Find out what flags are present */
+    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
+     flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0;
+    done = 0;
+    do{
+      switch( c ){
+        case '-':   flag_leftjustify = 1;     break;
+        case '+':   flag_plussign = 1;        break;
+        case ' ':   flag_blanksign = 1;       break;
+        case '#':   flag_alternateform = 1;   break;
+        case '!':   flag_altform2 = 1;        break;
+        case '0':   flag_zeropad = 1;         break;
+        default:    done = 1;                 break;
+      }
+    }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
+    /* Get the field width */
+    width = 0;
+    if( c=='*' ){
+      width = va_arg(ap,int);
+      if( width<0 ){
+        flag_leftjustify = 1;
+        width = -width;
+      }
+      c = *++fmt;
+    }else{
+      while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+        width = width*10 + c - '0';
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }
+    }
+    if( width > etBUFSIZE-10 ){
+      width = etBUFSIZE-10;
+    }
+    /* Get the precision */
+    if( c=='.' ){
+      precision = 0;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='*' ){
+        precision = va_arg(ap,int);
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }else{
+        while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+          precision = precision*10 + c - '0';
+          c = *++fmt;
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      precision = -1;
+    }
+    /* Get the conversion type modifier */
+    if( c=='l' ){
+      flag_long = 1;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='l' ){
+        flag_longlong = 1;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }else{
+        flag_longlong = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
+    }
+    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
+    infop = 0;
+    for(idx=0; idx<etNINFO; idx++){
+      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
+        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
+        if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
+          xtype = infop->type;
+        }else{
+          return -1;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    zExtra = 0;
+    if( infop==0 ){
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+
+    /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */
+    if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 && (infop->flags & FLAG_STRING)==0 ){
+      precision = etBUFSIZE-40;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
+    **
+    **   flag_alternateform          TRUE if a '#' is present.
+    **   flag_altform2               TRUE if a '!' is present.
+    **   flag_plussign               TRUE if a '+' is present.
+    **   flag_leftjustify            TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
+    **                               field width was negative.
+    **   flag_zeropad                TRUE if the width began with 0.
+    **   flag_long                   TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed
+    **                               the conversion character.
+    **   flag_longlong               TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed
+    **                               the conversion character.
+    **   flag_blanksign              TRUE if a ' ' is present.
+    **   width                       The specified field width.  This is
+    **                               always non-negative.  Zero is the default.
+    **   precision                   The specified precision.  The default
+    **                               is -1.
+    **   xtype                       The class of the conversion.
+    **   infop                       Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
+    */
+    switch( xtype ){
+      case etPOINTER:
+        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
+        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
+        /* Fall through into the next case */
+      case etRADIX:
+        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
+          i64 v;
+          if( flag_longlong )   v = va_arg(ap,i64);
+          else if( flag_long )  v = va_arg(ap,long int);
+          else                  v = va_arg(ap,int);
+          if( v<0 ){
+            longvalue = -v;
+            prefix = '-';
+          }else{
+            longvalue = v;
+            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
+            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
+            else                       prefix = 0;
+          }
+        }else{
+          if( flag_longlong )   longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
+          else if( flag_long )  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
+          else                  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
+          prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
+        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
+          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
+        }
+        bufpt = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1];
+        {
+          register const char *cset;      /* Use registers for speed */
+          register int base;
+          cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
+          base = infop->base;
+          do{                                           /* Convert to ascii */
+            *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
+            longvalue = longvalue/base;
+          }while( longvalue>0 );
+        }
+        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
+        for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
+          *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
+        }
+        if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix;               /* Add sign */
+        if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){      /* Add "0" or "0x" */
+          const char *pre;
+          char x;
+          pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
+          if( *bufpt!=pre[0] ){
+            for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
+          }
+        }
+        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
+        break;
+      case etFLOAT:
+      case etEXP:
+      case etGENERIC:
+        realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = 6;         /* Set default precision */
+        if( precision>etBUFSIZE/2-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE/2-10;
+        if( realvalue<0.0 ){
+          realvalue = -realvalue;
+          prefix = '-';
+        }else{
+          if( flag_plussign )          prefix = '+';
+          else if( flag_blanksign )    prefix = ' ';
+          else                         prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
+#if 0
+        /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used.  Wierd! */
+        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1);
+#else
+        /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */
+        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){}
+#endif
+        if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
+        /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
+        exp = 0;
+        if( realvalue>0.0 ){
+          while( realvalue>=1e32 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-32; exp+=32; }
+          while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; }
+          while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
+          while( realvalue<1e-8 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
+          while( realvalue<1.0 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
+          if( exp>350 || exp<-350 ){
+            bufpt = "NaN";
+            length = 3;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        /*
+        ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
+        ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
+        */
+        flag_exp = xtype==etEXP;
+        if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
+          realvalue += rounder;
+          if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
+        }
+        if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
+          flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
+          if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
+            xtype = etEXP;
+          }else{
+            precision = precision - exp;
+            xtype = etFLOAT;
+          }
+        }else{
+          flag_rtz = 0;
+        }
+        if( xtype==etEXP ){
+          e2 = 0;
+        }else{
+          e2 = exp;
+        }
+        nsd = 0;
+        flag_dp = (precision>0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
+        /* The sign in front of the number */
+        if( prefix ){
+          *(bufpt++) = prefix;
+        }
+        /* Digits prior to the decimal point */
+        if( e2<0 ){
+          *(bufpt++) = '0';
+        }else{
+          for(; e2>=0; e2--){
+            *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+          }
+        }
+        /* The decimal point */
+        if( flag_dp ){
+          *(bufpt++) = '.';
+        }
+        /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first
+        ** significant digit of the number */
+        for(e2++; e2<0 && precision>0; precision--, e2++){
+          *(bufpt++) = '0';
+        }
+        /* Significant digits after the decimal point */
+        while( (precision--)>0 ){
+          *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+        }
+        /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */
+        if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){
+          while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0;
+          assert( bufpt>buf );
+          if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){
+            if( flag_altform2 ){
+              *(bufpt++) = '0';
+            }else{
+              *(--bufpt) = 0;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */
+        if( flag_exp || (xtype==etEXP && exp) ){
+          *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
+          if( exp<0 ){
+            *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp;
+          }else{
+            *(bufpt++) = '+';
+          }
+          if( exp>=100 ){
+            *(bufpt++) = (exp/100)+'0';                /* 100's digit */
+            exp %= 100;
+          }
+          *(bufpt++) = exp/10+'0';                     /* 10's digit */
+          *(bufpt++) = exp%10+'0';                     /* 1's digit */
+        }
+        *bufpt = 0;
+
+        /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
+        ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
+        ** integer conversions. */
+        length = bufpt-buf;
+        bufpt = buf;
+
+        /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
+        ** set and we are not left justified */
+        if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
+          int i;
+          int nPad = width - length;
+          for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
+            bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
+          }
+          i = prefix!=0;
+          while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
+          length = width;
+        }
+#endif
+        break;
+      case etSIZE:
+        *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = count;
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      case etPERCENT:
+        buf[0] = '%';
+        bufpt = buf;
+        length = 1;
+        break;
+      case etCHARLIT:
+      case etCHARX:
+        c = buf[0] = (xtype==etCHARX ? va_arg(ap,int) : *++fmt);
+        if( precision>=0 ){
+          for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = c;
+          length = precision;
+        }else{
+          length =1;
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        break;
+      case etSTRING:
+      case etDYNSTRING:
+        bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
+        if( bufpt==0 ){
+          bufpt = "";
+        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
+          zExtra = bufpt;
+        }
+        length = strlen(bufpt);
+        if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision;
+        break;
+      case etSQLESCAPE:
+      case etSQLESCAPE2: {
+        int i, j, n, ch, isnull;
+        int needQuote;
+        char *escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
+        isnull = escarg==0;
+        if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
+        for(i=n=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){
+          if( ch=='\'' )  n++;
+        }
+        needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
+        n += i + 1 + needQuote*2;
+        if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
+          bufpt = zExtra = sqliteMalloc( n );
+          if( bufpt==0 ) return -1;
+        }else{
+          bufpt = buf;
+        }
+        j = 0;
+        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = '\'';
+        for(i=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){
+          bufpt[j++] = ch;
+          if( ch=='\'' ) bufpt[j++] = ch;
+        }
+        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = '\'';
+        bufpt[j] = 0;
+        length = j;
+        /* The precision is ignored on %q and %Q */
+        /* if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
+        break;
+      }
+      case etTOKEN: {
+        Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
+        if( pToken && pToken->z ){
+          (*func)(arg, (char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
+        }
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      case etSRCLIST: {
+        SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
+        int k = va_arg(ap, int);
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
+        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
+        if( pItem->zDatabase && pItem->zDatabase[0] ){
+          (*func)(arg, pItem->zDatabase, strlen(pItem->zDatabase));
+          (*func)(arg, ".", 1);
+        }
+        (*func)(arg, pItem->zName, strlen(pItem->zName));
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+    }/* End switch over the format type */
+    /*
+    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
+    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
+    ** the output.
+    */
+    if( !flag_leftjustify ){
+      register int nspace;
+      nspace = width-length;
+      if( nspace>0 ){
+        count += nspace;
+        while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){
+          (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE);
+          nspace -= etSPACESIZE;
+        }
+        if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace);
+      }
+    }
+    if( length>0 ){
+      (*func)(arg,bufpt,length);
+      count += length;
+    }
+    if( flag_leftjustify ){
+      register int nspace;
+      nspace = width-length;
+      if( nspace>0 ){
+        count += nspace;
+        while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){
+          (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE);
+          nspace -= etSPACESIZE;
+        }
+        if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace);
+      }
+    }
+    if( zExtra ){
+      sqliteFree(zExtra);
+    }
+  }/* End for loop over the format string */
+  return errorflag ? -1 : count;
+} /* End of function */
+
+
+/* This structure is used to store state information about the
+** write to memory that is currently in progress.
+*/
+struct sgMprintf {
+  char *zBase;     /* A base allocation */
+  char *zText;     /* The string collected so far */
+  int  nChar;      /* Length of the string so far */
+  int  nTotal;     /* Output size if unconstrained */
+  int  nAlloc;     /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Function used to realloc memory */
+};
+
+/* 
+** This function implements the callback from vxprintf. 
+**
+** This routine add nNewChar characters of text in zNewText to
+** the sgMprintf structure pointed to by "arg".
+*/
+static void mout(void *arg, const char *zNewText, int nNewChar){
+  struct sgMprintf *pM = (struct sgMprintf*)arg;
+  pM->nTotal += nNewChar;
+  if( pM->nChar + nNewChar + 1 > pM->nAlloc ){
+    if( pM->xRealloc==0 ){
+      nNewChar =  pM->nAlloc - pM->nChar - 1;
+    }else{
+      pM->nAlloc = pM->nChar + nNewChar*2 + 1;
+      if( pM->zText==pM->zBase ){
+        pM->zText = pM->xRealloc(0, pM->nAlloc);
+        if( pM->zText && pM->nChar ){
+          memcpy(pM->zText, pM->zBase, pM->nChar);
+        }
+      }else{
+        char *zNew;
+        zNew = pM->xRealloc(pM->zText, pM->nAlloc);
+        if( zNew ){
+          pM->zText = zNew;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( pM->zText ){
+    if( nNewChar>0 ){
+      memcpy(&pM->zText[pM->nChar], zNewText, nNewChar);
+      pM->nChar += nNewChar;
+    }
+    pM->zText[pM->nChar] = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a wrapper around xprintf() that invokes mout() as
+** the consumer.  
+*/
+static char *base_vprintf(
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int),   /* Routine to realloc memory. May be NULL */
+  int useInternal,                /* Use internal %-conversions if true */
+  char *zInitBuf,                 /* Initially write here, before mallocing */
+  int nInitBuf,                   /* Size of zInitBuf[] */
+  const char *zFormat,            /* format string */
+  va_list ap                      /* arguments */
+){
+  struct sgMprintf sM;
+  sM.zBase = sM.zText = zInitBuf;
+  sM.nChar = sM.nTotal = 0;
+  sM.nAlloc = nInitBuf;
+  sM.xRealloc = xRealloc;
+  vxprintf(mout, &sM, useInternal, zFormat, ap);
+  if( xRealloc ){
+    if( sM.zText==sM.zBase ){
+      sM.zText = xRealloc(0, sM.nChar+1);
+      if( sM.zText ){
+        memcpy(sM.zText, sM.zBase, sM.nChar+1);
+      }
+    }else if( sM.nAlloc>sM.nChar+10 ){
+      char *zNew = xRealloc(sM.zText, sM.nChar+1);
+      if( zNew ){
+        sM.zText = zNew;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return sM.zText;
+}
+
+/*
+** Realloc that is a real function, not a macro.
+*/
+static void *printf_realloc(void *old, int size){
+  return sqliteRealloc(old,size);
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+char *sqlite3VMPrintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
+  return base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+char *sqlite3MPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  Omit the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
+  return base_vprintf(sqlite3_realloc, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()().  Omit the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = base_vprintf(sqlite3_realloc, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
+** current locale settings.  This is important for SQLite because we
+** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
+** specified by some locales.
+*/
+char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  char *z;
+  va_list ap;
+
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  z = base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, n, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
+** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
+** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
+*/
+void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  extern int getpid(void);
+  va_list ap;
+  char zBuf[500];
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  fprintf(stdout,"%d: %s", getpid(), zBuf);
+  fflush(stdout);
+}
+#endif

libs/sqlite/src/random.c

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
+** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
+**
+** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
+** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
+**
+** $Id: random.c,v 1.15 2006/01/06 14:32:20 drh Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+
+
+/*
+** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG.  The Mutex
+** must be held while executing this routine.
+**
+** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this?
+** Because the OP_NewRowid opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very
+** good source of random numbers.  The lrand48() library function may
+** well be good enough.  But maybe not.  Or maybe lrand48() has some
+** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems.  It is hard
+** to know.  To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48()
+** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based
+** on RC4, which we know works very well.
+**
+** (Later):  Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of
+** randomness any more.  But we will leave this code in all the same.
+*/
+static int randomByte(){
+  unsigned char t;
+
+  /* All threads share a single random number generator.
+  ** This structure is the current state of the generator.
+  */
+  static struct {
+    unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
+    unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
+    unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
+  } prng;
+
+  /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
+  ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
+  ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
+  ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
+  **
+  ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
+  ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
+  ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
+  */
+  if( !prng.isInit ){
+    int i;
+    char k[256];
+    prng.j = 0;
+    prng.i = 0;
+    sqlite3OsRandomSeed(k);
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      prng.s[i] = i;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      prng.j += prng.s[i] + k[i];
+      t = prng.s[prng.j];
+      prng.s[prng.j] = prng.s[i];
+      prng.s[i] = t;
+    }
+    prng.isInit = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate and return single random byte
+  */
+  prng.i++;
+  t = prng.s[prng.i];
+  prng.j += t;
+  prng.s[prng.i] = prng.s[prng.j];
+  prng.s[prng.j] = t;
+  t += prng.s[prng.i];
+  return prng.s[t];
+}
+
+/*
+** Return N random bytes.
+*/
+void sqlite3Randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
+  unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  while( N-- ){
+    *(zBuf++) = randomByte();
+  }
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+}

libs/sqlite/src/sqlite3ext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+/*
+** 2006 June 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
+** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
+** an SQLite instance.  Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
+** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of 
+** sqlite3.h.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: sqlite3ext.h,v 1.7 2006/09/22 23:38:21 shess Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_
+#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
+
+/*
+** The following structure hold pointers to all of the SQLite API
+** routines.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_api_routines {
+  void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
+  int  (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int  (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
+  int  (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int  (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64);
+  int  (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  int  (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName);
+  const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  int  (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
+  int  (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms);
+  int  (*changes)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*close)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*));
+  int  (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*));
+  const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i);
+  const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  double  (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  sqlite_int64  (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*);
+  int  (*complete)(const char*sql);
+  int  (*complete16)(const void*sql);
+  int  (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
+  int  (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
+  int  (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
+  int  (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
+  int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*);
+  int  (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int  (*enable_shared_cache)(int);
+  int  (*errcode)(sqlite3*db);
+  const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*);
+  const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**);
+  int  (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  void  (*free)(void*);
+  void  (*free_table)(char**result);
+  int  (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*);
+  void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  int  (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**);
+  int  (*global_recover)(void);
+  void  (*interrupt)(sqlite3*);
+  sqlite_int64  (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*);
+  const char * (*libversion)(void);
+  int  (*libversion_number)(void);
+  void *(*malloc)(int);
+  char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...);
+  int  (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**);
+  int  (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**);
+  int  (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+  int  (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
+  void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*);
+  void  (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*);
+  void *(*realloc)(void*,int);
+  int  (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  void  (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double);
+  void  (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int);
+  void  (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int);
+  void  (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  void  (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64);
+  void  (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*);
+  void  (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*);
+  void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*);
+  int  (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),void*);
+  void  (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*));
+  char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...);
+  int  (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*);
+  void  (*thread_cleanup)(void);
+  int  (*total_changes)(sqlite3*);
+  void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*);
+  int  (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*);
+  void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,sqlite_int64),void*);
+  void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*);
+  const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*);
+  double  (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*);
+  sqlite_int64  (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*);
+  char * (*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list);
+  int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+};
+
+/*
+** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
+** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure.
+**
+** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
+** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
+** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
+** definition.  But the main library does not want to redefine
+** the API.  So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
+** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+#define sqlite3_aggregate_context      sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
+#define sqlite3_aggregate_count        sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
+#define sqlite3_bind_blob              sqlite3_api->bind_blob
+#define sqlite3_bind_double            sqlite3_api->bind_double
+#define sqlite3_bind_int               sqlite3_api->bind_int
+#define sqlite3_bind_int64             sqlite3_api->bind_int64
+#define sqlite3_bind_null              sqlite3_api->bind_null
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name    sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name
+#define sqlite3_bind_text              sqlite3_api->bind_text
+#define sqlite3_bind_text16            sqlite3_api->bind_text16
+#define sqlite3_bind_value             sqlite3_api->bind_value
+#define sqlite3_busy_handler           sqlite3_api->busy_handler
+#define sqlite3_busy_timeout           sqlite3_api->busy_timeout
+#define sqlite3_changes                sqlite3_api->changes
+#define sqlite3_close                  sqlite3_api->close
+#define sqlite3_collation_needed       sqlite3_api->collation_needed
+#define sqlite3_collation_needed16     sqlite3_api->collation_needed16
+#define sqlite3_column_blob            sqlite3_api->column_blob
+#define sqlite3_column_bytes           sqlite3_api->column_bytes
+#define sqlite3_column_bytes16         sqlite3_api->column_bytes16
+#define sqlite3_column_count           sqlite3_api->column_count
+#define sqlite3_column_database_name   sqlite3_api->column_database_name
+#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_decltype        sqlite3_api->column_decltype
+#define sqlite3_column_decltype16      sqlite3_api->column_decltype16
+#define sqlite3_column_double          sqlite3_api->column_double
+#define sqlite3_column_int             sqlite3_api->column_int
+#define sqlite3_column_int64           sqlite3_api->column_int64
+#define sqlite3_column_name            sqlite3_api->column_name
+#define sqlite3_column_name16          sqlite3_api->column_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_origin_name     sqlite3_api->column_origin_name
+#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_table_name      sqlite3_api->column_table_name
+#define sqlite3_column_table_name16    sqlite3_api->column_table_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_text            sqlite3_api->column_text
+#define sqlite3_column_text16          sqlite3_api->column_text16
+#define sqlite3_column_type            sqlite3_api->column_type
+#define sqlite3_column_value           sqlite3_api->column_value
+#define sqlite3_commit_hook            sqlite3_api->commit_hook
+#define sqlite3_complete               sqlite3_api->complete
+#define sqlite3_complete16             sqlite3_api->complete16
+#define sqlite3_create_collation       sqlite3_api->create_collation
+#define sqlite3_create_collation16     sqlite3_api->create_collation16
+#define sqlite3_create_function        sqlite3_api->create_function
+#define sqlite3_create_function16      sqlite3_api->create_function16
+#define sqlite3_create_module          sqlite3_api->create_module
+#define sqlite3_data_count             sqlite3_api->data_count
+#define sqlite3_db_handle              sqlite3_api->db_handle
+#define sqlite3_declare_vtab           sqlite3_api->declare_vtab
+#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache    sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache
+#define sqlite3_errcode                sqlite3_api->errcode
+#define sqlite3_errmsg                 sqlite3_api->errmsg
+#define sqlite3_errmsg16               sqlite3_api->errmsg16
+#define sqlite3_exec                   sqlite3_api->exec
+#define sqlite3_expired                sqlite3_api->expired
+#define sqlite3_finalize               sqlite3_api->finalize
+#define sqlite3_free                   sqlite3_api->free
+#define sqlite3_free_table             sqlite3_api->free_table
+#define sqlite3_get_autocommit         sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
+#define sqlite3_get_auxdata            sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
+#define sqlite3_get_table              sqlite3_api->get_table
+#define sqlite3_global_recover         sqlite3_api->global_recover
+#define sqlite3_interrupt              sqlite3_api->interrupt
+#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid      sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
+#define sqlite3_libversion             sqlite3_api->libversion
+#define sqlite3_libversion_number      sqlite3_api->libversion_number
+#define sqlite3_malloc                 sqlite3_api->malloc
+#define sqlite3_mprintf                sqlite3_api->mprintf
+#define sqlite3_open                   sqlite3_api->open
+#define sqlite3_open16                 sqlite3_api->open16
+#define sqlite3_prepare                sqlite3_api->prepare
+#define sqlite3_prepare16              sqlite3_api->prepare16
+#define sqlite3_profile                sqlite3_api->profile
+#define sqlite3_progress_handler       sqlite3_api->progress_handler
+#define sqlite3_realloc                sqlite3_api->realloc
+#define sqlite3_reset                  sqlite3_api->reset
+#define sqlite3_result_blob            sqlite3_api->result_blob
+#define sqlite3_result_double          sqlite3_api->result_double
+#define sqlite3_result_error           sqlite3_api->result_error
+#define sqlite3_result_error16         sqlite3_api->result_error16
+#define sqlite3_result_int             sqlite3_api->result_int
+#define sqlite3_result_int64           sqlite3_api->result_int64
+#define sqlite3_result_null            sqlite3_api->result_null
+#define sqlite3_result_text            sqlite3_api->result_text
+#define sqlite3_result_text16          sqlite3_api->result_text16
+#define sqlite3_result_text16be        sqlite3_api->result_text16be
+#define sqlite3_result_text16le        sqlite3_api->result_text16le
+#define sqlite3_result_value           sqlite3_api->result_value
+#define sqlite3_rollback_hook          sqlite3_api->rollback_hook
+#define sqlite3_set_authorizer         sqlite3_api->set_authorizer
+#define sqlite3_set_auxdata            sqlite3_api->set_auxdata
+#define sqlite3_snprintf               sqlite3_api->snprintf
+#define sqlite3_step                   sqlite3_api->step
+#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata
+#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup         sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
+#define sqlite3_total_changes          sqlite3_api->total_changes
+#define sqlite3_trace                  sqlite3_api->trace
+#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings      sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
+#define sqlite3_update_hook            sqlite3_api->update_hook
+#define sqlite3_user_data              sqlite3_api->user_data
+#define sqlite3_value_blob             sqlite3_api->value_blob
+#define sqlite3_value_bytes            sqlite3_api->value_bytes
+#define sqlite3_value_bytes16          sqlite3_api->value_bytes16
+#define sqlite3_value_double           sqlite3_api->value_double
+#define sqlite3_value_int              sqlite3_api->value_int
+#define sqlite3_value_int64            sqlite3_api->value_int64
+#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type     sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type
+#define sqlite3_value_text             sqlite3_api->value_text
+#define sqlite3_value_text16           sqlite3_api->value_text16
+#define sqlite3_value_text16be         sqlite3_api->value_text16be
+#define sqlite3_value_text16le         sqlite3_api->value_text16le
+#define sqlite3_value_type             sqlite3_api->value_type
+#define sqlite3_vmprintf               sqlite3_api->vmprintf
+#define sqlite3_overload_function      sqlite3_api->overload_function
+#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */
+
+#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api;
+#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api = v;
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */

libs/sqlite/src/table.c

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
+** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
+** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
+**
+** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
+** if they are not used.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
+** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
+*/
+typedef struct TabResult {
+  char **azResult;
+  char *zErrMsg;
+  int nResult;
+  int nAlloc;
+  int nRow;
+  int nColumn;
+  int nData;
+  int rc;
+} TabResult;
+
+/*
+** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
+** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
+** memory as necessary.
+*/
+static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
+  TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg;
+  int need;
+  int i;
+  char *z;
+
+  /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
+  ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
+    need = nCol*2;
+  }else{
+    need = nCol;
+  }
+  if( p->nData + need >= p->nAlloc ){
+    char **azNew;
+    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need + 1;
+    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
+    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+    p->azResult = azNew;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
+  ** the names of all columns.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 ){
+    p->nColumn = nCol;
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      if( colv[i]==0 ){
+        z = sqlite3_mprintf("");
+      }else{
+        z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]);
+      }
+      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+    }
+  }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg,
+       "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries",
+       (char*)0);
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy over the row data
+  */
+  if( argv!=0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      if( argv[i]==0 ){
+        z = 0;
+      }else{
+        z = sqlite3_malloc( strlen(argv[i])+1 );
+        if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+        strcpy(z, argv[i]);
+      }
+      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+    }
+    p->nRow++;
+  }
+  return 0;
+
+malloc_failed:
+  p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the database.  But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
+** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
+** at the conclusion of the call.
+**
+** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
+** from malloc().  But the caller cannot free this memory directly.  
+** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
+** the calling procedure is finished using it.
+*/
+int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  char ***pazResult,          /* Write the result table here */
+  int *pnRow,                 /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
+  int *pnColumn,              /* Write the number of columns of result here */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  TabResult res;
+  if( pazResult==0 ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; }
+  *pazResult = 0;
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
+  res.zErrMsg = 0;
+  res.nResult = 0;
+  res.nRow = 0;
+  res.nColumn = 0;
+  res.nData = 1;
+  res.nAlloc = 20;
+  res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
+  if( res.azResult==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  res.azResult[0] = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
+  if( res.azResult ){
+    assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) );
+    res.azResult[0] = (char*)res.nData;
+  }
+  if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    if( res.zErrMsg ){
+      if( pzErrMsg ){
+        sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
+      }
+      sqliteFree(res.zErrMsg);
+    }
+    db->errCode = res.rc;
+    return res.rc & db->errMask;
+  }
+  sqliteFree(res.zErrMsg);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    return rc & db->errMask;
+  }
+  if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
+    char **azNew;
+    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*(res.nData+1) );
+    if( azNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    res.nAlloc = res.nData+1;
+    res.azResult = azNew;
+  }
+  *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
+  return rc & db->errMask;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
+*/
+void sqlite3_free_table(
+  char **azResult            /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */
+){
+  if( azResult ){
+    int i, n;
+    azResult--;
+    if( azResult==0 ) return;
+    n = (int)azResult[0];
+    for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); }
+    sqlite3_free(azResult);
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */

libs/sqlite/src/test2.c

@@ -0,0 +1,606 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Code for testing the pager.c module in SQLite.  This code
+** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
+** testing of the SQLite library.
+**
+** $Id: test2.c,v 1.39 2006/01/06 14:32:20 drh Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "pager.h"
+#include "tcl.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+** Interpret an SQLite error number
+*/
+static char *errorName(int rc){
+  char *zName;
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_OK:         zName = "SQLITE_OK";          break;
+    case SQLITE_ERROR:      zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";       break;
+    case SQLITE_PERM:       zName = "SQLITE_PERM";        break;
+    case SQLITE_ABORT:      zName = "SQLITE_ABORT";       break;
+    case SQLITE_BUSY:       zName = "SQLITE_BUSY";        break;
+    case SQLITE_NOMEM:      zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM";       break;
+    case SQLITE_READONLY:   zName = "SQLITE_READONLY";    break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT";   break;
+    case SQLITE_IOERR:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR";       break;
+    case SQLITE_CORRUPT:    zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT";     break;
+    case SQLITE_FULL:       zName = "SQLITE_FULL";        break;
+    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN";    break;
+    case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:   zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL";    break;
+    case SQLITE_EMPTY:      zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY";       break;
+    case SQLITE_SCHEMA:     zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA";      break;
+    case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT";  break;
+    case SQLITE_MISMATCH:   zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH";    break;
+    case SQLITE_MISUSE:     zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE";      break;
+    case SQLITE_NOLFS:      zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS";       break;
+    default:                zName = "SQLITE_Unknown";     break;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+
+/*
+** Page size and reserved size used for testing.
+*/
+static int test_pagesize = 1024;
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_open FILENAME N-PAGE
+**
+** Open a new pager
+*/
+static int pager_open(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int nPage;
+  int rc;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " FILENAME N-PAGE\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &nPage) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_open(&pPager, argv[1], 0, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3pager_set_cachesize(pPager, nPage);
+  sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(pPager, test_pagesize);
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%p",pPager);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_close ID
+**
+** Close the given pager.
+*/
+static int pager_close(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_close(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_rollback ID
+**
+** Rollback changes
+*/
+static int pager_rollback(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_commit ID
+**
+** Commit all changes
+*/
+static int pager_commit(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_commit(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_stmt_begin ID
+**
+** Start a new checkpoint.
+*/
+static int pager_stmt_begin(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_stmt_rollback ID
+**
+** Rollback changes to a checkpoint
+*/
+static int pager_stmt_rollback(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_rollback(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_stmt_commit ID
+**
+** Commit changes to a checkpoint
+*/
+static int pager_stmt_commit(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_stats ID
+**
+** Return pager statistics.
+*/
+static int pager_stats(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int i, *a;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  a = sqlite3pager_stats(pPager);
+  for(i=0; i<9; i++){
+    static char *zName[] = {
+      "ref", "page", "max", "size", "state", "err",
+      "hit", "miss", "ovfl",
+    };
+    char zBuf[100];
+    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zName[i]);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%d",a[i]);
+    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_pagecount ID
+**
+** Return the size of the database file.
+*/
+static int pager_pagecount(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%d",sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPager));
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   page_get ID PGNO
+**
+** Return a pointer to a page from the database.
+*/
+static int page_get(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  void *pPage;
+  int pgno;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID PGNO\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &pgno) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_get(pPager, pgno, &pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%p",pPage);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   page_lookup ID PGNO
+**
+** Return a pointer to a page if the page is already in cache.
+** If not in cache, return an empty string.
+*/
+static int page_lookup(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  void *pPage;
+  int pgno;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID PGNO\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &pgno) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  pPage = sqlite3pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  if( pPage ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%p",pPage);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_truncate ID PGNO
+*/
+static int pager_truncate(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+  int pgno;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID PGNO\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &pgno) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_truncate(pPager, pgno);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Usage:   page_unref PAGE
+**
+** Drop a pointer to a page.
+*/
+static int page_unref(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  void *pPage;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " PAGE\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPage = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   page_read PAGE
+**
+** Return the content of a page
+*/
+static int page_read(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  char zBuf[100];
+  void *pPage;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " PAGE\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPage = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  memcpy(zBuf, pPage, sizeof(zBuf));
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   page_number PAGE
+**
+** Return the page number for a page.
+*/
+static int page_number(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  char zBuf[100];
+  void *pPage;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " PAGE\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPage = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage));
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   page_write PAGE DATA
+**
+** Write something into a page.
+*/
+static int page_write(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  void *pPage;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " PAGE DATA\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPage = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  strncpy((char*)pPage, argv[2], test_pagesize-1);
+  ((char*)pPage)[test_pagesize-1] = 0;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+/*
+** Usage:   fake_big_file  N  FILENAME
+**
+** Write a few bytes at the N megabyte point of FILENAME.  This will
+** create a large file.  If the file was a valid SQLite database, then
+** the next time the database is opened, SQLite will begin allocating
+** new pages after N.  If N is 2096 or bigger, this will test the
+** ability of SQLite to write to large files.
+*/
+static int fake_big_file(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int n;
+  i64 offset;
+  OsFile *fd = 0;
+  int readOnly = 0;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " N-MEGABYTES FILE\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(argv[2], &fd, &readOnly);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "open failed: ", errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  offset = n;
+  offset *= 1024*1024;
+  rc = sqlite3OsSeek(fd, offset);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "seek failed: ", errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(fd, "Hello, World!", 14);
+  sqlite3OsClose(&fd);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "write failed: ", errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Sqlitetest2_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+  extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
+  extern int sqlite3_diskfull_pending;
+  extern int sqlite3_diskfull;
+  static struct {
+    char *zName;
+    Tcl_CmdProc *xProc;
+  } aCmd[] = {
+    { "pager_open",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_open          },
+    { "pager_close",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_close         },
+    { "pager_commit",            (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_commit        },
+    { "pager_rollback",          (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_rollback      },
+    { "pager_stmt_begin",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_stmt_begin    },
+    { "pager_stmt_commit",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_stmt_commit   },
+    { "pager_stmt_rollback",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_stmt_rollback },
+    { "pager_stats",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_stats         },
+    { "pager_pagecount",         (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_pagecount     },
+    { "page_get",                (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_get            },
+    { "page_lookup",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_lookup         },
+    { "page_unref",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_unref          },
+    { "page_read",               (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_read           },
+    { "page_write",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_write          },
+    { "page_number",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_number         },
+    { "pager_truncate",          (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_truncate      },
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+    { "fake_big_file",           (Tcl_CmdProc*)fake_big_file       },
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
+    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_io_error_pending",
+     (char*)&sqlite3_io_error_pending, TCL_LINK_INT);
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_io_error_hit",
+     (char*)&sqlite3_io_error_hit, TCL_LINK_INT);
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_diskfull_pending",
+     (char*)&sqlite3_diskfull_pending, TCL_LINK_INT);
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_diskfull",
+     (char*)&sqlite3_diskfull, TCL_LINK_INT);
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_pending_byte",
+     (char*)&sqlite3_pending_byte, TCL_LINK_INT);
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "pager_pagesize",
+     (char*)&test_pagesize, TCL_LINK_INT);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}

libs/sqlite/src/test4.c

@@ -0,0 +1,717 @@
+/*
+** 2003 December 18
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Code for testing the the SQLite library in a multithreaded environment.
+**
+** $Id: test4.c,v 1.17 2006/02/23 21:43:56 drh Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "tcl.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#if defined(OS_UNIX) && OS_UNIX==1 && defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE==1
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <sched.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** Each thread is controlled by an instance of the following
+** structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Thread Thread;
+struct Thread {
+  /* The first group of fields are writable by the master and read-only
+  ** to the thread. */
+  char *zFilename;       /* Name of database file */
+  void (*xOp)(Thread*);  /* next operation to do */
+  char *zArg;            /* argument usable by xOp */
+  int opnum;             /* Operation number */
+  int busy;              /* True if this thread is in use */
+
+  /* The next group of fields are writable by the thread but read-only to the
+  ** master. */
+  int completed;        /* Number of operations completed */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* Open database */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* Pending operation */
+  char *zErr;           /* operation error */
+  char *zStaticErr;     /* Static error message */
+  int rc;               /* operation return code */
+  int argc;             /* number of columns in result */
+  const char *argv[100];    /* result columns */
+  const char *colv[100];    /* result column names */
+};
+
+/*
+** There can be as many as 26 threads running at once.  Each is named
+** by a capital letter: A, B, C, ..., Y, Z.
+*/
+#define N_THREAD 26
+static Thread threadset[N_THREAD];
+
+
+/*
+** The main loop for a thread.  Threads use busy waiting. 
+*/
+static void *thread_main(void *pArg){
+  Thread *p = (Thread*)pArg;
+  if( p->db ){
+    sqlite3_close(p->db);
+  }
+  sqlite3_open(p->zFilename, &p->db);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(p->db) ){
+    p->zErr = strdup(sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+    sqlite3_close(p->db);
+    p->db = 0;
+  }
+  p->pStmt = 0;
+  p->completed = 1;
+  while( p->opnum<=p->completed ) sched_yield();
+  while( p->xOp ){
+    if( p->zErr && p->zErr!=p->zStaticErr ){
+      sqlite3_free(p->zErr);
+      p->zErr = 0;
+    }
+    (*p->xOp)(p);
+    p->completed++;
+    while( p->opnum<=p->completed ) sched_yield();
+  }
+  if( p->pStmt ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+    p->pStmt = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->db ){
+    sqlite3_close(p->db);
+    p->db = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->zErr && p->zErr!=p->zStaticErr ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->zErr);
+    p->zErr = 0;
+  }
+  p->completed++;
+  sqlite3_thread_cleanup();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a thread ID which is an upper case letter.  Return the index.
+** If the argument is not a valid thread ID put an error message in
+** the interpreter and return -1.
+*/
+static int parse_thread_id(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zArg){
+  if( zArg==0 || zArg[0]==0 || zArg[1]!=0 || !isupper((unsigned char)zArg[0]) ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "thread ID must be an upper case letter", 0);
+    return -1;
+  }
+  return zArg[0] - 'A';
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:    thread_create NAME  FILENAME
+**
+** NAME should be an upper case letter.  Start the thread running with
+** an open connection to the given database.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_create(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  pthread_t x;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID FILENAME", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "thread ", argv[1], " is already running", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  threadset[i].busy = 1;
+  sqliteFree(threadset[i].zFilename);
+  threadset[i].zFilename = sqliteStrDup(argv[2]);
+  threadset[i].opnum = 1;
+  threadset[i].completed = 0;
+  rc = pthread_create(&x, 0, thread_main, &threadset[i]);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create the thread", 0);
+    sqliteFree(threadset[i].zFilename);
+    threadset[i].busy = 0;
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pthread_detach(x);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Wait for a thread to reach its idle state.
+*/
+static void thread_wait(Thread *p){
+  while( p->opnum>p->completed ) sched_yield();
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  thread_wait ID
+**
+** Wait on thread ID to reach its idle state.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_wait(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Stop a thread.
+*/
+static void stop_thread(Thread *p){
+  thread_wait(p);
+  p->xOp = 0;
+  p->opnum++;
+  thread_wait(p);
+  sqliteFree(p->zArg);
+  p->zArg = 0;
+  sqliteFree(p->zFilename);
+  p->zFilename = 0;
+  p->busy = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  thread_halt ID
+**
+** Cause a thread to shut itself down.  Wait for the shutdown to be
+** completed.  If ID is "*" then stop all threads.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_halt(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( argv[1][0]=='*' && argv[1][1]==0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<N_THREAD; i++){
+      if( threadset[i].busy ) stop_thread(&threadset[i]);
+    }
+  }else{
+    i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+    if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+    if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    stop_thread(&threadset[i]);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_argc  ID
+**
+** Wait on the most recent thread_step to complete, then return the
+** number of columns in the result set.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_argc(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  char zBuf[100];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  sprintf(zBuf, "%d", threadset[i].argc);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_argv  ID   N
+**
+** Wait on the most recent thread_step to complete, then return the
+** value of the N-th columns in the result set.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_argv(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  int n;
+
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID N", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  if( n<0 || n>=threadset[i].argc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "column number out of range", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].argv[n], 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_colname  ID   N
+**
+** Wait on the most recent thread_step to complete, then return the
+** name of the N-th columns in the result set.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_colname(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  int n;
+
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID N", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  if( n<0 || n>=threadset[i].argc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "column number out of range", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].colv[n], 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_result  ID
+**
+** Wait on the most recent operation to complete, then return the
+** result code from that operation.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_result(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zName;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  switch( threadset[i].rc ){
+    case SQLITE_OK:         zName = "SQLITE_OK";          break;
+    case SQLITE_ERROR:      zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";       break;
+    case SQLITE_PERM:       zName = "SQLITE_PERM";        break;
+    case SQLITE_ABORT:      zName = "SQLITE_ABORT";       break;
+    case SQLITE_BUSY:       zName = "SQLITE_BUSY";        break;
+    case SQLITE_LOCKED:     zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED";      break;
+    case SQLITE_NOMEM:      zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM";       break;
+    case SQLITE_READONLY:   zName = "SQLITE_READONLY";    break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT";   break;
+    case SQLITE_IOERR:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR";       break;
+    case SQLITE_CORRUPT:    zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT";     break;
+    case SQLITE_FULL:       zName = "SQLITE_FULL";        break;
+    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN";    break;
+    case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:   zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL";    break;
+    case SQLITE_EMPTY:      zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY";       break;
+    case SQLITE_SCHEMA:     zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA";      break;
+    case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT";  break;
+    case SQLITE_MISMATCH:   zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH";    break;
+    case SQLITE_MISUSE:     zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE";      break;
+    case SQLITE_NOLFS:      zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS";       break;
+    case SQLITE_AUTH:       zName = "SQLITE_AUTH";        break;
+    case SQLITE_FORMAT:     zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT";      break;
+    case SQLITE_RANGE:      zName = "SQLITE_RANGE";       break;
+    case SQLITE_ROW:        zName = "SQLITE_ROW";         break;
+    case SQLITE_DONE:       zName = "SQLITE_DONE";        break;
+    default:                zName = "SQLITE_Unknown";     break;
+  }
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zName, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_error  ID
+**
+** Wait on the most recent operation to complete, then return the
+** error string.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_error(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].zErr, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure runs in the thread to compile an SQL statement.
+*/
+static void do_compile(Thread *p){
+  if( p->db==0 ){
+    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no database is open";
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( p->pStmt ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+    p->pStmt = 0;
+  }
+  p->rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, p->zArg, -1, &p->pStmt, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_compile ID SQL
+**
+** Compile a new virtual machine.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_compile(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID SQL", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  threadset[i].xOp = do_compile;
+  sqliteFree(threadset[i].zArg);
+  threadset[i].zArg = sqliteStrDup(argv[2]);
+  threadset[i].opnum++;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure runs in the thread to step the virtual machine.
+*/
+static void do_step(Thread *p){
+  int i;
+  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
+    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no virtual machine available";
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+  p->rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    p->argc = sqlite3_column_count(p->pStmt);
+    for(i=0; i<sqlite3_data_count(p->pStmt); i++){
+      p->argv[i] = (char*)sqlite3_column_text(p->pStmt, i);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<p->argc; i++){
+      p->colv[i] = sqlite3_column_name(p->pStmt, i);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_step ID
+**
+** Advance the virtual machine by one step
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_step(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " IDL", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  threadset[i].xOp = do_step;
+  threadset[i].opnum++;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure runs in the thread to finalize a virtual machine.
+*/
+static void do_finalize(Thread *p){
+  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
+    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no virtual machine available";
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+  p->rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+  p->pStmt = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_finalize ID
+**
+** Finalize the virtual machine.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_finalize(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " IDL", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  threadset[i].xOp = do_finalize;
+  sqliteFree(threadset[i].zArg);
+  threadset[i].zArg = 0;
+  threadset[i].opnum++;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_swap ID ID
+**
+** Interchange the sqlite* pointer between two threads.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_swap(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  sqlite3 *temp;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID1 ID2", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  j = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[2]);
+  if( j<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[j].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[j]);
+  temp = threadset[i].db;
+  threadset[i].db = threadset[j].db;
+  threadset[j].db = temp;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_db_get ID
+**
+** Return the database connection pointer for the given thread.  Then
+** remove the pointer from the thread itself.  Afterwards, the thread
+** can be stopped and the connection can be used by the main thread.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_db_get(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  extern int sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(Tcl_Interp*, char*, void*);
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, threadset[i].db);
+  threadset[i].db = 0;
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, (char*)0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_stmt_get ID
+**
+** Return the database stmt pointer for the given thread.  Then
+** remove the pointer from the thread itself. 
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_stmt_get(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  extern int sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(Tcl_Interp*, char*, void*);
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  sqlite3TestMakePointerStr(interp, zBuf, threadset[i].pStmt);
+  threadset[i].pStmt = 0;
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, (char*)0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Sqlitetest4_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  static struct {
+     char *zName;
+     Tcl_CmdProc *xProc;
+  } aCmd[] = {
+     { "thread_create",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_create     },
+     { "thread_wait",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_wait       },
+     { "thread_halt",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_halt       },
+     { "thread_argc",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_argc       },
+     { "thread_argv",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_argv       },
+     { "thread_colname",    (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_colname    },
+     { "thread_result",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_result     },
+     { "thread_error",      (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_error      },
+     { "thread_compile",    (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_compile    },
+     { "thread_step",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_step       },
+     { "thread_finalize",   (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_finalize   },
+     { "thread_swap",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_swap       },
+     { "thread_db_get",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_db_get     },
+     { "thread_stmt_get",   (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_stmt_get   },
+  };
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
+    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+#else
+int Sqlitetest4_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){ return TCL_OK; }
+#endif /* OS_UNIX */

libs/sqlite/src/test5.c

@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Code for testing the utf.c module in SQLite.  This code
+** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
+** testing of the SQLite library. Specifically, the code in this file
+** is used for testing the SQLite routines for converting between
+** the various supported unicode encodings.
+**
+** $Id: test5.c,v 1.15 2005/12/09 20:21:59 drh Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+#include "os.h"         /* to get SQLITE_BIGENDIAN */
+#include "tcl.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+** The first argument is a TCL UTF-8 string. Return the byte array
+** object with the encoded representation of the string, including
+** the NULL terminator.
+*/
+static int binarize(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  int len;
+  char *bytes;
+  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
+  assert(objc==2);
+
+  bytes = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &len);
+  pRet = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj((u8*)bytes, len+1);
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: test_value_overhead <repeat-count> <do-calls>.
+**
+** This routine is used to test the overhead of calls to
+** sqlite3_value_text(), on a value that contains a UTF-8 string. The idea
+** is to figure out whether or not it is a problem to use sqlite3_value
+** structures with collation sequence functions.
+**
+** If <do-calls> is 0, then the calls to sqlite3_value_text() are not
+** actually made.
+*/
+static int test_value_overhead(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  int do_calls;
+  int repeat_count;
+  int i;
+  Mem val;
+  const char *zVal;
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " <repeat-count> <do-calls>", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &repeat_count) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &do_calls) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  val.flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|MEM_Static;
+  val.z = "hello world";
+  val.type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+  val.enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+
+  for(i=0; i<repeat_count; i++){
+    if( do_calls ){
+      zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(&val);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static u8 name_to_enc(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pObj){
+  struct EncName {
+    char *zName;
+    u8 enc;
+  } encnames[] = {
+    { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 },
+    { "UTF16LE", SQLITE_UTF16LE },
+    { "UTF16BE", SQLITE_UTF16BE },
+    { "UTF16", SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE },
+    { 0, 0 }
+  };
+  struct EncName *pEnc;
+  char *z = Tcl_GetString(pObj);
+  for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, pEnc->zName) ){
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( !pEnc->enc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "No such encoding: ", z, 0);
+  }
+  return pEnc->enc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   test_translate <string/blob> <from enc> <to enc> ?<transient>?
+**
+*/
+static int test_translate(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  u8 enc_from;
+  u8 enc_to;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+
+  char *z;
+  int len;
+  void (*xDel)(void *p) = SQLITE_STATIC;
+
+  if( objc!=4 && objc!=5 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), 
+        " <string/blob> <from enc> <to enc>", 0
+    );
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( objc==5 ){
+    xDel = sqlite3FreeX;
+  }
+
+  enc_from = name_to_enc(interp, objv[2]);
+  if( !enc_from ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  enc_to = name_to_enc(interp, objv[3]);
+  if( !enc_to ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+
+  if( enc_from==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    z = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
+    if( objc==5 ){
+      z = sqliteStrDup(z);
+    }
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, z, enc_from, xDel);
+  }else{
+    z = (char*)Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[1], &len);
+    if( objc==5 ){
+      char *zTmp = z;
+      z = sqliteMalloc(len);
+      memcpy(z, zTmp, len);
+    }
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, z, enc_from, xDel);
+  }
+
+  z = (char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc_to);
+  len = sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, enc_to) + (enc_to==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj((u8*)z, len));
+
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: translate_selftest
+**
+** Call sqlite3utfSelfTest() to run the internal tests for unicode
+** translation. If there is a problem an assert() will fail.
+**/
+void sqlite3utfSelfTest();
+static int test_translate_selftest(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  sqlite3utfSelfTest();
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Sqlitetest5_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  static struct {
+    char *zName;
+    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
+  } aCmd[] = {
+    { "binarize",                (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)binarize },
+    { "test_value_overhead",     (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_value_overhead },
+    { "test_translate",          (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_translate     },
+    { "translate_selftest",      (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_translate_selftest},
+  };
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}

libs/sqlite/src/test6.c

@@ -0,0 +1,554 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that modified the OS layer in order to simulate
+** the effect on the database file of an OS crash or power failure.  This
+** is used to test the ability of SQLite to recover from those situations.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_TEST          /* This file is used for the testing only */
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "tcl.h"
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO  /* This file is a no-op if disk I/O is disabled */
+
+/*
+** crashFile is a subclass of OsFile that is taylored for the
+** crash test module.
+*/
+typedef struct crashFile crashFile;
+struct crashFile {
+  IoMethod const *pMethod; /* Must be first */
+  u8 **apBlk;              /* Array of blocks that have been written to. */
+  int nBlk;                /* Size of apBlock. */
+  i64 offset;              /* Next character to be read from the file */
+  int nMaxWrite;           /* Largest offset written to. */
+  char *zName;             /* File name */
+  OsFile *pBase;           /* The real file */
+  crashFile *pNext;        /* Next in a list of them all */
+};
+
+/*
+** Size of a simulated disk block
+*/
+#define BLOCKSIZE 512
+#define BLOCK_OFFSET(x) ((x) * BLOCKSIZE)
+
+
+/*
+** The following variables control when a simulated crash occurs.
+**
+** If iCrashDelay is non-zero, then zCrashFile contains (full path) name of
+** a file that SQLite will call sqlite3OsSync() on. Each time this happens
+** iCrashDelay is decremented. If iCrashDelay is zero after being
+** decremented, a "crash" occurs during the sync() operation.
+**
+** In other words, a crash occurs the iCrashDelay'th time zCrashFile is
+** synced.
+*/
+static int iCrashDelay = 0;
+static char zCrashFile[500];
+
+/*
+** Set the value of the two crash parameters.
+*/
+static void setCrashParams(int iDelay, char const *zFile){
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  assert( strlen(zFile)<sizeof(zCrashFile) );
+  strcpy(zCrashFile, zFile);
+  iCrashDelay = iDelay;
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** File zPath is being sync()ed. Return non-zero if this should
+** cause a crash.
+*/
+static int crashRequired(char const *zPath){
+  int r;
+  int n;
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  n = strlen(zCrashFile);
+  if( zCrashFile[n-1]=='*' ){
+    n--;
+  }else if( strlen(zPath)>n ){
+    n = strlen(zPath);
+  }
+  r = 0;
+  if( iCrashDelay>0 && strncmp(zPath, zCrashFile, n)==0 ){
+    iCrashDelay--;
+    if( iCrashDelay<=0 ){
+      r = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  return r;
+}
+
+/*
+** A list of all open files.
+*/
+static crashFile *pAllFiles = 0;
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static void initFile(OsFile **pId, char const *zName, OsFile *pBase);
+
+/*
+** Undo the work done by initFile. Delete the OsFile structure
+** and unlink the structure from the pAllFiles list.
+*/
+static void closeFile(crashFile **pId){
+  crashFile *pFile = *pId;
+  if( pFile==pAllFiles ){
+    pAllFiles = pFile->pNext;
+  }else{
+    crashFile *p;
+    for(p=pAllFiles; p->pNext!=pFile; p=p->pNext ){
+      assert( p );
+    }
+    p->pNext = pFile->pNext;
+  }
+  sqliteFree(*pId);
+  *pId = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read block 'blk' off of the real disk file and into the cache of pFile.
+*/
+static int readBlockIntoCache(crashFile *pFile, int blk){
+  if( blk>=pFile->nBlk ){
+    int n = ((pFile->nBlk * 2) + 100 + blk);
+    /* if( pFile->nBlk==0 ){ printf("DIRTY %s\n", pFile->zName); } */
+    pFile->apBlk = (u8 **)sqliteRealloc(pFile->apBlk, n * sizeof(u8*));
+    if( !pFile->apBlk ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memset(&pFile->apBlk[pFile->nBlk], 0, (n - pFile->nBlk)*sizeof(u8*));
+    pFile->nBlk = n;
+  }
+
+  if( !pFile->apBlk[blk] ){
+    i64 filesize;
+    int rc;
+
+    u8 *p = sqliteMalloc(BLOCKSIZE);
+    if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pFile->apBlk[blk] = p;
+
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile->pBase, &filesize);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+    if( BLOCK_OFFSET(blk)<filesize ){
+      int len = BLOCKSIZE;
+      rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pFile->pBase, blk*BLOCKSIZE);
+      if( BLOCK_OFFSET(blk+1)>filesize ){
+        len = filesize - BLOCK_OFFSET(blk);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pFile->pBase, p, len);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the cache of pFile to disk. If crash is non-zero, randomly
+** skip blocks when writing. The cache is deleted before returning.
+*/
+static int writeCache2(crashFile *pFile, int crash){
+  int i;
+  int nMax = pFile->nMaxWrite;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  for(i=0; i<pFile->nBlk; i++){
+    u8 *p = pFile->apBlk[i];
+    if( p ){
+      int skip = 0;
+      int trash = 0;
+      if( crash ){
+        char random;
+        sqlite3Randomness(1, &random);
+        if( random & 0x01 ){
+          if( random & 0x02 ){
+            trash = 1;
+#ifdef TRACE_WRITECACHE
+printf("Trashing block %d of %s\n", i, pFile->zName); 
+#endif
+          }else{
+            skip = 1;
+#ifdef TRACE_WRITECACHE
+printf("Skiping block %d of %s\n", i, pFile->zName); 
+#endif
+          }
+        }else{
+#ifdef TRACE_WRITECACHE
+printf("Writing block %d of %s\n", i, pFile->zName); 
+#endif
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pFile->pBase, BLOCK_OFFSET(i));
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !skip ){
+        int len = BLOCKSIZE;
+        if( BLOCK_OFFSET(i+1)>nMax ){
+          len = nMax-BLOCK_OFFSET(i);
+        }
+        if( len>0 ){
+          if( trash ){
+            sqlite3Randomness(len, p);
+          }
+          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile->pBase, p, len);
+        }
+      }
+      sqliteFree(p);
+    }
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pFile->apBlk);
+  pFile->nBlk = 0;
+  pFile->apBlk = 0;
+  pFile->nMaxWrite = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the cache to disk.
+*/
+static int writeCache(crashFile *pFile){
+  if( pFile->apBlk ){
+    int c = crashRequired(pFile->zName);
+    if( c ){
+      crashFile *p;
+#ifdef TRACE_WRITECACHE
+      printf("\nCrash during sync of %s\n", pFile->zName);
+#endif
+      for(p=pAllFiles; p; p=p->pNext){
+        writeCache2(p, 1);
+      }
+      exit(-1);
+    }else{
+      return writeCache2(pFile, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int crashClose(OsFile **pId){
+  crashFile *pFile = (crashFile*)*pId;
+  if( pFile ){
+    /* printf("CLOSE %s (%d blocks)\n", pFile->zName, pFile->nBlk); */
+    writeCache(pFile);
+    sqlite3OsClose(&pFile->pBase);
+  }
+  closeFile(&pFile);
+  *pId = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int crashSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
+  ((crashFile*)id)->offset = offset;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int crashRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
+  i64 offset;       /* The current offset from the start of the file */
+  i64 end;          /* The byte just past the last byte read */
+  int blk;            /* Block number the read starts on */
+  int i;
+  u8 *zCsr;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  crashFile *pFile = (crashFile*)id;
+
+  offset = pFile->offset;
+  end = offset+amt;
+  blk = (offset/BLOCKSIZE);
+
+  zCsr = (u8 *)pBuf;
+  for(i=blk; i*BLOCKSIZE<end; i++){
+    int off = 0;
+    int len = 0;
+
+
+    if( BLOCK_OFFSET(i) < offset ){
+      off = offset-BLOCK_OFFSET(i);
+    }
+    len = BLOCKSIZE - off;
+    if( BLOCK_OFFSET(i+1) > end ){
+      len = len - (BLOCK_OFFSET(i+1)-end);
+    }
+
+    if( i<pFile->nBlk && pFile->apBlk[i]){
+      u8 *pBlk = pFile->apBlk[i];
+      memcpy(zCsr, &pBlk[off], len);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pFile->pBase, BLOCK_OFFSET(i) + off);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pFile->pBase, zCsr, len);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+
+    zCsr += len;
+  }
+  assert( zCsr==&((u8 *)pBuf)[amt] );
+
+  pFile->offset = end;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int crashWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
+  i64 offset;       /* The current offset from the start of the file */
+  i64 end;          /* The byte just past the last byte written */
+  int blk;            /* Block number the write starts on */
+  int i;
+  const u8 *zCsr;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  crashFile *pFile = (crashFile*)id;
+
+  offset = pFile->offset;
+  end = offset+amt;
+  blk = (offset/BLOCKSIZE);
+
+  zCsr = (u8 *)pBuf;
+  for(i=blk; i*BLOCKSIZE<end; i++){
+    u8 *pBlk;
+    int off = 0;
+    int len = 0;
+
+    /* Make sure the block is in the cache */
+    rc = readBlockIntoCache(pFile, i);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+    /* Write into the cache */
+    pBlk = pFile->apBlk[i];
+    assert( pBlk );
+
+    if( BLOCK_OFFSET(i) < offset ){
+      off = offset-BLOCK_OFFSET(i);
+    }
+    len = BLOCKSIZE - off;
+    if( BLOCK_OFFSET(i+1) > end ){
+      len = len - (BLOCK_OFFSET(i+1)-end);
+    }
+    memcpy(&pBlk[off], zCsr, len);
+    zCsr += len;
+  }
+  if( pFile->nMaxWrite<end ){
+    pFile->nMaxWrite = end;
+  }
+  assert( zCsr==&((u8 *)pBuf)[amt] );
+  pFile->offset = end;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the file. First flush the write-cache to disk, then call the
+** real sync() function.
+*/
+static int crashSync(OsFile *id, int dataOnly){
+  return writeCache((crashFile*)id);
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate the file. Set the internal OsFile.nMaxWrite variable to the new
+** file size to ensure that nothing in the write-cache past this point
+** is written to disk.
+*/
+static int crashTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){
+  crashFile *pFile = (crashFile*)id;
+  pFile->nMaxWrite = nByte;
+  return sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile->pBase, nByte);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the file. If the cache contains a write that extended
+** the file, then return this size instead of the on-disk size.
+*/
+static int crashFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
+  crashFile *pFile = (crashFile*)id;
+  int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile->pBase, pSize);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSize && *pSize<pFile->nMaxWrite ){
+    *pSize = pFile->nMaxWrite;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set this global variable to 1 to enable crash testing.
+*/
+int sqlite3CrashTestEnable = 0;
+
+/*
+** The three functions used to open files. All that is required is to
+** initialise the os_test.c specific fields and then call the corresponding
+** os_unix.c function to really open the file.
+*/
+int sqlite3CrashOpenReadWrite(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId,int *pRdonly){
+  OsFile *pBase = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  sqlite3CrashTestEnable = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(zFilename, &pBase, pRdonly);
+  sqlite3CrashTestEnable = 1;
+  if( !rc ){
+    initFile(pId, zFilename, pBase);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+int sqlite3CrashOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId, int delFlag){
+  OsFile *pBase = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  sqlite3CrashTestEnable = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(zFilename, &pBase, delFlag);
+  sqlite3CrashTestEnable = 1;
+  if( !rc ){
+    initFile(pId, zFilename, pBase);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+int sqlite3CrashOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId, int NotUsed){
+  OsFile *pBase = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  sqlite3CrashTestEnable = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(zFilename, &pBase);
+  sqlite3CrashTestEnable = 1;
+  if( !rc ){
+    initFile(pId, zFilename, pBase);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** OpenDirectory is a no-op
+*/
+static int crashOpenDir(OsFile *id, const char *zName){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locking primitives are passed through into the underlying
+** file descriptor.
+*/
+int crashLock(OsFile *id, int lockType){
+  return sqlite3OsLock(((crashFile*)id)->pBase, lockType);
+}
+int crashUnlock(OsFile *id, int lockType){
+  return sqlite3OsUnlock(((crashFile*)id)->pBase, lockType);
+}
+int crashCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
+  return sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(((crashFile*)id)->pBase);
+}
+void crashSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int setting){
+  return;  /* This is a no-op */
+}
+int crashLockState(OsFile *id){
+  return sqlite3OsLockState(((crashFile*)id)->pBase);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the underlying file handle.
+*/
+int crashFileHandle(OsFile *id){
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  return sqlite3OsFileHandle(((crashFile*)id)->pBase);
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
+** for the crash tester.
+*/
+static const IoMethod crashIoMethod = {
+  crashClose,
+  crashOpenDir,
+  crashRead,
+  crashWrite,
+  crashSeek,
+  crashTruncate,
+  crashSync,
+  crashSetFullSync,
+  crashFileHandle,
+  crashFileSize,
+  crashLock,
+  crashUnlock,
+  crashLockState,
+  crashCheckReservedLock,
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Initialise the os_test.c specific fields of pFile.
+*/
+static void initFile(OsFile **pId, char const *zName, OsFile *pBase){
+  crashFile *pFile = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(crashFile) + strlen(zName)+1);
+  pFile->pMethod = &crashIoMethod;
+  pFile->nMaxWrite = 0; 
+  pFile->offset = 0;
+  pFile->nBlk = 0; 
+  pFile->apBlk = 0; 
+  pFile->zName = (char *)(&pFile[1]);
+  strcpy(pFile->zName, zName);
+  pFile->pBase = pBase;
+  pFile->pNext = pAllFiles;
+  pAllFiles = pFile;
+  *pId = (OsFile*)pFile;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** tclcmd:   sqlite_crashparams DELAY CRASHFILE
+**
+** This procedure implements a TCL command that enables crash testing
+** in testfixture.  Once enabled, crash testing cannot be disabled.
+*/
+static int crashParamsObjCmd(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  int delay;
+  const char *zFile;
+  int nFile;
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DELAY CRASHFILE");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &delay) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  zFile = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &nFile);
+  if( nFile>=sizeof(zCrashFile)-1 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "crash file name too big", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  setCrashParams(delay, zFile);
+  sqlite3CrashTestEnable = 1;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
+
+/*
+** This procedure registers the TCL procedures defined in this file.
+*/
+int Sqlitetest6_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_crashparams", crashParamsObjCmd, 0, 0);
+#endif
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */

libs/sqlite/src/test7.c

@@ -0,0 +1,724 @@
+/*
+** 2006 January 09
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Code for testing the client/server version of the SQLite library.
+** Derived from test4.c.
+**
+** $Id: test7.c,v 1.4 2006/03/22 22:10:08 drh Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "tcl.h"
+#include "os.h"
+
+/*
+** This test only works on UNIX with a THREADSAFE build that includes
+** the SQLITE_SERVER option.
+*/
+#if OS_UNIX && defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE==1 && \
+    defined(SQLITE_SERVER) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <sched.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** Interfaces defined in server.c
+*/
+int sqlite3_client_open(const char*, sqlite3**);
+int sqlite3_client_prepare(sqlite3*,const char*,int,
+                           sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+int sqlite3_client_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
+int sqlite3_client_reset(sqlite3_stmt*);
+int sqlite3_client_finalize(sqlite3_stmt*);
+int sqlite3_client_close(sqlite3*);
+int sqlite3_server_start(void);
+int sqlite3_server_stop(void);
+
+/*
+** Each thread is controlled by an instance of the following
+** structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Thread Thread;
+struct Thread {
+  /* The first group of fields are writable by the supervisor thread
+  ** and read-only to the client threads
+  */
+  char *zFilename;         /* Name of database file */
+  void (*xOp)(Thread*);    /* next operation to do */
+  char *zArg;              /* argument usable by xOp */
+  volatile int opnum;      /* Operation number */
+  volatile int busy;       /* True if this thread is in use */
+
+  /* The next group of fields are writable by the client threads 
+  ** but read-only to the superviser thread.
+  */
+  volatile int completed;  /* Number of operations completed */
+  sqlite3 *db;             /* Open database */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* Pending operation */
+  char *zErr;              /* operation error */
+  char *zStaticErr;        /* Static error message */
+  int rc;                  /* operation return code */
+  int argc;                /* number of columns in result */
+  const char *argv[100];   /* result columns */
+  const char *colv[100];   /* result column names */
+};
+
+/*
+** There can be as many as 26 threads running at once.  Each is named
+** by a capital letter: A, B, C, ..., Y, Z.
+*/
+#define N_THREAD 26
+static Thread threadset[N_THREAD];
+
+/*
+** The main loop for a thread.  Threads use busy waiting. 
+*/
+static void *client_main(void *pArg){
+  Thread *p = (Thread*)pArg;
+  if( p->db ){
+    sqlite3_client_close(p->db);
+  }
+  sqlite3_client_open(p->zFilename, &p->db);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(p->db) ){
+    p->zErr = strdup(sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+    sqlite3_client_close(p->db);
+    p->db = 0;
+  }
+  p->pStmt = 0;
+  p->completed = 1;
+  while( p->opnum<=p->completed ) sched_yield();
+  while( p->xOp ){
+    if( p->zErr && p->zErr!=p->zStaticErr ){
+      sqlite3_free(p->zErr);
+      p->zErr = 0;
+    }
+    (*p->xOp)(p);
+    p->completed++;
+    while( p->opnum<=p->completed ) sched_yield();
+  }
+  if( p->pStmt ){
+    sqlite3_client_finalize(p->pStmt);
+    p->pStmt = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->db ){
+    sqlite3_client_close(p->db);
+    p->db = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->zErr && p->zErr!=p->zStaticErr ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->zErr);
+    p->zErr = 0;
+  }
+  p->completed++;
+  sqlite3_thread_cleanup();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a thread ID which is an upper case letter.  Return the index.
+** If the argument is not a valid thread ID put an error message in
+** the interpreter and return -1.
+*/
+static int parse_client_id(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zArg){
+  if( zArg==0 || zArg[0]==0 || zArg[1]!=0 || !isupper((unsigned char)zArg[0]) ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "thread ID must be an upper case letter", 0);
+    return -1;
+  }
+  return zArg[0] - 'A';
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:    client_create NAME  FILENAME
+**
+** NAME should be an upper case letter.  Start the thread running with
+** an open connection to the given database.
+*/
+static int tcl_client_create(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  pthread_t x;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID FILENAME", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "thread ", argv[1], " is already running", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  threadset[i].busy = 1;
+  sqliteFree(threadset[i].zFilename);
+  threadset[i].zFilename = sqliteStrDup(argv[2]);
+  threadset[i].opnum = 1;
+  threadset[i].completed = 0;
+  rc = pthread_create(&x, 0, client_main, &threadset[i]);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create the thread", 0);
+    sqliteFree(threadset[i].zFilename);
+    threadset[i].busy = 0;
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pthread_detach(x);
+  sqlite3_server_start();
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Wait for a thread to reach its idle state.
+*/
+static void client_wait(Thread *p){
+  while( p->opnum>p->completed ) sched_yield();
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  client_wait ID
+**
+** Wait on thread ID to reach its idle state.
+*/
+static int tcl_client_wait(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Stop a thread.
+*/
+static void stop_thread(Thread *p){
+  client_wait(p);
+  p->xOp = 0;
+  p->opnum++;
+  client_wait(p);
+  sqliteFree(p->zArg);
+  p->zArg = 0;
+  sqliteFree(p->zFilename);
+  p->zFilename = 0;
+  p->busy = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  client_halt ID
+**
+** Cause a client thread to shut itself down.  Wait for the shutdown to be
+** completed.  If ID is "*" then stop all client threads.
+*/
+static int tcl_client_halt(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( argv[1][0]=='*' && argv[1][1]==0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<N_THREAD; i++){
+      if( threadset[i].busy ){
+        stop_thread(&threadset[i]);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
+    if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+    if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    stop_thread(&threadset[i]);
+  }
+
+  /* If no client threads are still running, also stop the server */
+  for(i=0; i<N_THREAD && threadset[i].busy==0; i++){}
+  if( i>=N_THREAD ){
+    sqlite3_server_stop();
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: client_argc  ID
+**
+** Wait on the most recent client_step to complete, then return the
+** number of columns in the result set.
+*/
+static int tcl_client_argc(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  char zBuf[100];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  sprintf(zBuf, "%d", threadset[i].argc);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: client_argv  ID   N
+**
+** Wait on the most recent client_step to complete, then return the
+** value of the N-th columns in the result set.
+*/
+static int tcl_client_argv(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  int n;
+
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID N", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  if( n<0 || n>=threadset[i].argc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "column number out of range", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].argv[n], 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: client_colname  ID   N
+**
+** Wait on the most recent client_step to complete, then return the
+** name of the N-th columns in the result set.
+*/
+static int tcl_client_colname(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  int n;
+
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID N", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  if( n<0 || n>=threadset[i].argc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "column number out of range", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].colv[n], 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: client_result  ID
+**
+** Wait on the most recent operation to complete, then return the
+** result code from that operation.
+*/
+static int tcl_client_result(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zName;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  switch( threadset[i].rc ){
+    case SQLITE_OK:         zName = "SQLITE_OK";          break;
+    case SQLITE_ERROR:      zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";       break;
+    case SQLITE_PERM:       zName = "SQLITE_PERM";        break;
+    case SQLITE_ABORT:      zName = "SQLITE_ABORT";       break;
+    case SQLITE_BUSY:       zName = "SQLITE_BUSY";        break;
+    case SQLITE_LOCKED:     zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED";      break;
+    case SQLITE_NOMEM:      zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM";       break;
+    case SQLITE_READONLY:   zName = "SQLITE_READONLY";    break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT";   break;
+    case SQLITE_IOERR:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR";       break;
+    case SQLITE_CORRUPT:    zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT";     break;
+    case SQLITE_FULL:       zName = "SQLITE_FULL";        break;
+    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN";    break;
+    case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:   zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL";    break;
+    case SQLITE_EMPTY:      zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY";       break;
+    case SQLITE_SCHEMA:     zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA";      break;
+    case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT";  break;
+    case SQLITE_MISMATCH:   zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH";    break;
+    case SQLITE_MISUSE:     zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE";      break;
+    case SQLITE_NOLFS:      zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS";       break;
+    case SQLITE_AUTH:       zName = "SQLITE_AUTH";        break;
+    case SQLITE_FORMAT:     zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT";      break;
+    case SQLITE_RANGE:      zName = "SQLITE_RANGE";       break;
+    case SQLITE_ROW:        zName = "SQLITE_ROW";         break;
+    case SQLITE_DONE:       zName = "SQLITE_DONE";        break;
+    default:                zName = "SQLITE_Unknown";     break;
+  }
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zName, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: client_error  ID
+**
+** Wait on the most recent operation to complete, then return the
+** error string.
+*/
+static int tcl_client_error(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].zErr, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure runs in the thread to compile an SQL statement.
+*/
+static void do_compile(Thread *p){
+  if( p->db==0 ){
+    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no database is open";
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( p->pStmt ){
+    sqlite3_client_finalize(p->pStmt);
+    p->pStmt = 0;
+  }
+  p->rc = sqlite3_client_prepare(p->db, p->zArg, -1, &p->pStmt, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: client_compile ID SQL
+**
+** Compile a new virtual machine.
+*/
+static int tcl_client_compile(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID SQL", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  threadset[i].xOp = do_compile;
+  sqliteFree(threadset[i].zArg);
+  threadset[i].zArg = sqliteStrDup(argv[2]);
+  threadset[i].opnum++;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure runs in the thread to step the virtual machine.
+*/
+static void do_step(Thread *p){
+  int i;
+  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
+    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no virtual machine available";
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+  p->rc = sqlite3_client_step(p->pStmt);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    p->argc = sqlite3_column_count(p->pStmt);
+    for(i=0; i<sqlite3_data_count(p->pStmt); i++){
+      p->argv[i] = (char*)sqlite3_column_text(p->pStmt, i);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<p->argc; i++){
+      p->colv[i] = sqlite3_column_name(p->pStmt, i);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: client_step ID
+**
+** Advance the virtual machine by one step
+*/
+static int tcl_client_step(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " IDL", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  threadset[i].xOp = do_step;
+  threadset[i].opnum++;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure runs in the thread to finalize a virtual machine.
+*/
+static void do_finalize(Thread *p){
+  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
+    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no virtual machine available";
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+  p->rc = sqlite3_client_finalize(p->pStmt);
+  p->pStmt = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: client_finalize ID
+**
+** Finalize the virtual machine.
+*/
+static int tcl_client_finalize(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " IDL", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  threadset[i].xOp = do_finalize;
+  sqliteFree(threadset[i].zArg);
+  threadset[i].zArg = 0;
+  threadset[i].opnum++;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure runs in the thread to reset a virtual machine.
+*/
+static void do_reset(Thread *p){
+  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
+    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no virtual machine available";
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+  p->rc = sqlite3_client_reset(p->pStmt);
+  p->pStmt = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: client_reset ID
+**
+** Finalize the virtual machine.
+*/
+static int tcl_client_reset(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " IDL", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  threadset[i].xOp = do_reset;
+  sqliteFree(threadset[i].zArg);
+  threadset[i].zArg = 0;
+  threadset[i].opnum++;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: client_swap ID ID
+**
+** Interchange the sqlite* pointer between two threads.
+*/
+static int tcl_client_swap(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  sqlite3 *temp;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID1 ID2", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_client_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  client_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  j = parse_client_id(interp, argv[2]);
+  if( j<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[j].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  client_wait(&threadset[j]);
+  temp = threadset[i].db;
+  threadset[i].db = threadset[j].db;
+  threadset[j].db = temp;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Sqlitetest7_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  static struct {
+     char *zName;
+     Tcl_CmdProc *xProc;
+  } aCmd[] = {
+     { "client_create",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_create     },
+     { "client_wait",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_wait       },
+     { "client_halt",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_halt       },
+     { "client_argc",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_argc       },
+     { "client_argv",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_argv       },
+     { "client_colname",    (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_colname    },
+     { "client_result",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_result     },
+     { "client_error",      (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_error      },
+     { "client_compile",    (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_compile    },
+     { "client_step",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_step       },
+     { "client_reset",      (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_reset      },
+     { "client_finalize",   (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_finalize   },
+     { "client_swap",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_client_swap       },
+  };
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
+    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+#else
+int Sqlitetest7_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){ return TCL_OK; }
+#endif /* OS_UNIX */

libs/sqlite/src/test_autoext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*
+** 2006 August 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Test extension for testing the sqlite3_auto_extension() function.
+**
+** $Id: test_autoext.c,v 1.1 2006/08/23 20:07:22 drh Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+#include "tcl.h"
+#include "sqlite3ext.h"
+static SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+
+/*
+** The sqr() SQL function returns the square of its input value.
+*/
+static void sqrFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  double r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+  sqlite3_result_double(context, r*r);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the entry point to register the extension for the sqr() function.
+*/
+static int sqr_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg, 
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
+  sqlite3_create_function(db, "sqr", 1, SQLITE_ANY, 0, sqrFunc, 0, 0);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The cube() SQL function returns the cube of its input value.
+*/
+static void cubeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  double r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+  sqlite3_result_double(context, r*r*r);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the entry point to register the extension for the cube() function.
+*/
+static int cube_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg, 
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
+  sqlite3_create_function(db, "cube", 1, SQLITE_ANY, 0, cubeFunc, 0, 0);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a broken extension entry point
+*/
+static int broken_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg, 
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  char *zErr;
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
+  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("broken autoext!");
+  *pzErrMsg = zErr;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** tclcmd:   sqlite3_auto_extension_sqr
+**
+** Register the "sqr" extension to be loaded automatically.
+*/
+static int autoExtSqrObjCmd(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_auto_extension((void*)sqr_init);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** tclcmd:   sqlite3_auto_extension_cube
+**
+** Register the "cube" extension to be loaded automatically.
+*/
+static int autoExtCubeObjCmd(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_auto_extension((void*)cube_init);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** tclcmd:   sqlite3_auto_extension_broken
+**
+** Register the broken extension to be loaded automatically.
+*/
+static int autoExtBrokenObjCmd(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_auto_extension((void*)broken_init);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** tclcmd:   sqlite3_reset_auto_extension
+**
+** Reset all auto-extensions
+*/
+static int resetAutoExtObjCmd(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_reset_auto_extension();
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+
+/*
+** This procedure registers the TCL procs defined in this file.
+*/
+int Sqlitetest_autoext_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_auto_extension_sqr",
+          autoExtSqrObjCmd, 0, 0);
+  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_auto_extension_cube",
+          autoExtCubeObjCmd, 0, 0);
+  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_auto_extension_broken",
+          autoExtBrokenObjCmd, 0, 0);
+  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3_reset_auto_extension",
+          resetAutoExtObjCmd, 0, 0);
+#endif
+  return TCL_OK;
+}

libs/sqlite/src/test_loadext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+** 2006 June 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Test extension for testing the sqlite3_load_extension() function.
+**
+** $Id: test_loadext.c,v 1.1 2006/06/14 10:38:03 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+#include "sqlite3ext.h"
+SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+
+/*
+** The half() SQL function returns half of its input value.
+*/
+static void halfFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3_result_double(context, 0.5*sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]));
+}
+
+/*
+** Extension load function.
+*/
+int testloadext_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg, 
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
+  sqlite3_create_function(db, "half", 1, SQLITE_ANY, 0, halfFunc, 0, 0);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Another extension entry point. This one always fails.
+*/
+int testbrokenext_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg, 
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  char *zErr;
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
+  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("broken!");
+  *pzErrMsg = zErr;
+  return 1;
+}

libs/sqlite/src/test_md5.c

@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+/*
+** SQLite uses this code for testing only.  It is not a part of
+** the SQLite library.  This file implements two new TCL commands
+** "md5" and "md5file" that compute md5 checksums on arbitrary text
+** and on complete files.  These commands are used by the "testfixture"
+** program to help verify the correct operation of the SQLite library.
+**
+** The original use of these TCL commands was to test the ROLLBACK
+** feature of SQLite.  First compute the MD5-checksum of the database.
+** Then make some changes but rollback the changes rather than commit
+** them.  Compute a second MD5-checksum of the file and verify that the
+** two checksums are the same.  Such is the original use of this code.
+** New uses may have been added since this comment was written.
+*/
+/*
+ * This code implements the MD5 message-digest algorithm.
+ * The algorithm is due to Ron Rivest.  This code was
+ * written by Colin Plumb in 1993, no copyright is claimed.
+ * This code is in the public domain; do with it what you wish.
+ *
+ * Equivalent code is available from RSA Data Security, Inc.
+ * This code has been tested against that, and is equivalent,
+ * except that you don't need to include two pages of legalese
+ * with every copy.
+ *
+ * To compute the message digest of a chunk of bytes, declare an
+ * MD5Context structure, pass it to MD5Init, call MD5Update as
+ * needed on buffers full of bytes, and then call MD5Final, which
+ * will fill a supplied 16-byte array with the digest.
+ */
+#include <tcl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+/*
+ * If compiled on a machine that doesn't have a 32-bit integer,
+ * you just set "uint32" to the appropriate datatype for an
+ * unsigned 32-bit integer.  For example:
+ *
+ *       cc -Duint32='unsigned long' md5.c
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef uint32
+#  define uint32 unsigned int
+#endif
+
+struct Context {
+  int isInit;
+  uint32 buf[4];
+  uint32 bits[2];
+  unsigned char in[64];
+};
+typedef struct Context MD5Context;
+
+/*
+ * Note: this code is harmless on little-endian machines.
+ */
+static void byteReverse (unsigned char *buf, unsigned longs){
+        uint32 t;
+        do {
+                t = (uint32)((unsigned)buf[3]<<8 | buf[2]) << 16 |
+                            ((unsigned)buf[1]<<8 | buf[0]);
+                *(uint32 *)buf = t;
+                buf += 4;
+        } while (--longs);
+}
+/* The four core functions - F1 is optimized somewhat */
+
+/* #define F1(x, y, z) (x & y | ~x & z) */
+#define F1(x, y, z) (z ^ (x & (y ^ z)))
+#define F2(x, y, z) F1(z, x, y)
+#define F3(x, y, z) (x ^ y ^ z)
+#define F4(x, y, z) (y ^ (x | ~z))
+
+/* This is the central step in the MD5 algorithm. */
+#define MD5STEP(f, w, x, y, z, data, s) \
+        ( w += f(x, y, z) + data,  w = w<<s | w>>(32-s),  w += x )
+
+/*
+ * The core of the MD5 algorithm, this alters an existing MD5 hash to
+ * reflect the addition of 16 longwords of new data.  MD5Update blocks
+ * the data and converts bytes into longwords for this routine.
+ */
+static void MD5Transform(uint32 buf[4], const uint32 in[16]){
+        register uint32 a, b, c, d;
+
+        a = buf[0];
+        b = buf[1];
+        c = buf[2];
+        d = buf[3];
+
+        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 0]+0xd76aa478,  7);
+        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 1]+0xe8c7b756, 12);
+        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[ 2]+0x242070db, 17);
+        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[ 3]+0xc1bdceee, 22);
+        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 4]+0xf57c0faf,  7);
+        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 5]+0x4787c62a, 12);
+        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[ 6]+0xa8304613, 17);
+        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[ 7]+0xfd469501, 22);
+        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 8]+0x698098d8,  7);
+        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 9]+0x8b44f7af, 12);
+        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[10]+0xffff5bb1, 17);
+        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[11]+0x895cd7be, 22);
+        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[12]+0x6b901122,  7);
+        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[13]+0xfd987193, 12);
+        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[14]+0xa679438e, 17);
+        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[15]+0x49b40821, 22);
+
+        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 1]+0xf61e2562,  5);
+        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[ 6]+0xc040b340,  9);
+        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[11]+0x265e5a51, 14);
+        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 0]+0xe9b6c7aa, 20);
+        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 5]+0xd62f105d,  5);
+        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[10]+0x02441453,  9);
+        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[15]+0xd8a1e681, 14);
+        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 4]+0xe7d3fbc8, 20);
+        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 9]+0x21e1cde6,  5);
+        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[14]+0xc33707d6,  9);
+        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[ 3]+0xf4d50d87, 14);
+        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 8]+0x455a14ed, 20);
+        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[13]+0xa9e3e905,  5);
+        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[ 2]+0xfcefa3f8,  9);
+        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[ 7]+0x676f02d9, 14);
+        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[12]+0x8d2a4c8a, 20);
+
+        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 5]+0xfffa3942,  4);
+        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 8]+0x8771f681, 11);
+        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[11]+0x6d9d6122, 16);
+        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[14]+0xfde5380c, 23);
+        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 1]+0xa4beea44,  4);
+        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 4]+0x4bdecfa9, 11);
+        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[ 7]+0xf6bb4b60, 16);
+        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[10]+0xbebfbc70, 23);
+        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[13]+0x289b7ec6,  4);
+        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 0]+0xeaa127fa, 11);
+        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[ 3]+0xd4ef3085, 16);
+        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[ 6]+0x04881d05, 23);
+        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 9]+0xd9d4d039,  4);
+        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[12]+0xe6db99e5, 11);
+        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[15]+0x1fa27cf8, 16);
+        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[ 2]+0xc4ac5665, 23);
+
+        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 0]+0xf4292244,  6);
+        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[ 7]+0x432aff97, 10);
+        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[14]+0xab9423a7, 15);
+        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 5]+0xfc93a039, 21);
+        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[12]+0x655b59c3,  6);
+        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[ 3]+0x8f0ccc92, 10);
+        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[10]+0xffeff47d, 15);
+        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 1]+0x85845dd1, 21);
+        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 8]+0x6fa87e4f,  6);
+        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[15]+0xfe2ce6e0, 10);
+        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[ 6]+0xa3014314, 15);
+        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[13]+0x4e0811a1, 21);
+        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 4]+0xf7537e82,  6);
+        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[11]+0xbd3af235, 10);
+        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[ 2]+0x2ad7d2bb, 15);
+        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 9]+0xeb86d391, 21);
+
+        buf[0] += a;
+        buf[1] += b;
+        buf[2] += c;
+        buf[3] += d;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Start MD5 accumulation.  Set bit count to 0 and buffer to mysterious
+ * initialization constants.
+ */
+static void MD5Init(MD5Context *ctx){
+	ctx->isInit = 1;
+        ctx->buf[0] = 0x67452301;
+        ctx->buf[1] = 0xefcdab89;
+        ctx->buf[2] = 0x98badcfe;
+        ctx->buf[3] = 0x10325476;
+        ctx->bits[0] = 0;
+        ctx->bits[1] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Update context to reflect the concatenation of another buffer full
+ * of bytes.
+ */
+static 
+void MD5Update(MD5Context *pCtx, const unsigned char *buf, unsigned int len){
+        struct Context *ctx = (struct Context *)pCtx;
+        uint32 t;
+
+        /* Update bitcount */
+
+        t = ctx->bits[0];
+        if ((ctx->bits[0] = t + ((uint32)len << 3)) < t)
+                ctx->bits[1]++; /* Carry from low to high */
+        ctx->bits[1] += len >> 29;
+
+        t = (t >> 3) & 0x3f;    /* Bytes already in shsInfo->data */
+
+        /* Handle any leading odd-sized chunks */
+
+        if ( t ) {
+                unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)ctx->in + t;
+
+                t = 64-t;
+                if (len < t) {
+                        memcpy(p, buf, len);
+                        return;
+                }
+                memcpy(p, buf, t);
+                byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
+                MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
+                buf += t;
+                len -= t;
+        }
+
+        /* Process data in 64-byte chunks */
+
+        while (len >= 64) {
+                memcpy(ctx->in, buf, 64);
+                byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
+                MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
+                buf += 64;
+                len -= 64;
+        }
+
+        /* Handle any remaining bytes of data. */
+
+        memcpy(ctx->in, buf, len);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Final wrapup - pad to 64-byte boundary with the bit pattern 
+ * 1 0* (64-bit count of bits processed, MSB-first)
+ */
+static void MD5Final(unsigned char digest[16], MD5Context *pCtx){
+        struct Context *ctx = (struct Context *)pCtx;
+        unsigned count;
+        unsigned char *p;
+
+        /* Compute number of bytes mod 64 */
+        count = (ctx->bits[0] >> 3) & 0x3F;
+
+        /* Set the first char of padding to 0x80.  This is safe since there is
+           always at least one byte free */
+        p = ctx->in + count;
+        *p++ = 0x80;
+
+        /* Bytes of padding needed to make 64 bytes */
+        count = 64 - 1 - count;
+
+        /* Pad out to 56 mod 64 */
+        if (count < 8) {
+                /* Two lots of padding:  Pad the first block to 64 bytes */
+                memset(p, 0, count);
+                byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
+                MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
+
+                /* Now fill the next block with 56 bytes */
+                memset(ctx->in, 0, 56);
+        } else {
+                /* Pad block to 56 bytes */
+                memset(p, 0, count-8);
+        }
+        byteReverse(ctx->in, 14);
+
+        /* Append length in bits and transform */
+        ((uint32 *)ctx->in)[ 14 ] = ctx->bits[0];
+        ((uint32 *)ctx->in)[ 15 ] = ctx->bits[1];
+
+        MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
+        byteReverse((unsigned char *)ctx->buf, 4);
+        memcpy(digest, ctx->buf, 16);
+        memset(ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));    /* In case it's sensitive */
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a digest into base-16.  digest should be declared as
+** "unsigned char digest[16]" in the calling function.  The MD5
+** digest is stored in the first 16 bytes.  zBuf should
+** be "char zBuf[33]".
+*/
+static void DigestToBase16(unsigned char *digest, char *zBuf){
+  static char const zEncode[] = "0123456789abcdef";
+  int i, j;
+
+  for(j=i=0; i<16; i++){
+    int a = digest[i];
+    zBuf[j++] = zEncode[(a>>4)&0xf];
+    zBuf[j++] = zEncode[a & 0xf];
+  }
+  zBuf[j] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** A TCL command for md5.  The argument is the text to be hashed.  The
+** Result is the hash in base64.  
+*/
+static int md5_cmd(void*cd, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv){
+  MD5Context ctx;
+  unsigned char digest[16];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
+        " TEXT\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  MD5Init(&ctx);
+  MD5Update(&ctx, (unsigned char*)argv[1], (unsigned)strlen(argv[1]));
+  MD5Final(digest, &ctx);
+  DigestToBase16(digest, interp->result);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** A TCL command to take the md5 hash of a file.  The argument is the
+** name of the file.
+*/
+static int md5file_cmd(void*cd, Tcl_Interp*interp, int argc, const char **argv){
+  FILE *in;
+  MD5Context ctx;
+  unsigned char digest[16];
+  char zBuf[10240];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
+        " FILENAME\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  in = fopen(argv[1],"rb");
+  if( in==0 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"unable to open file \"", argv[1], 
+         "\" for reading", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  MD5Init(&ctx);
+  for(;;){
+    int n;
+    n = fread(zBuf, 1, sizeof(zBuf), in);
+    if( n<=0 ) break;
+    MD5Update(&ctx, (unsigned char*)zBuf, (unsigned)n);
+  }
+  fclose(in);
+  MD5Final(digest, &ctx);
+  DigestToBase16(digest, interp->result);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the two TCL commands above with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Md5_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "md5", (Tcl_CmdProc*)md5_cmd, 0, 0);
+  Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "md5file", (Tcl_CmdProc*)md5file_cmd, 0, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** During testing, the special md5sum() aggregate function is available.
+** inside SQLite.  The following routines implement that function.
+*/
+static void md5step(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  MD5Context *p;
+  int i;
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( !p->isInit ){
+    MD5Init(p);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    const char *zData = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+    if( zData ){
+      MD5Update(p, (unsigned char*)zData, strlen(zData));
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void md5finalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  MD5Context *p;
+  unsigned char digest[16];
+  char zBuf[33];
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  MD5Final(digest,p);
+  DigestToBase16(digest, zBuf);
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+void Md5_Register(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3_create_function(db, "md5sum", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0, 
+      md5step, md5finalize);
+}

libs/sqlite/src/test_schema.c

@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+/*
+** 2006 June 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Code for testing the virtual table interfaces.  This code
+** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
+** testing of the SQLite library.
+**
+** $Id: test_schema.c,v 1.11 2006/09/11 00:34:22 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+/* The code in this file defines a sqlite3 virtual-table module that
+** provides a read-only view of the current database schema. There is one
+** row in the schema table for each column in the database schema.
+*/
+#define SCHEMA \
+"CREATE TABLE x("                                                            \
+  "database,"          /* Name of database (i.e. main, temp etc.) */         \
+  "tablename,"         /* Name of table */                                   \
+  "cid,"               /* Column number (from left-to-right, 0 upward) */    \
+  "name,"              /* Column name */                                     \
+  "type,"              /* Specified type (i.e. VARCHAR(32)) */               \
+  "not_null,"          /* Boolean. True if NOT NULL was specified */         \
+  "dflt_value,"        /* Default value for this column */                   \
+  "pk"                 /* True if this column is part of the primary key */  \
+")"
+
+/* If SQLITE_TEST is defined this code is preprocessed for use as part
+** of the sqlite test binary "testfixture". Otherwise it is preprocessed
+** to be compiled into an sqlite dynamic extension.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  #include "sqliteInt.h"
+  #include "tcl.h"
+  #define MALLOC(x) sqliteMallocRaw(x) 
+  #define FREE(x)   sqliteFree(x)
+#else
+  #include "sqlite3ext.h"
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+  #define MALLOC(x) malloc(x) 
+  #define FREE(x)   free(x)
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+typedef struct schema_vtab schema_vtab;
+typedef struct schema_cursor schema_cursor;
+
+/* A schema table object */
+struct schema_vtab {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+};
+
+/* A schema table cursor object */
+struct schema_cursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDbList;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pTableList;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pColumnList;
+  int rowid;
+};
+
+/*
+** Table destructor for the schema module.
+*/
+static int schemaDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  FREE(pVtab);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Table constructor for the schema module.
+*/
+static int schemaCreate(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void *pAux,
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  schema_vtab *pVtab = MALLOC(sizeof(schema_vtab));
+  if( pVtab ){
+    memset(pVtab, 0, sizeof(schema_vtab));
+    pVtab->db = db;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, SCHEMA);
+#endif
+  }
+  *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pVtab;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new cursor on the schema table.
+*/
+static int schemaOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  schema_cursor *pCur;
+  pCur = MALLOC(sizeof(schema_cursor));
+  if( pCur ){
+    memset(pCur, 0, sizeof(schema_cursor));
+    *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCur;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a schema table cursor.
+*/
+static int schemaClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur;
+  sqlite3_finalize(pCur->pDbList);
+  sqlite3_finalize(pCur->pTableList);
+  sqlite3_finalize(pCur->pColumnList);
+  FREE(pCur);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a column of data.
+*/
+static int schemaColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
+  schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur;
+  switch( i ){
+    case 0:
+      sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCur->pDbList, 1));
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCur->pTableList, 0));
+      break;
+    default:
+      sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCur->pColumnList, i-2));
+      break;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve the current rowid.
+*/
+static int schemaRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+  schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur;
+  *pRowid = pCur->rowid;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int finalize(sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
+  int rc = sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt);
+  *ppStmt = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int schemaEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur;
+  return (pCur->pDbList ? 0 : 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the cursor to the next row.
+*/
+static int schemaNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur;
+  schema_vtab *pVtab = (schema_vtab *)(cur->pVtab);
+  char *zSql = 0;
+
+  while( !pCur->pColumnList || SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCur->pColumnList) ){
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = finalize(&pCur->pColumnList)) ) goto next_exit;
+
+    while( !pCur->pTableList || SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCur->pTableList) ){
+      if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = finalize(&pCur->pTableList)) ) goto next_exit;
+
+      assert(pCur->pDbList);
+      while( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCur->pDbList) ){
+        rc = finalize(&pCur->pDbList);
+        goto next_exit;
+      }
+
+      /* Set zSql to the SQL to pull the list of tables from the 
+      ** sqlite_master (or sqlite_temp_master) table of the database
+      ** identfied by the row pointed to by the SQL statement pCur->pDbList
+      ** (iterating through a "PRAGMA database_list;" statement).
+      */
+      if( sqlite3_column_int(pCur->pDbList, 0)==1 ){
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+            "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master WHERE type='table'"
+        );
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_stmt *pDbList = pCur->pDbList;
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+            "SELECT name FROM %Q.sqlite_master WHERE type='table'",
+             sqlite3_column_text(pDbList, 1)
+        );
+      }
+      if( !zSql ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        goto next_exit;
+      }
+
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare(pVtab->db, zSql, -1, &pCur->pTableList, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto next_exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Set zSql to the SQL to the table_info pragma for the table currently
+    ** identified by the rows pointed to by statements pCur->pDbList and
+    ** pCur->pTableList.
+    */
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.table_info(%Q)", 
+        sqlite3_column_text(pCur->pDbList, 1),
+        sqlite3_column_text(pCur->pTableList, 0)
+    );
+
+    if( !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto next_exit;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(pVtab->db, zSql, -1, &pCur->pColumnList, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto next_exit;
+  }
+  pCur->rowid++;
+
+next_exit:
+  /* TODO: Handle rc */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset a schema table cursor.
+*/
+static int schemaFilter(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
+  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int rc;
+  schema_vtab *pVtab = (schema_vtab *)(pVtabCursor->pVtab);
+  schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)pVtabCursor;
+  pCur->rowid = 0;
+  finalize(&pCur->pTableList);
+  finalize(&pCur->pColumnList);
+  finalize(&pCur->pDbList);
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(pVtab->db,"PRAGMA database_list", -1, &pCur->pDbList, 0);
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? schemaNext(pVtabCursor) : rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyse the WHERE condition.
+*/
+static int schemaBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** A virtual table module that merely echos method calls into TCL
+** variables.
+*/
+static sqlite3_module schemaModule = {
+  0,                           /* iVersion */
+  schemaCreate,
+  schemaCreate,
+  schemaBestIndex,
+  schemaDestroy,
+  schemaDestroy,
+  schemaOpen,                  /* xOpen - open a cursor */
+  schemaClose,                 /* xClose - close a cursor */
+  schemaFilter,                /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
+  schemaNext,                  /* xNext - advance a cursor */
+  schemaEof,                   /* xEof */
+  schemaColumn,                /* xColumn - read data */
+  schemaRowid,                 /* xRowid - read data */
+  0,                           /* xUpdate */
+  0,                           /* xBegin */
+  0,                           /* xSync */
+  0,                           /* xCommit */
+  0,                           /* xRollback */
+  0,                           /* xFindMethod */
+};
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+
+/*
+** Decode a pointer to an sqlite3 object.
+*/
+static int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zA, sqlite3 **ppDb){
+  *ppDb = (sqlite3*)sqlite3TextToPtr(zA);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the schema virtual table module.
+*/
+static int register_schema_module(
+  ClientData clientData, /* Not used */
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  sqlite3_create_module(db, "schema", &schemaModule, 0);
+#endif
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Sqlitetestschema_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  static struct {
+     char *zName;
+     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
+     void *clientData;
+  } aObjCmd[] = {
+     { "register_schema_module", register_schema_module, 0 },
+  };
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, 
+        aObjCmd[i].xProc, aObjCmd[i].clientData, 0);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+#else
+
+/*
+** Extension load function.
+*/
+int sqlite3_extension_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg, 
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  sqlite3_create_module(db, "schema", &schemaModule, 0);
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif

libs/sqlite/src/test_server.c

@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
+/*
+** 2006 January 07
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains demonstration code.  Nothing in this file gets compiled
+** or linked into the SQLite library unless you use a non-standard option:
+**
+**      -DSQLITE_SERVER=1
+**
+** The configure script will never generate a Makefile with the option
+** above.  You will need to manually modify the Makefile if you want to
+** include any of the code from this file in your project.  Or, at your
+** option, you may copy and paste the code from this file and
+** thereby avoiding a recompile of SQLite.
+**
+**
+** This source file demonstrates how to use SQLite to create an SQL database 
+** server thread in a multiple-threaded program.  One or more client threads
+** send messages to the server thread and the server thread processes those
+** messages in the order received and returns the results to the client.
+**
+** One might ask:  "Why bother?  Why not just let each thread connect
+** to the database directly?"  There are a several of reasons to
+** prefer the client/server approach.
+**
+**    (1)  Some systems (ex: Redhat9) have broken threading implementations
+**         that prevent SQLite database connections from being used in
+**         a thread different from the one where they were created.  With
+**         the client/server approach, all database connections are created
+**         and used within the server thread.  Client calls to the database
+**         can be made from multiple threads (though not at the same time!)
+**
+**    (2)  Beginning with SQLite version 3.3.0, when two or more 
+**         connections to the same database occur within the same thread,
+**         they can optionally share their database cache.  This reduces
+**         I/O and memory requirements.  Cache shared is controlled using
+**         the sqlite3_enable_shared_cache() API.
+**
+**    (3)  Database connections on a shared cache use table-level locking
+**         instead of file-level locking for improved concurrency.
+**
+**    (4)  Database connections on a shared cache can by optionally
+**         set to READ UNCOMMITTED isolation.  (The default isolation for
+**         SQLite is SERIALIZABLE.)  When this occurs, readers will
+**         never be blocked by a writer and writers will not be
+**         blocked by readers.  There can still only be a single writer
+**         at a time, but multiple readers can simultaneously exist with
+**         that writer.  This is a huge increase in concurrency.
+**
+** To summarize the rational for using a client/server approach: prior
+** to SQLite version 3.3.0 it probably was not worth the trouble.  But
+** with SQLite version 3.3.0 and beyond you can get significant performance
+** and concurrency improvements and memory usage reductions by going
+** client/server.
+**
+** Note:  The extra features of version 3.3.0 described by points (2)
+** through (4) above are only available if you compile without the
+** option -DSQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE. 
+**
+** Here is how the client/server approach works:  The database server
+** thread is started on this procedure:
+**
+**       void *sqlite3_server(void *NotUsed);
+**
+** The sqlite_server procedure runs as long as the g.serverHalt variable
+** is false.  A mutex is used to make sure no more than one server runs
+** at a time.  The server waits for messages to arrive on a message
+** queue and processes the messages in order.
+**
+** Two convenience routines are provided for starting and stopping the
+** server thread:
+**
+**       void sqlite3_server_start(void);
+**       void sqlite3_server_stop(void);
+**
+** Both of the convenience routines return immediately.  Neither will
+** ever give an error.  If a server is already started or already halted,
+** then the routines are effectively no-ops.
+**
+** Clients use the following interfaces:
+**
+**       sqlite3_client_open
+**       sqlite3_client_prepare
+**       sqlite3_client_step
+**       sqlite3_client_reset
+**       sqlite3_client_finalize
+**       sqlite3_client_close
+**
+** These interfaces work exactly like the standard core SQLite interfaces
+** having the same names without the "_client_" infix.  Many other SQLite
+** interfaces can be used directly without having to send messages to the
+** server as long as SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is not defined.
+** The following interfaces fall into this second category:
+**
+**       sqlite3_bind_*
+**       sqlite3_changes
+**       sqlite3_clear_bindings
+**       sqlite3_column_*
+**       sqlite3_complete
+**       sqlite3_create_collation
+**       sqlite3_create_function
+**       sqlite3_data_count
+**       sqlite3_db_handle
+**       sqlite3_errcode
+**       sqlite3_errmsg
+**       sqlite3_last_insert_rowid
+**       sqlite3_total_changes
+**       sqlite3_transfer_bindings
+**
+** A single SQLite connection (an sqlite3* object) or an SQLite statement
+** (an sqlite3_stmt* object) should only be passed to a single interface
+** function at a time.  The connections and statements can be passed from
+** any thread to any of the functions listed in the second group above as
+** long as the same connection is not in use by two threads at once and
+** as long as SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is not defined.  Additional
+** information about the SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT constraint is
+** below.
+**
+** The busy handler for all database connections should remain turned
+** off.  That means that any lock contention will cause the associated
+** sqlite3_client_step() call to return immediately with an SQLITE_BUSY
+** error code.  If a busy handler is enabled and lock contention occurs,
+** then the entire server thread will block.  This will cause not only
+** the requesting client to block but every other database client as
+** well.  It is possible to enhance the code below so that lock
+** contention will cause the message to be placed back on the top of
+** the queue to be tried again later.  But such enhanced processing is
+** not included here, in order to keep the example simple.
+**
+** This example code assumes the use of pthreads.  Pthreads
+** implementations are available for windows.  (See, for example
+** http://sourceware.org/pthreads-win32/announcement.html.)  Or, you
+** can translate the locking and thread synchronization code to use
+** windows primitives easily enough.  The details are left as an
+** exercise to the reader.
+**
+**** Restrictions Associated With SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT ****
+**
+** If you compile with SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT defined, then
+** SQLite includes code that tracks how much memory is being used by
+** each thread.  These memory counts can become confused if memory
+** is allocated by one thread and then freed by another.  For that
+** reason, when SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is used, all operations
+** that might allocate or free memory should be performanced in the same
+** thread that originally created the database connection.  In that case,
+** many of the operations that are listed above as safe to be performed
+** in separate threads would need to be sent over to the server to be
+** done there.  If SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is defined, then
+** the following functions can be used safely from different threads
+** without messing up the allocation counts:
+**
+**       sqlite3_bind_parameter_name
+**       sqlite3_bind_parameter_index
+**       sqlite3_changes
+**       sqlite3_column_blob
+**       sqlite3_column_count
+**       sqlite3_complete
+**       sqlite3_data_count
+**       sqlite3_db_handle
+**       sqlite3_errcode
+**       sqlite3_errmsg
+**       sqlite3_last_insert_rowid
+**       sqlite3_total_changes
+**
+** The remaining functions are not thread-safe when memory management
+** is enabled.  So one would have to define some new interface routines
+** along the following lines:
+**
+**       sqlite3_client_bind_*
+**       sqlite3_client_clear_bindings
+**       sqlite3_client_column_*
+**       sqlite3_client_create_collation
+**       sqlite3_client_create_function
+**       sqlite3_client_transfer_bindings
+**
+** The example code in this file is intended for use with memory
+** management turned off.  So the implementation of these additional
+** client interfaces is left as an exercise to the reader.
+**
+** It may seem surprising to the reader that the list of safe functions
+** above does not include things like sqlite3_bind_int() or
+** sqlite3_column_int().  But those routines might, in fact, allocate
+** or deallocate memory.  In the case of sqlite3_bind_int(), if the
+** parameter was previously bound to a string that string might need
+** to be deallocated before the new integer value is inserted.  In
+** the case of sqlite3_column_int(), the value of the column might be
+** a UTF-16 string which will need to be converted to UTF-8 then into
+** an integer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Only compile the code in this file on UNIX with a THREADSAFE build
+** and only if the SQLITE_SERVER macro is defined.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_SERVER) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
+#if defined(OS_UNIX) && OS_UNIX && defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+
+/*
+** We require only pthreads and the public interface of SQLite.
+*/
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+/*
+** Messages are passed from client to server and back again as 
+** instances of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct SqlMessage SqlMessage;
+struct SqlMessage {
+  int op;                      /* Opcode for the message */
+  sqlite3 *pDb;                /* The SQLite connection */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;         /* A specific statement */
+  int errCode;                 /* Error code returned */
+  const char *zIn;             /* Input filename or SQL statement */
+  int nByte;                   /* Size of the zIn parameter for prepare() */
+  const char *zOut;            /* Tail of the SQL statement */
+  SqlMessage *pNext;           /* Next message in the queue */
+  SqlMessage *pPrev;           /* Previous message in the queue */
+  pthread_mutex_t clientMutex; /* Hold this mutex to access the message */
+  pthread_cond_t clientWakeup; /* Signal to wake up the client */
+};
+
+/*
+** Legal values for SqlMessage.op
+*/
+#define MSG_Open       1  /* sqlite3_open(zIn, &pDb) */
+#define MSG_Prepare    2  /* sqlite3_prepare(pDb, zIn, nByte, &pStmt, &zOut) */
+#define MSG_Step       3  /* sqlite3_step(pStmt) */
+#define MSG_Reset      4  /* sqlite3_reset(pStmt) */
+#define MSG_Finalize   5  /* sqlite3_finalize(pStmt) */
+#define MSG_Close      6  /* sqlite3_close(pDb) */
+#define MSG_Done       7  /* Server has finished with this message */
+
+
+/*
+** State information about the server is stored in a static variable
+** named "g" as follows:
+*/
+static struct ServerState {
+  pthread_mutex_t queueMutex;   /* Hold this mutex to access the msg queue */
+  pthread_mutex_t serverMutex;  /* Held by the server while it is running */
+  pthread_cond_t serverWakeup;  /* Signal this condvar to wake up the server */
+  volatile int serverHalt;      /* Server halts itself when true */
+  SqlMessage *pQueueHead;       /* Head of the message queue */
+  SqlMessage *pQueueTail;       /* Tail of the message queue */
+} g = {
+  PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER,
+};
+
+/*
+** Send a message to the server.  Block until we get a reply.
+**
+** The mutex and condition variable in the message are uninitialized
+** when this routine is called.  This routine takes care of 
+** initializing them and destroying them when it has finished.
+*/
+static void sendToServer(SqlMessage *pMsg){
+  /* Initialize the mutex and condition variable on the message
+  */
+  pthread_mutex_init(&pMsg->clientMutex, 0);
+  pthread_cond_init(&pMsg->clientWakeup, 0);
+
+  /* Add the message to the head of the server's message queue.
+  */
+  pthread_mutex_lock(&g.queueMutex);
+  pMsg->pNext = g.pQueueHead;
+  if( g.pQueueHead==0 ){
+    g.pQueueTail = pMsg;
+  }else{
+    g.pQueueHead->pPrev = pMsg;
+  }
+  pMsg->pPrev = 0;
+  g.pQueueHead = pMsg;
+  pthread_mutex_unlock(&g.queueMutex);
+
+  /* Signal the server that the new message has be queued, then
+  ** block waiting for the server to process the message.
+  */
+  pthread_mutex_lock(&pMsg->clientMutex);
+  pthread_cond_signal(&g.serverWakeup);
+  while( pMsg->op!=MSG_Done ){
+    pthread_cond_wait(&pMsg->clientWakeup, &pMsg->clientMutex);
+  }
+  pthread_mutex_unlock(&pMsg->clientMutex);
+
+  /* Destroy the mutex and condition variable of the message.
+  */
+  pthread_mutex_destroy(&pMsg->clientMutex);
+  pthread_cond_destroy(&pMsg->clientWakeup);
+}
+
+/*
+** The following 6 routines are client-side implementations of the
+** core SQLite interfaces:
+**
+**        sqlite3_open
+**        sqlite3_prepare
+**        sqlite3_step
+**        sqlite3_reset
+**        sqlite3_finalize
+**        sqlite3_close
+**
+** Clients should use the following client-side routines instead of 
+** the core routines above.
+**
+**        sqlite3_client_open
+**        sqlite3_client_prepare
+**        sqlite3_client_step
+**        sqlite3_client_reset
+**        sqlite3_client_finalize
+**        sqlite3_client_close
+**
+** Each of these routines creates a message for the desired operation,
+** sends that message to the server, waits for the server to process
+** then message and return a response.
+*/
+int sqlite3_client_open(const char *zDatabaseName, sqlite3 **ppDb){
+  SqlMessage msg;
+  msg.op = MSG_Open;
+  msg.zIn = zDatabaseName;
+  sendToServer(&msg);
+  *ppDb = msg.pDb;
+  return msg.errCode;
+}
+int sqlite3_client_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *pDb,
+  const char *zSql,
+  int nByte,
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
+  const char **pzTail
+){
+  SqlMessage msg;
+  msg.op = MSG_Prepare;
+  msg.pDb = pDb;
+  msg.zIn = zSql;
+  msg.nByte = nByte;
+  sendToServer(&msg);
+  *ppStmt = msg.pStmt;
+  if( pzTail ) *pzTail = msg.zOut;
+  return msg.errCode;
+}
+int sqlite3_client_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  SqlMessage msg;
+  msg.op = MSG_Step;
+  msg.pStmt = pStmt;
+  sendToServer(&msg);
+  return msg.errCode;
+}
+int sqlite3_client_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  SqlMessage msg;
+  msg.op = MSG_Reset;
+  msg.pStmt = pStmt;
+  sendToServer(&msg);
+  return msg.errCode;
+}
+int sqlite3_client_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  SqlMessage msg;
+  msg.op = MSG_Finalize;
+  msg.pStmt = pStmt;
+  sendToServer(&msg);
+  return msg.errCode;
+}
+int sqlite3_client_close(sqlite3 *pDb){
+  SqlMessage msg;
+  msg.op = MSG_Close;
+  msg.pDb = pDb;
+  sendToServer(&msg);
+  return msg.errCode;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements the server.  To start the server, first
+** make sure g.serverHalt is false, then create a new detached thread
+** on this procedure.  See the sqlite3_server_start() routine below
+** for an example.  This procedure loops until g.serverHalt becomes
+** true.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_server(void *NotUsed){
+  sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(1);
+  if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&g.serverMutex) ){
+    sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(0);
+    return 0;  /* Another server is already running */
+  }
+  while( !g.serverHalt ){
+    SqlMessage *pMsg;
+
+    /* Remove the last message from the message queue.
+    */
+    pthread_mutex_lock(&g.queueMutex);
+    while( g.pQueueTail==0 && g.serverHalt==0 ){
+      pthread_cond_wait(&g.serverWakeup, &g.queueMutex);
+    }
+    pMsg = g.pQueueTail;
+    if( pMsg ){
+      if( pMsg->pPrev ){
+        pMsg->pPrev->pNext = 0;
+      }else{
+        g.pQueueHead = 0;
+      }
+      g.pQueueTail = pMsg->pPrev;
+    }
+    pthread_mutex_unlock(&g.queueMutex);
+    if( pMsg==0 ) break;
+
+    /* Process the message just removed
+    */
+    pthread_mutex_lock(&pMsg->clientMutex);
+    switch( pMsg->op ){
+      case MSG_Open: {
+        pMsg->errCode = sqlite3_open(pMsg->zIn, &pMsg->pDb);
+        break;
+      }
+      case MSG_Prepare: {
+        pMsg->errCode = sqlite3_prepare(pMsg->pDb, pMsg->zIn, pMsg->nByte,
+                                        &pMsg->pStmt, &pMsg->zOut);
+        break;
+      }
+      case MSG_Step: {
+        pMsg->errCode = sqlite3_step(pMsg->pStmt);
+        break;
+      }
+      case MSG_Reset: {
+        pMsg->errCode = sqlite3_reset(pMsg->pStmt);
+        break;
+      }
+      case MSG_Finalize: {
+        pMsg->errCode = sqlite3_finalize(pMsg->pStmt);
+        break;
+      }
+      case MSG_Close: {
+        pMsg->errCode = sqlite3_close(pMsg->pDb);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Signal the client that the message has been processed.
+    */
+    pMsg->op = MSG_Done;
+    pthread_mutex_unlock(&pMsg->clientMutex);
+    pthread_cond_signal(&pMsg->clientWakeup);
+  }
+  pthread_mutex_unlock(&g.serverMutex);
+  sqlite3_thread_cleanup();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Start a server thread if one is not already running.  If there
+** is aleady a server thread running, the new thread will quickly
+** die and this routine is effectively a no-op.
+*/
+void sqlite3_server_start(void){
+  pthread_t x;
+  int rc;
+  g.serverHalt = 0;
+  rc = pthread_create(&x, 0, sqlite3_server, 0);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    pthread_detach(x);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If a server thread is running, then stop it.  If no server is
+** running, this routine is effectively a no-op.
+**
+** This routine returns immediately without waiting for the server
+** thread to stop.  But be assured that the server will eventually stop.
+*/
+void sqlite3_server_stop(void){
+  g.serverHalt = 1;
+  pthread_cond_broadcast(&g.serverWakeup);
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(OS_UNIX) && OS_UNIX && defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE */
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_SERVER) */

libs/sqlite/src/test_tclvar.c

@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+/*
+** 2006 June 13
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Code for testing the virtual table interfaces.  This code
+** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
+** testing of the SQLite library.
+**
+** The emphasis of this file is a virtual table that provides
+** access to TCL variables.
+**
+** $Id: test_tclvar.c,v 1.10 2006/09/11 00:34:22 drh Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "tcl.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+
+typedef struct tclvar_vtab tclvar_vtab;
+typedef struct tclvar_cursor tclvar_cursor;
+
+/* 
+** A tclvar virtual-table object 
+*/
+struct tclvar_vtab {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;
+  Tcl_Interp *interp;
+};
+
+/* A tclvar cursor object */
+struct tclvar_cursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
+
+  Tcl_Obj *pList1;     /* Result of [info vars ?pattern?] */
+  Tcl_Obj *pList2;     /* Result of [array names [lindex $pList1 $i1]] */
+  int i1;              /* Current item in pList1 */
+  int i2;              /* Current item (if any) in pList2 */
+};
+
+/* Methods for the tclvar module */
+static int tclvarConnect(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void *pAux,
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  tclvar_vtab *pVtab;
+  static const char zSchema[] = 
+     "CREATE TABLE whatever(name TEXT, arrayname TEXT, value TEXT)";
+  pVtab = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pVtab) );
+  if( pVtab==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  *ppVtab = &pVtab->base;
+  pVtab->interp = (Tcl_Interp *)pAux;
+  sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zSchema);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+/* Note that for this virtual table, the xCreate and xConnect
+** methods are identical. */
+
+static int tclvarDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  sqliteFree(pVtab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+/* The xDisconnect and xDestroy methods are also the same */
+
+/*
+** Open a new tclvar cursor.
+*/
+static int tclvarOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
+  tclvar_cursor *pCur;
+  pCur = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(tclvar_cursor));
+  *ppCursor = &pCur->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tclvar cursor.
+*/
+static int tclvarClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  tclvar_cursor *pCur = (tclvar_cursor *)cur;
+  if( pCur->pList1 ){
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCur->pList1);
+  }
+  if( pCur->pList2 ){
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCur->pList2);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pCur);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Returns 1 if data is ready, or 0 if not.
+*/
+static int next2(Tcl_Interp *interp, tclvar_cursor *pCur, Tcl_Obj *pObj){
+  Tcl_Obj *p;
+
+  if( pObj ){
+    if( !pCur->pList2 ){
+      p = Tcl_NewStringObj("array names", -1);
+      Tcl_IncrRefCount(p);
+      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, p, pObj);
+      Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, p, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
+      Tcl_DecrRefCount(p);
+      pCur->pList2 = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
+      Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCur->pList2);
+      assert( pCur->i2==0 );
+    }else{
+      int n = 0;
+      pCur->i2++;
+      Tcl_ListObjLength(0, pCur->pList2, &n);
+      if( pCur->i2>=n ){
+        Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCur->pList2);
+        pCur->pList2 = 0;
+        pCur->i2 = 0;
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int tclvarNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  Tcl_Obj *pObj;
+  int n = 0;
+  int ok = 0;
+
+  tclvar_cursor *pCur = (tclvar_cursor *)cur;
+  Tcl_Interp *interp = ((tclvar_vtab *)(cur->pVtab))->interp;
+
+  Tcl_ListObjLength(0, pCur->pList1, &n);
+  while( !ok && pCur->i1<n ){
+    Tcl_ListObjIndex(0, pCur->pList1, pCur->i1, &pObj);
+    ok = next2(interp, pCur, pObj);
+    if( !ok ){
+      pCur->i1++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int tclvarFilter(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
+  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  tclvar_cursor *pCur = (tclvar_cursor *)pVtabCursor;
+  Tcl_Interp *interp = ((tclvar_vtab *)(pVtabCursor->pVtab))->interp;
+
+  Tcl_Obj *p = Tcl_NewStringObj("info vars", -1);
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(p);
+
+  assert( argc==0 || argc==1 );
+  if( argc==1 ){
+    Tcl_Obj *pArg = Tcl_NewStringObj((char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), -1);
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, p, pArg);
+  }
+  Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, p, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
+  pCur->pList1 = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCur->pList1);
+  assert( pCur->i1==0 && pCur->i2==0 && pCur->pList2==0 );
+
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(p);
+  return tclvarNext(pVtabCursor);
+}
+
+static int tclvarColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
+  Tcl_Obj *p1;
+  Tcl_Obj *p2;
+  const char *z1; 
+  const char *z2 = "";
+  tclvar_cursor *pCur = (tclvar_cursor*)cur;
+  Tcl_Interp *interp = ((tclvar_vtab *)cur->pVtab)->interp;
+
+  Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, pCur->pList1, pCur->i1, &p1);
+  Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, pCur->pList2, pCur->i2, &p2);
+  z1 = Tcl_GetString(p1);
+  if( p2 ){
+    z2 = Tcl_GetString(p2);
+  }
+  switch (i) {
+    case 0: {
+      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, z1, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+    }
+    case 1: {
+      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, z2, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+    }
+    case 2: {
+      Tcl_Obj *pVal = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, z1, *z2?z2:0, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+      sqlite3_result_text(ctx, Tcl_GetString(pVal), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int tclvarRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+  *pRowid = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int tclvarEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  tclvar_cursor *pCur = (tclvar_cursor*)cur;
+  return (pCur->pList2?0:1);
+}
+
+static int tclvarBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
+  int ii;
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; ii++){
+    struct sqlite3_index_constraint const *pCons = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
+    if( pCons->iColumn==0 && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){
+      struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
+      pUsage = &pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii];
+      pUsage->omit = 0;
+      pUsage->argvIndex = 1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; ii++){
+    struct sqlite3_index_constraint const *pCons = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
+    if( pCons->iColumn==0 && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){
+      struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
+      pUsage = &pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii];
+      pUsage->omit = 1;
+      pUsage->argvIndex = 1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** A virtual table module that provides read-only access to a
+** Tcl global variable namespace.
+*/
+static sqlite3_module tclvarModule = {
+  0,                         /* iVersion */
+  tclvarConnect,
+  tclvarConnect,
+  tclvarBestIndex,
+  tclvarDisconnect, 
+  tclvarDisconnect,
+  tclvarOpen,                  /* xOpen - open a cursor */
+  tclvarClose,                 /* xClose - close a cursor */
+  tclvarFilter,                /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
+  tclvarNext,                  /* xNext - advance a cursor */
+  tclvarEof,                   /* xEof - check for end of scan */
+  tclvarColumn,                /* xColumn - read data */
+  tclvarRowid,                 /* xRowid - read data */
+  0,                           /* xUpdate */
+  0,                           /* xBegin */
+  0,                           /* xSync */
+  0,                           /* xCommit */
+  0,                           /* xRollback */
+  0,                           /* xFindMethod */
+};
+
+/*
+** Decode a pointer to an sqlite3 object.
+*/
+static int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zA, sqlite3 **ppDb){
+  *ppDb = (sqlite3*)sqlite3TextToPtr(zA);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Register the echo virtual table module.
+*/
+static int register_tclvar_module(
+  ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to sqlite3_enable_XXX function */
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int objc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]  /* Command arguments */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  sqlite3_create_module(db, "tclvar", &tclvarModule, (void *)interp);
+#endif
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Sqlitetesttclvar_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  static struct {
+     char *zName;
+     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
+     void *clientData;
+  } aObjCmd[] = {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+     { "register_tclvar_module",   register_tclvar_module, 0 },
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, 
+        aObjCmd[i].xProc, aObjCmd[i].clientData, 0);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}

libs/sqlite/src/tokenize.c

@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
+** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
+** parser for analysis.
+**
+** $Id: tokenize.c,v 1.124 2006/08/12 12:33:14 drh Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*
+** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
+** lower-case ASCII equivalent.  On ASCII machines, this is just
+** an upper-to-lower case map.  On EBCDIC machines we also need
+** to adjust the encoding.  Only alphabetic characters and underscores
+** need to be translated.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
+const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
+/* 0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   A   B   C   D   E   F */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 0x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 1x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 2x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 3x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 4x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 5x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 95,  0,  0,  /* 6x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 7x */
+   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 8x */
+   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 9x */
+   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ax */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Bx */
+   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Cx */
+   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Dx */
+   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ex */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Fx */
+};
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
+** it is a keyword.  If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is 
+** returned.  If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
+**
+** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
+** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
+** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
+** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
+** the #include below.
+*/
+#include "keywordhash.h"
+
+
+/*
+** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
+** IdChar(X) will be true.  Otherwise it is false.
+**
+** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
+** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
+** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
+**
+** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
+** end result.
+**
+** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
+** middle of identfiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
+** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
+** But the feature is undocumented.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+const char sqlite3IsIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 2x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsIdChar[c-0x20]))
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+const char sqlite3IsIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 4x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 5x */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,  /* 6x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* 8x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0,  /* 9x */
+    1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Ax */
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* Bx */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Cx */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Dx */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Ex */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Fx */
+};
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsIdChar[c-0x40]))
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
+** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
+*/
+static int getToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
+  int i, c;
+  switch( *z ){
+    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
+      for(i=1; isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '-': {
+      if( z[1]=='-' ){
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
+        *tokenType = TK_COMMENT;
+        return i;
+      }
+      *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '(': {
+      *tokenType = TK_LP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case ')': {
+      *tokenType = TK_RP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case ';': {
+      *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '+': {
+      *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '*': {
+      *tokenType = TK_STAR;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '/': {
+      if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
+        *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      if( c ) i++;
+      *tokenType = TK_COMMENT;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '%': {
+      *tokenType = TK_REM;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '=': {
+      *tokenType = TK_EQ;
+      return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
+    }
+    case '<': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='<' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_LT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    case '>': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_GE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_GT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    case '!': {
+      if( z[1]!='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case '|': {
+      if( z[1]!='|' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
+        return 1;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case ',': {
+      *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '&': {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '~': {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '`':
+    case '\'':
+    case '"': {
+      int delim = z[0];
+      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( c==delim ){
+          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( c ){
+        *tokenType = TK_STRING;
+        return i+1;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        return i;
+      }
+    }
+    case '.': {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      if( !isdigit(z[1]) )
+#endif
+      {
+        *tokenType = TK_DOT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
+      ** number that begins with ".".  Fall thru into the next case */
+    }
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
+      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
+      for(i=0; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      if( z[i]=='.' ){
+        i++;
+        while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+      if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
+           ( isdigit(z[i+1]) 
+            || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && isdigit(z[i+2]))
+           )
+      ){
+        i += 2;
+        while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+#endif
+      while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        i++;
+      }
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '[': {
+      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      *tokenType = TK_ID;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '?': {
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '#': {
+      for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+      if( i>1 ){
+        /* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used
+        ** internally by sqlite3NestedParse.  */
+        *tokenType = TK_REGISTER;
+        return i;
+      }
+      /* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by
+      ** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+    case '$':
+#endif
+    case '@':  /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */
+    case ':': {
+      int n = 0;
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( IdChar(c) ){
+          n++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+        }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
+          do{
+            i++;
+          }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !isspace(c) && c!=')' );
+          if( c==')' ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+          }
+          break;
+        }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
+          i++;
+#endif
+        }else{
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+      return i;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+    case 'x': case 'X': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='\'' || c=='"' ){
+        int delim = c;
+        *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+          if( c==delim ){
+            if( i%2 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+            break;
+          }
+          if( !isxdigit(c) ){
+            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+            return i;
+          }
+        }
+        if( c ) i++;
+        return i;
+      }
+      /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
+    }
+#endif
+    default: {
+      if( !IdChar(*z) ){
+        break;
+      }
+      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
+      return i;
+    }
+  }
+  *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+  return 1;
+}
+int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
+  return getToken(z, tokenType);
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the parser on the given SQL string.  The parser structure is
+** passed in.  An SQLITE_ status code is returned.  If an error occurs
+** and pzErrMsg!=NULL then an error message might be written into 
+** memory obtained from malloc() and *pzErrMsg made to point to that
+** error message.  Or maybe not.
+*/
+int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int nErr = 0;
+  int i;
+  void *pEngine;
+  int tokenType;
+  int lastTokenParsed = -1;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  extern void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(int));
+  extern void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
+  extern int sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
+
+  if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
+    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+  }
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  i = 0;
+  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(int))sqlite3MallocX);
+  if( pEngine==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVarExpr==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVarExprAlloc==0 );
+  assert( pParse->apVarExpr==0 );
+  pParse->zTail = pParse->zSql = zSql;
+  while( !sqlite3MallocFailed() && zSql[i]!=0 ){
+    assert( i>=0 );
+    pParse->sLastToken.z = (u8*)&zSql[i];
+    assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
+    pParse->sLastToken.n = getToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
+    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
+    switch( tokenType ){
+      case TK_SPACE:
+      case TK_COMMENT: {
+        if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+          pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+          sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "interrupt", (char*)0);
+          goto abort_parse;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_ILLEGAL: {
+        if( pzErrMsg ){
+          sqliteFree(*pzErrMsg);
+          *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf("unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
+                          &pParse->sLastToken);
+        }
+        nErr++;
+        goto abort_parse;
+      }
+      case TK_SEMI: {
+        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+        /* Fall thru into the default case */
+      }
+      default: {
+        sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+        lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
+        if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto abort_parse;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+abort_parse:
+  if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
+      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+    }
+    sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+  }
+  sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3FreeX);
+  if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc), (char*)0);
+  }
+  if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+    if( pzErrMsg && *pzErrMsg==0 ){
+      *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
+    }else{
+      sqliteFree(pParse->zErrMsg);
+    }
+    pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+    if( !nErr ) nErr++;
+  }
+  if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
+    pParse->pVdbe = 0;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
+    sqliteFree(pParse->aTableLock);
+    pParse->aTableLock = 0;
+    pParse->nTableLock = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table 
+    ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
+    ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
+    */
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pParse->pNewTable);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pParse->pNewTrigger);
+  sqliteFree(pParse->apVarExpr);
+  if( nErr>0 && (pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK || pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return nErr;
+}

libs/sqlite/src/trigger.c

@@ -0,0 +1,823 @@
+/*
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+*
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/*
+** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
+  while( pTriggerStep ){
+    TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
+    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
+
+    if( pTmp->target.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pTmp->target.z);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pTmp->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pTmp->pExprList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pTmp->pSelect);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(pTmp->pIdList);
+
+    sqliteFree(pTmp);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
+** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions.  A Trigger
+** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
+** in pParse->pNewTrigger.  After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
+** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
+** construction process.
+*/
+void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  int tr_tm,          /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
+  int op,             /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
+  IdList *pColumns,   /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
+  SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
+  int foreach,        /* One of TK_ROW or TK_STATEMENT */
+  Expr *pWhen,        /* WHEN clause */
+  int isTemp,         /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
+  int noErr           /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+  Table *pTab;
+  char *zName = 0;        /* Name of the trigger */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;                /* The database to store the trigger in */
+  Token *pName;           /* The unqualified db name */
+  DbFixer sFix;
+  int iTabDb;
+
+  assert( pName1!=0 );   /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */
+  assert( pName2!=0 );
+  if( isTemp ){
+    /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
+    if( pName2->n>0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    iDb = 1;
+    pName = pName1;
+  }else{
+    /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
+  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
+  ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
+  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
+  */
+  if( !pTableName || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+    iDb = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
+  if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && 
+      sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( !pTab ){
+    /* The table does not exist. */
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables");
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
+  ** specified name exists */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), zName,strlen(zName)) ){
+    if( !noErr ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
+    }
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
+  ** of triggers.
+  */
+  if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", 
+        (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
+        " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName;
+    const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
+    if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
+  ** cannot appear on views.  So we might as well translate every
+  ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger.  It simplifies code
+  ** elsewhere.
+  */
+  if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
+    tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
+  }
+
+  /* Build the Trigger object */
+  pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Trigger));
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  pTrigger->name = zName;
+  zName = 0;
+  pTrigger->table = sqliteStrDup(pTableName->a[0].zName);
+  pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+  pTrigger->op = op;
+  pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
+  pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(pWhen);
+  pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(pColumns);
+  pTrigger->foreach = foreach;
+  sqlite3TokenCopy(&pTrigger->nameToken,pName);
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
+
+trigger_cleanup:
+  sqliteFree(zName);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTableName);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumns);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhen);
+  if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrigger);
+  }else{
+    assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
+** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
+*/
+void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
+  Token *pAll             /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrig = 0;     /* The trigger whose construction is finishing up */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database */
+  DbFixer sFix;
+  int iDb;                   /* Database containing the trigger */
+
+  pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger;
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
+  if( pParse->nErr || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
+  pTrig->step_list = pStepList;
+  while( pStepList ){
+    pStepList->pTrig = pTrig;
+    pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &pTrig->nameToken) 
+          && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){
+    goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* if we are not initializing, and this trigger is not on a TEMP table, 
+  ** build the sqlite_master entry
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    static const VdbeOpList insertTrig[] = {
+      { OP_NewRowid,   0, 0,  0          },
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  "trigger"  },
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 2: trigger name */
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 3: table name */
+      { OP_Integer,    0, 0,  0          },
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  "CREATE TRIGGER "},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 6: SQL */
+      { OP_Concat,     0, 0,  0          }, 
+      { OP_MakeRecord, 5, 0,  "aaada"    },
+      { OP_Insert,     0, 0,  0          },
+    };
+    int addr;
+    Vdbe *v;
+
+    /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(insertTrig), insertTrig);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+2, pTrig->name, 0); 
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+3, pTrig->table, 0); 
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+6, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 
+       sqlite3MPrintf("type='trigger' AND name='%q'", pTrig->name), P3_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    int n;
+    Table *pTab;
+    Trigger *pDel;
+    pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash, 
+                     pTrig->name, strlen(pTrig->name), pTrig);
+    if( pDel ){
+      assert( sqlite3MallocFailed() && pDel==pTrig );
+      goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+    }
+    n = strlen(pTrig->table) + 1;
+    pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pTrig->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrig->table, n);
+    assert( pTab!=0 );
+    pTrig->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
+    pTab->pTrigger = pTrig;
+    pTrig = 0;
+  }
+
+triggerfinish_cleanup:
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrig);
+  assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger );
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pStepList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a copy of all components of the given trigger step.  This has
+** the effect of copying all Expr.token.z values into memory obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc().  As initially created, the Expr.token.z values
+** all point to the input string that was fed to the parser.  But that
+** string is ephemeral - it will go away as soon as the sqlite3_exec()
+** call that started the parser exits.  This routine makes a persistent
+** copy of all the Expr.token.z strings so that the TriggerStep structure
+** will be valid even after the sqlite3_exec() call returns.
+*/
+static void sqlitePersistTriggerStep(TriggerStep *p){
+  if( p->target.z ){
+    p->target.z = (u8*)sqliteStrNDup((char*)p->target.z, p->target.n);
+    p->target.dyn = 1;
+  }
+  if( p->pSelect ){
+    Select *pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(p->pSelect);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect);
+    p->pSelect = pNew;
+  }
+  if( p->pWhere ){
+    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere);
+    p->pWhere = pNew;
+  }
+  if( p->pExprList ){
+    ExprList *pNew = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pExprList);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pExprList);
+    p->pExprList = pNew;
+  }
+  if( p->pIdList ){
+    IdList *pNew = sqlite3IdListDup(p->pIdList);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(p->pIdList);
+    p->pIdList = pNew;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
+** a trigger step.  Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
+** body of a TRIGGER.  
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(Select *pSelect){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) {
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
+  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement.  Return a pointer
+** to the new trigger step.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
+** body of a trigger.
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
+  Token *pTableName,  /* Name of the table into which we insert */
+  IdList *pColumn,    /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
+  ExprList *pEList,   /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */
+  Select *pSelect,    /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
+  int orconf          /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+
+  assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0);
+  assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0);
+
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    pTriggerStep->op = TK_INSERT;
+    pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
+    pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
+    pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
+    pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
+    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+    sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumn);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList);
+    sqlite3SelectDup(pSelect);
+  }
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
+  Token *pTableName,   /* Name of the table to be updated */
+  ExprList *pEList,    /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
+  int orconf           /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) return 0;
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
+  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
+  pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
+  pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Token *pTableName, Expr *pWhere){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) return 0;
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_DELETE;
+  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
+  pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pTrigger->step_list);
+  sqliteFree(pTrigger->name);
+  sqliteFree(pTrigger->table);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pTrigger->pWhen);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(pTrigger->pColumns);
+  if( pTrigger->nameToken.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pTrigger->nameToken.z);
+  sqliteFree(pTrigger);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. 
+**
+** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
+** the trigger by name.  The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
+** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
+** instead of the trigger name.
+**/
+void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
+  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  const char *zName;
+  int nName;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
+  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
+  nName = strlen(zName);
+  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
+    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName);
+    if( pTrigger ) break;
+  }
+  if( !pTrigger ){
+    if( !noErr ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
+    }
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
+
+drop_trigger_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
+** is set on.
+*/
+static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
+  int n = strlen(pTrigger->table) + 1;
+  return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
+*/
+void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
+  Table   *pTable;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
+  assert( pTable );
+  assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->name, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
+      sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
+  */
+  assert( pTable!=0 );
+  if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    int base;
+    static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9),  0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        0}, /* 1 */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 1,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,         0, ADDR(8),  0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        "trigger"},
+      { OP_Column,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,         0, ADDR(8),  0},
+      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(1),  0}, /* 8 */
+    };
+
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
+    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, base+1, pTrigger->name, 0);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, pTrigger->name, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  int nName = strlen(zName);
+  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
+                               zName, nName, 0);
+  if( pTrigger ){
+    Table *pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
+    assert( pTable!=0 );
+    if( pTable->pTrigger == pTrigger ){
+      pTable->pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+    }else{
+      Trigger *cc = pTable->pTrigger;
+      while( cc ){ 
+        if( cc->pNext == pTrigger ){
+          cc->pNext = cc->pNext->pNext;
+          break;
+        }
+        cc = cc->pNext;
+      }
+      assert(cc);
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrigger);
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement.  Each entry
+** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>.  If any of the entries
+** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList,
+** then return TRUE.  If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
+** wildcard that matches anything.  Likewise if pEList==NULL then
+** it matches anything so always return true.  Return false only
+** if there is no match.
+*/
+static int checkColumnOverLap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
+  int e;
+  if( !pIdList || !pEList ) return 1;
+  for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
+    if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a bit vector to indicate what kind of triggers exist for operation
+** "op" on table pTab.  If pChanges is not NULL then it is a list of columns
+** that are being updated.  Triggers only match if the ON clause of the
+** trigger definition overlaps the set of columns being updated.
+**
+** The returned bit vector is some combination of TRIGGER_BEFORE and
+** TRIGGER_AFTER.
+*/
+int sqlite3TriggersExist(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Used to check for recursive triggers */
+  Table *pTab,            /* The table the contains the triggers */
+  int op,                 /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
+  ExprList *pChanges      /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  int mask = 0;
+
+  pTrigger = IsVirtual(pTab) ? 0 : pTab->pTrigger;
+  while( pTrigger ){
+    if( pTrigger->op==op && checkColumnOverLap(pTrigger->pColumns, pChanges) ){
+      mask |= pTrigger->tr_tm;
+    }
+    pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer
+** to that SrcList.
+**
+** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
+** forming the SrcList.  This prevents a trigger in one database from
+** referring to a target in another database.  An exception is when the
+** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
+** wants.
+*/
+static SrcList *targetSrcList(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  TriggerStep *pStep   /* The trigger containing the target token */
+){
+  Token sDb;           /* Dummy database name token */
+  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
+  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
+  if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
+    assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
+    sDb.z = (u8*)pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    sDb.n = strlen((char*)sDb.z);
+    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0, &sDb, &pStep->target);
+  } else {
+    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0, &pStep->target, 0);
+  }
+  return pSrc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code for zero or more statements inside the body of a
+** trigger.  
+*/
+static int codeTriggerProgram(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* The parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList,   /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
+  int orconfin              /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */  
+){
+  TriggerStep * pTriggerStep = pStepList;
+  int orconf;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+
+  assert( pTriggerStep!=0 );
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPush, 0, 0);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# begin trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
+  while( pTriggerStep ){
+    orconf = (orconfin == OE_Default)?pTriggerStep->orconf:orconfin;
+    pParse->trigStack->orconf = orconf;
+    switch( pTriggerStep->op ){
+      case TK_SELECT: {
+	Select * ss = sqlite3SelectDup(pTriggerStep->pSelect);		  
+	assert(ss);
+	assert(ss->pSrc);
+        sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, ss, 0);
+	sqlite3Select(pParse, ss, SRT_Discard, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+	sqlite3SelectDelete(ss);
+	break;
+      }
+      case TK_UPDATE: {
+        SrcList *pSrc;
+        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3Update(pParse, pSrc,
+		sqlite3ExprListDup(pTriggerStep->pExprList), 
+		sqlite3ExprDup(pTriggerStep->pWhere), orconf);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_INSERT: {
+        SrcList *pSrc;
+        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3Insert(pParse, pSrc,
+          sqlite3ExprListDup(pTriggerStep->pExprList), 
+          sqlite3SelectDup(pTriggerStep->pSelect), 
+          sqlite3IdListDup(pTriggerStep->pIdList), orconf);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_DELETE: {
+        SrcList *pSrc;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
+        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
+        sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, pSrc, sqlite3ExprDup(pTriggerStep->pWhere));
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      default:
+        assert(0);
+    } 
+    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# end trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called to code FOR EACH ROW triggers.
+**
+** When the code that this function generates is executed, the following 
+** must be true:
+**
+** 1. No cursors may be open in the main database.  (But newIdx and oldIdx
+**    can be indices of cursors in temporary tables.  See below.)
+**
+** 2. If the triggers being coded are ON INSERT or ON UPDATE triggers, then
+**    a temporary vdbe cursor (index newIdx) must be open and pointing at
+**    a row containing values to be substituted for new.* expressions in the
+**    trigger program(s).
+**
+** 3. If the triggers being coded are ON DELETE or ON UPDATE triggers, then
+**    a temporary vdbe cursor (index oldIdx) must be open and pointing at
+**    a row containing values to be substituted for old.* expressions in the
+**    trigger program(s).
+**
+*/
+int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  int op,              /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+  int tr_tm,           /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int newIdx,          /* The indice of the "new" row to access */
+  int oldIdx,          /* The indice of the "old" row to access */
+  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
+  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
+){
+  Trigger *p;
+  TriggerStack trigStackEntry;
+
+  assert(op == TK_UPDATE || op == TK_INSERT || op == TK_DELETE);
+  assert(tr_tm == TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm == TRIGGER_AFTER );
+
+  assert(newIdx != -1 || oldIdx != -1);
+
+  for(p=pTab->pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
+    int fire_this = 0;
+
+    /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
+    if( 
+      p->op==op && 
+      p->tr_tm==tr_tm && 
+      (p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema) &&
+      (op!=TK_UPDATE||!p->pColumns||checkColumnOverLap(p->pColumns,pChanges))
+    ){
+      TriggerStack *pS;      /* Pointer to trigger-stack entry */
+      for(pS=pParse->trigStack; pS && p!=pS->pTrigger; pS=pS->pNext){}
+      if( !pS ){
+        fire_this = 1;
+      }
+#if 0    /* Give no warning for recursive triggers.  Just do not do them */
+      else{
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "recursive triggers not supported (%s)",
+            p->name);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+ 
+    if( fire_this ){
+      int endTrigger;
+      Expr * whenExpr;
+      AuthContext sContext;
+      NameContext sNC;
+
+      memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+      sNC.pParse = pParse;
+
+      /* Push an entry on to the trigger stack */
+      trigStackEntry.pTrigger = p;
+      trigStackEntry.newIdx = newIdx;
+      trigStackEntry.oldIdx = oldIdx;
+      trigStackEntry.pTab = pTab;
+      trigStackEntry.pNext = pParse->trigStack;
+      trigStackEntry.ignoreJump = ignoreJump;
+      pParse->trigStack = &trigStackEntry;
+      sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, p->name);
+
+      /* code the WHEN clause */
+      endTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse->pVdbe);
+      whenExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pWhen);
+      if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, whenExpr) ){
+        pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
+        sqlite3ExprDelete(whenExpr);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, whenExpr, endTrigger, 1);
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(whenExpr);
+
+      codeTriggerProgram(pParse, p->step_list, orconf); 
+
+      /* Pop the entry off the trigger stack */
+      pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
+      sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, endTrigger);
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */

libs/sqlite/src/update.c

@@ -0,0 +1,622 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle UPDATE statements.
+**
+** $Id: update.c,v 1.133 2006/06/27 13:20:21 drh Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Forward declaration */
+static void updateVirtualTable(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
+  Expr *pRowidExpr,    /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
+  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
+  Expr *pWhere         /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/*
+** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
+** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P3 parameter of the 
+** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
+**
+** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the 
+** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
+** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
+** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
+** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken
+** from the P3 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead.
+** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
+** for the column and the P3 value is not required.
+**
+** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have 
+** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
+** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated 
+** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
+** into the sqlite_master table.)
+**
+** Therefore, the P3 parameter is only required if the default value for
+** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
+** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
+** sqlite3_value objects.
+*/
+void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i){
+  if( pTab && !pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3_value *pValue;
+    u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v));
+    Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
+    sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pCol->pDflt, enc, pCol->affinity, &pValue);
+    if( pValue ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P3_MEM);
+    }else{
+      VdbeComment((v, "# %s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Process an UPDATE statement.
+**
+**   UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
+**          \_______/ \________/     \______/       \________________/
+*            onError   pTabList      pChanges             pWhere
+*/
+void sqlite3Update(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table in which we should change things */
+  ExprList *pChanges,    /* Things to be changed */
+  Expr *pWhere,          /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+  int onError            /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table to be updated */
+  int addr = 0;          /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices */
+  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices that need updating */
+  int nIdxTotal;         /* Total number of indices */
+  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database structure */
+  Index **apIdx = 0;     /* An array of indices that need updating too */
+  char *aIdxUsed = 0;    /* aIdxUsed[i]==1 if the i-th index is used */
+  int *aXRef = 0;        /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
+                         ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
+                         ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
+  int chngRowid;         /* True if the record number is being changed */
+  Expr *pRowidExpr = 0;  /* Expression defining the new record number */
+  int openAll = 0;       /* True if all indices need to be opened */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* The authorization context */
+  NameContext sNC;       /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
+  int iDb;               /* Database containing the table being updated */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  int isView;                  /* Trying to update a view */
+  int triggers_exist = 0;      /* True if any row triggers exist */
+#endif
+
+  int newIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "new" temp table       */
+  int oldIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "old" temp table       */
+
+  sContext.pParse = 0;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to update. 
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+  ** updated is a view
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges);
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+#else
+# define triggers_exist 0
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  aXRef = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol );
+  if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
+
+  /* If there are FOR EACH ROW triggers, allocate cursors for the
+  ** special OLD and NEW tables
+  */
+  if( triggers_exist ){
+    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
+  ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
+  ** need to occur right after the database cursor.  So go ahead and
+  ** allocate enough space, just in case.
+  */
+  pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++;
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the name-context */
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
+  ** of the UPDATE statement.  Also find the column index
+  ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array.  For each
+  ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
+  ** that column.
+  */
+  chngRowid = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+        if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+          chngRowid = 1;
+          pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+        }
+        aXRef[j] = i;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+      if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
+        chngRowid = 1;
+        pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    {
+      int rc;
+      rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
+                           pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+        aXRef[j] = -1;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate memory for the array apIdx[] and fill it with pointers to every
+  ** index that needs to be updated.  Indices only need updating if their
+  ** key includes one of the columns named in pChanges or if the record
+  ** number of the original table entry is changing.
+  */
+  for(nIdx=nIdxTotal=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdxTotal++){
+    if( chngRowid ){
+      i = 0;
+    }else {
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ) break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i<pIdx->nColumn ) nIdx++;
+  }
+  if( nIdxTotal>0 ){
+    apIdx = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(Index*) * nIdx + nIdxTotal );
+    if( apIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+    aIdxUsed = (char*)&apIdx[nIdx];
+  }
+  for(nIdx=j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+    if( chngRowid ){
+      i = 0;
+    }else{
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ) break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i<pIdx->nColumn ){
+      apIdx[nIdx++] = pIdx;
+      aIdxUsed[j] = 1;
+    }else{
+      aIdxUsed[j] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
+                       pWhere);
+    pWhere = 0;
+    pTabList = 0;
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
+  ** WHERE clause.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Start the view context
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
+  ** a ephemeral table.
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    Select *pView;
+    pView = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
+    sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_EphemTab, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pView);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin the database scan
+  */
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0);
+  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+
+  /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoWrite, 0, 0);
+
+  /* End the database scan loop.
+  */
+  sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  if( triggers_exist ){
+    /* Create pseudo-tables for NEW and OLD
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, newIdx, pTab->nCol);
+
+    /* The top of the update loop for when there are triggers.
+    */
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, 0);
+
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      /* Open a cursor and make it point to the record that is
+      ** being updated.
+      */
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+
+    /* Generate the OLD table
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, 0);
+
+    /* Generate the NEW table
+    */
+    if( chngRowid ){
+      sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pRowidExpr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
+        continue;
+      }
+      j = aXRef[i];
+      if( j<0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, i);
+        sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+    }
+    if( pParse->nErr ) goto update_cleanup;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, 0);
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Fire the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers
+    */
+    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab,
+          newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    /* 
+    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any
+    ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution 
+    ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
+    ** to be deleting some records.
+    */
+    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite); 
+    if( onError==OE_Replace ){
+      openAll = 1;
+    }else{
+      openAll = 0;
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
+          openAll = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+      if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] ){
+        KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum,
+                       (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+        assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 );
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Loop over every record that needs updating.  We have to load
+    ** the old data for each record to be updated because some columns
+    ** might not change and we will need to copy the old value.
+    ** Also, the old data is needed to delete the old index entries.
+    ** So make the cursor point at the old record.
+    */
+    if( !triggers_exist ){
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr);
+
+    /* If the record number will change, push the record number as it
+    ** will be after the update. (The old record number is currently
+    ** on top of the stack.)
+    */
+    if( chngRowid ){
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Compute new data for this record.  
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
+        continue;
+      }
+      j = aXRef[i];
+      if( j<0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, i);
+        sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Do constraint checks
+    */
+    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed, chngRowid, 1,
+                                   onError, addr);
+
+    /* Delete the old indices for the current record.
+    */
+    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(v, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed);
+
+    /* If changing the record number, delete the old record.
+    */
+    if( chngRowid ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Create the new index entries and the new record.
+    */
+    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed, chngRowid, 1, -1);
+  }
+
+  /* Increment the row counter 
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* If there are triggers, close all the cursors after each iteration
+  ** through the loop.  The fire the after triggers.
+  */
+  if( triggers_exist ){
+    if( !isView ){
+      for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+        if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] )
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, 
+          newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
+  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+
+  /* Close all tables if there were no FOR EACH ROW triggers */
+  if( !triggers_exist ){
+    for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+      if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, newIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, oldIdx, 0);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is 
+  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+  ** invoke the callback function.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack && pParse->nested==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", P3_STATIC);
+  }
+
+update_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqliteFree(apIdx);
+  sqliteFree(aXRef);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pChanges);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
+  return;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
+**
+** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains
+** for each row to be changed:
+**
+**   (A)  The original rowid of that row.
+**   (B)  The revised rowid for the row. (note1)
+**   (C)  The content of every column in the row.
+**
+** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in
+** the ephermeral table call VUpdate.
+**
+** When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
+**
+** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same
+** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling
+** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate.
+*/
+static void updateVirtualTable(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
+  Expr *pRowid,        /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
+  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
+  Expr *pWhere         /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* Virtual machine under construction */
+  ExprList *pEList = 0;     /* The result set of the SELECT statement */
+  Select *pSelect = 0;      /* The SELECT statement */
+  Expr *pExpr;              /* Temporary expression */
+  int ephemTab;             /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */
+  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
+  int addr;                 /* Address of top of loop */
+
+  /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for
+  ** all updated rows. 
+  */
+  pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, sqlite3CreateIdExpr("_rowid_"), 0);
+  if( pRowid ){
+    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pEList, sqlite3ExprDup(pRowid), 0);
+  }
+  assert( pTab->iPKey<0 );
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
+      pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr);
+    }else{
+      pExpr = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pTab->aCol[i].zName);
+    }
+    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pEList, pExpr, 0);
+  }
+  pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  
+  /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will
+  ** be stored.
+  */
+  assert( v );
+  ephemTab = pParse->nTab++;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0));
+
+  /* fill the ephemeral table 
+  */
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Table, ephemTab, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+
+  /*
+  ** Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VDelete and
+  ** VInsert
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0);
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column,  ephemTab, 0);
+  if( pRowid ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 1);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0));
+  }
+  pParse->pVirtualLock = pTab;
+  sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, 
+                     (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);
+
+  /* Cleanup */
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);  
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

libs/sqlite/src/utf.c

@@ -0,0 +1,596 @@
+/*
+** 2004 April 13
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
+** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
+**
+** $Id: utf.c,v 1.42 2006/10/05 11:43:53 drh Exp $
+**
+** Notes on UTF-8:
+**
+**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
+**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
+**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
+**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  11110uuu  10uuzzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx   000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** Notes on UTF-16:  (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
+**
+**      Word-0               Word-1          Value
+**  110110ww wwzzzzyy   110111yy yyxxxxxx    000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx                        00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
+**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
+**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
+**
+**
+** Handling of malformed strings:
+**
+** SQLite accepts and processes malformed strings without an error wherever
+** possible. However this is not possible when converting between UTF-8 and
+** UTF-16.
+**
+** When converting malformed UTF-8 strings to UTF-16, one instance of the
+** replacement character U+FFFD for each byte that cannot be interpeted as
+** part of a valid unicode character.
+**
+** When converting malformed UTF-16 strings to UTF-8, one instance of the
+** replacement character U+FFFD for each pair of bytes that cannot be
+** interpeted as part of a valid unicode character.
+**
+** This file contains the following public routines:
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate() - Translate the encoding used by a Mem* string.
+** sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom() - Handle byte-order-marks in UTF16 Mem* strings.
+** sqlite3utf16ByteLen()     - Calculate byte-length of a void* UTF16 string.
+** sqlite3utf8CharLen()      - Calculate char-length of a char* UTF8 string.
+** sqlite3utf8LikeCompare()  - Do a LIKE match given two UTF8 char* strings.
+**
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+/*
+** This table maps from the first byte of a UTF-8 character to the number
+** of trailing bytes expected. A value '255' indicates that the table key
+** is not a legal first byte for a UTF-8 character.
+*/
+static const u8 xtra_utf8_bytes[256]  = {
+/* 0xxxxxxx */
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+
+/* 10wwwwww */
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+
+/* 110yyyyy */
+1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,     1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,     1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+
+/* 1110zzzz */
+2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,     2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+
+/* 11110yyy */
+3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,     255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+};
+
+/*
+** This table maps from the number of trailing bytes in a UTF-8 character
+** to an integer constant that is effectively calculated for each character
+** read by a naive implementation of a UTF-8 character reader. The code
+** in the READ_UTF8 macro explains things best.
+*/
+static const int xtra_utf8_bits[4] =  {
+0,
+12416,          /* (0xC0 << 6) + (0x80) */
+925824,         /* (0xE0 << 12) + (0x80 << 6) + (0x80) */
+63447168        /* (0xF0 << 18) + (0x80 << 12) + (0x80 << 6) + 0x80 */
+};
+
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, c) { \
+  int xtra;                                            \
+  c = *(zIn)++;                                        \
+  xtra = xtra_utf8_bytes[c];                           \
+  switch( xtra ){                                      \
+    case 255: c = (int)0xFFFD; break;                  \
+    case 3: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
+    case 2: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
+    case 1: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
+    c -= xtra_utf8_bits[xtra];                         \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+int sqlite3ReadUtf8(const unsigned char *z){
+  int c;
+  READ_UTF8(z, c);
+  return c;
+}
+
+#define SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                               \
+  zIn += (xtra_utf8_bytes[*(u8 *)zIn] + 1);            \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
+  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0xFF);                                \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + ((c>>6)&0x1F);                    \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + ((c>>12)&0x0F);                   \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }else{                                               \
+    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + ((c>>18) & 0x07);                 \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>12) & 0x3F);                 \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+  }else{                                                        \
+    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+  }                                                             \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
+    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }else{                                                        \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }                                                             \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){                                         \
+  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
+  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<=0xE000 ){                                       \
+    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
+    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c){                                         \
+  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
+  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<=0xE000 ){                                       \
+    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
+    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define SKIP_UTF16BE(zIn){                                            \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn+1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn += 4;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn += 2;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+#define SKIP_UTF16LE(zIn){                                            \
+  zIn++;                                                              \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn-1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn += 3;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn += 1;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define RSKIP_UTF16LE(zIn){                                            \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn-1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn -= 4;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn -= 2;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+#define RSKIP_UTF16BE(zIn){                                            \
+  zIn--;                                                              \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn+1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn -= 3;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn -= 1;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+/*
+** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
+** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
+*/ 
+/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
+** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
+** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
+  unsigned char zShort[NBFS]; /* Temporary short output buffer */
+  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
+  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
+  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
+  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
+  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
+  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
+
+#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
+    fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
+  ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
+  ** differently from the others.
+  */
+  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    u8 temp;
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
+    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+    while( zIn<zTerm ){
+      temp = *zIn;
+      *zIn = *(zIn+1);
+      zIn++;
+      *zIn++ = temp;
+    }
+    pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+    goto translate_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
+  if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
+    ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character.
+    ** A single byte is required for the output string
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    len = pMem->n * 2 + 1;
+  }else{
+    /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
+    ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
+    ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
+  ** byte past the end.
+  **
+  ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer. This may be space
+  ** obtained from malloc(), or Mem.zShort, if it large enough and not in
+  ** use, or the zShort array on the stack (see above).
+  */
+  zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
+  zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+  if( len>NBFS ){
+    zOut = sqliteMallocRaw(len);
+    if( !zOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    zOut = zShort;
+  }
+  z = zOut;
+
+  if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = z - zOut;
+    *z++ = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+    if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = z - zOut;
+  }
+  *z = 0;
+  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
+
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short);
+  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+  if( zOut==zShort ){
+    memcpy(pMem->zShort, zOut, len);
+    zOut = (u8*)pMem->zShort;
+    pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Short);
+  }else{
+    pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn);
+  }
+  pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
+
+translate_out:
+#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
+    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
+** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
+** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
+** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
+**
+** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
+** changed by this function.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 bom = 0;
+
+  if( pMem->n<0 || pMem->n>1 ){
+    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
+    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
+    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+    }
+    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( bom ){
+    /* This function is called as soon as a string is stored in a Mem*,
+    ** from within sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(). At that point it is not possible
+    ** for the string to be stored in Mem.zShort, or for it to be stored
+    ** in dynamic memory with no destructor.
+    */
+    assert( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Short) );
+    assert( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) || pMem->xDel );
+    if( pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+      void (*xDel)(void*) = pMem->xDel;
+      char *z = pMem->z;
+      pMem->z = 0;
+      pMem->xDel = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, &z[2], pMem->n-2, bom, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      xDel(z);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n-2, bom, 
+          SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
+** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
+** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
+** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
+** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
+*/
+int sqlite3utf8CharLen(const char *z, int nByte){
+  int r = 0;
+  const char *zTerm;
+  if( nByte>=0 ){
+    zTerm = &z[nByte];
+  }else{
+    zTerm = (const char *)(-1);
+  }
+  assert( z<=zTerm );
+  while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
+    SKIP_UTF8(z);
+    r++;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-16 string in the native encoding into a UTF-8 string.
+** Memory to hold the UTF-8 string is obtained from malloc and must be
+** freed by the calling function.
+**
+** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error.
+*/
+char *sqlite3utf16to8(const void *z, int nByte){
+  Mem m;
+  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || sqlite3MallocFailed() );
+  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || sqlite3MallocFailed() );
+  return (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? m.z : sqliteStrDup(m.z);
+}
+
+/*
+** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string. If nChar is less than zero,
+** return the number of bytes up to (but not including), the first pair
+** of consecutive 0x00 bytes in pZ. If nChar is not less than zero,
+** then return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
+** in pZ (or up until the first pair of 0x00 bytes, whichever comes first).
+*/
+int sqlite3utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
+  unsigned int c = 1;
+  char const *z = zIn;
+  int n = 0;
+  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    /* Using an "if (SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE)" construct here
+    ** and in other parts of this file means that at one branch will
+    ** not be covered by coverage testing on any single host. But coverage
+    ** will be complete if the tests are run on both a little-endian and 
+    ** big-endian host. Because both the UTF16NATIVE and SQLITE_UTF16BE
+    ** macros are constant at compile time the compiler can determine
+    ** which branch will be followed. It is therefore assumed that no runtime
+    ** penalty is paid for this "if" statement.
+    */
+    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
+      READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }else{
+    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
+      READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }
+  return (z-(char const *)zIn)-((c==0)?2:0);
+}
+
+/*
+** UTF-16 implementation of the substr()
+*/
+void sqlite3utf16Substr(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int y, z;
+  unsigned char const *zStr;
+  unsigned char const *zStrEnd;
+  unsigned char const *zStart;
+  unsigned char const *zEnd;
+  int i;
+
+  zStr = (unsigned char const *)sqlite3_value_text16(argv[0]);
+  zStrEnd = &zStr[sqlite3_value_bytes16(argv[0])];
+  y = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  z = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
+
+  if( y>0 ){
+    y = y-1;
+    zStart = zStr;
+    if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
+      for(i=0; i<y && zStart<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16BE(zStart);
+    }else{
+      for(i=0; i<y && zStart<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16LE(zStart);
+    }
+  }else{
+    zStart = zStrEnd;
+    if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
+      for(i=y; i<0 && zStart>zStr; i++) RSKIP_UTF16BE(zStart);
+    }else{
+      for(i=y; i<0 && zStart>zStr; i++) RSKIP_UTF16LE(zStart);
+    }
+    for(; i<0; i++) z -= 1;
+  }
+
+  zEnd = zStart;
+  if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
+    for(i=0; i<z && zEnd<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16BE(zEnd);
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; i<z && zEnd<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16LE(zEnd);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_result_text16(context, zStart, zEnd-zStart, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
+** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
+** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
+*/
+void sqlite3utfSelfTest(){
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned char zBuf[20];
+  unsigned char *z;
+  int n;
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF8(z, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

libs/sqlite/src/vacuum.c

@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
+**
+** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
+** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
+**
+** $Id: vacuum.c,v 1.63 2006/09/21 11:02:18 drh Exp $
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+/*
+** Generate a random name of 20 character in length.
+*/
+static void randomName(unsigned char *zBuf){
+  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i;
+  sqlite3Randomness(20, zBuf);
+  for(i=0; i<20; i++){
+    zBuf[i] = zChars[ zBuf[i]%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
+*/
+static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
+    return sqlite3_errcode(db);
+  }
+  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){}
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
+** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
+*/
+static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    rc = execSql(db, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
+** collapse free space, etc.  It is modelled after the VACUUM command
+** in PostgreSQL.
+**
+** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call
+** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables.  But beginning
+** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has
+** become a no-op.
+*/
+void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
+*/
+int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Return code from service routines */
+  const char *zFilename;  /* full pathname of the database file */
+  int nFilename;          /* number of characters  in zFilename[] */
+  char *zTemp = 0;        /* a temporary file in same directory as zFilename */
+  Btree *pMain;           /* The database being vacuumed */
+  Btree *pTemp;
+  char *zSql = 0;
+  int saved_flags;       /* Saved value of the db->flags */
+  Db *pDb = 0;           /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */
+
+  /* Save the current value of the write-schema flag before setting it. */
+  saved_flags = db->flags;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks;
+
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction", 
+       (char*)0);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the full pathname of the database file and create a
+  ** temporary filename in the same directory as the original file.
+  */
+  pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
+  zFilename = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pMain);
+  assert( zFilename );
+  if( zFilename[0]=='\0' ){
+    /* The in-memory database. Do nothing. Return directly to avoid causing
+    ** an error trying to DETACH the vacuum_db (which never got attached)
+    ** in the exit-handler.
+    */
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  nFilename = strlen(zFilename);
+  zTemp = sqliteMalloc( nFilename+100 );
+  if( zTemp==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+  strcpy(zTemp, zFilename);
+
+  /* The randomName() procedure in the following loop uses an excellent
+  ** source of randomness to generate a name from a space of 1.3e+31 
+  ** possibilities.  So unless the directory already contains on the order
+  ** of 1.3e+31 files, the probability that the following loop will
+  ** run more than once or twice is vanishingly small.  We are certain
+  ** enough that this loop will always terminate (and terminate quickly)
+  ** that we don't even bother to set a maximum loop count.
+  */
+  do {
+    zTemp[nFilename] = '-';
+    randomName((unsigned char*)&zTemp[nFilename+1]);
+  } while( sqlite3OsFileExists(zTemp) );
+
+  /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
+  ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
+  ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
+  ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
+  ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
+  **
+  ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
+  */
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf("ATTACH '%q' AS vacuum_db;", zTemp);
+  if( !zSql ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+  rc = execSql(db, zSql);
+  sqliteFree(zSql);
+  zSql = 0;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1];
+  assert( strcmp(db->aDb[db->nDb-1].zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
+  pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain),
+     sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain));
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp)==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) );
+  rc = execSql(db, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain));
+#endif
+
+  /* Begin a transaction */
+  rc = execSql(db, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
+  ** in the temporary database.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14,100000000) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'"
+      "   AND rootpage>0"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14,100000000)"
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' ");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21,100000000) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
+  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM xxx;" to copy
+  ** the contents to the temporary database.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
+      "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';'"
+      "FROM sqlite_master "
+      "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
+      "  AND rootpage>0"
+
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Copy over the sequence table
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
+      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
+      "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';' "
+      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+
+  /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database
+  ** over to the temporary database.  None of these objects has any
+  ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
+  ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
+  */
+  rc = execSql(db,
+      "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
+      "  SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql"
+      "    FROM sqlite_master"
+      "   WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'"
+      "      OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)"
+  );
+  if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* At this point, unless the main db was completely empty, there is now a
+  ** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database.
+  ** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a
+  ** call to sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level
+  ** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was
+  ** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the
+  ** temporary database never needs to be committed.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u32 meta;
+    int i;
+
+    /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the
+    ** vacuum.  Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries
+    ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum.
+    ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other
+    ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema.
+    */
+    static const unsigned char aCopy[] = {
+       1, 1,    /* Add one to the old schema cookie */
+       3, 0,    /* Preserve the default page cache size */
+       5, 0,    /* Preserve the default text encoding */
+       6, 0,    /* Preserve the user version */
+    };
+
+    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) );
+    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
+
+    /* Copy Btree meta values */
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCopy)/sizeof(aCopy[0]); i+=2){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    }
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pMain);
+  }
+
+end_of_vacuum:
+  /* Restore the original value of db->flags */
+  db->flags = saved_flags;
+
+  /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
+  ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
+  ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
+  ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
+  ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
+  ** is closed by the DETACH.
+  */
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
+
+  if( pDb ){
+    sqlite3MallocDisallow();
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+    sqlite3MallocAllow();
+    pDb->pBt = 0;
+    pDb->pSchema = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( zTemp ){
+    sqlite3OsDelete(zTemp);
+    sqliteFree(zTemp);
+  }
+  sqliteFree( zSql );
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif  /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */